Attached files

file filename
EX-31.2 - PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER'S CERTIFICATIONS PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 - JOHNSONDIVERSEY INCdex312.htm
EX-31.1 - PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER'S CERTIFICATIONS PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 - JOHNSONDIVERSEY INCdex311.htm
EX-32.1 - CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350 - JOHNSONDIVERSEY INCdex321.htm
EX-21.1 - SUBSIDIARIES OF DIVERSEY, INC. - JOHNSONDIVERSEY INCdex211.htm
EX-24.1 - POWER OF ATTORNEY - JOHNSONDIVERSEY INCdex241.htm
EX-10.38 - SEPARATION AGREEMENT BETWEEN DIVERSEY, INC. AND NABIL SHABSHAB - JOHNSONDIVERSEY INCdex1038.htm
EX-10.39 - SEPARATION AGREEMENT BETWEEN DIVERSEY, INC. AND JAMES LARSON - JOHNSONDIVERSEY INCdex1039.htm
EX-10.10 - FIRST AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT AND FOREIGN GUARANTY - JOHNSONDIVERSEY INCdex1010.htm
Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 10–K

 

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

FOR THE ANNUAL PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010

OR

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM              TO             

COMMISSION FILE NUMBER 333-97427

DIVERSEY, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware   39-1877511

(State or other jurisdiction

of incorporation or organization)

 

(IRS Employer

Identification No.)

8310 16th Street

Sturtevant, Wisconsin 53177-0902

(Address of Principal Executive Offices, Including Zip Code)

(262) 631-4001

(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None.

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None.

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  ¨    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S–K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10–K or any amendment to this Form 10–K.  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check One):

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   x  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes  ¨    No  x

There is no public trading market for the registrant’s common stock. As of March 4, 2011, there were 24,422 outstanding shares of the registrant’s common stock, $1.00 par value.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE: None.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

INDEX

 

Section

  

Topic

   Page  
   Forward-Looking Statements      i   
PART I      
Item 1    Business      1   
Item 1A    Risk Factors      13   
Item 1B    Unresolved Staff Comments      24   
Item 2    Properties      25   
Item 3    Legal Proceedings      26   
Item 4    Removed and Reserved      26   
PART II      
Item 5    Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities      27   
Item 6    Selected Financial Data      27   
Item 7    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations      31   
Item 7A    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk      62   
Item 8    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data      64   
Item 9    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure      64   
Item 9A    Controls and Procedures      64   
Item 9B    Other Information      65   
PART III      
Item 10    Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance      66   
Item 11    Executive Compensation      73   
Item 12    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters      90   
Item 13    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence      93   
Item 14    Principal Accounting Fees and Services      105   
PART IV      
Item 15    Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules      106   


Table of Contents

Unless otherwise indicated, references to “Diversey,” “the Company,” “we,” “our” and “us” in this report refer to Diversey, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries.

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

We make statements in this annual report on Form 10–K that are not historical facts. These "forward-looking statements" can be identified by the use of terms such as “may,” “intend,” “might,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “would,” “expect,” “believe,” “estimate,” “anticipate,” “predict,” “project,” “potential,” or the negative of these terms, and similar expressions. You should be aware that these forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that are beyond our control. Further, any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on which it is made, and except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances after the date on which it is made or to reflect the occurrence of anticipated or unanticipated events or circumstances. New factors emerge from time to time that may cause our business not to develop as we expect, and it is not possible for us to predict all of them. Factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

   

our ability to execute our business strategies;

 

   

our ability to fully realize the anticipated benefits of the Transactions described herein under “Item 1. Business;”

 

   

our substantial indebtedness and our ability to operate in accordance with the terms and conditions of the agreements governing the indebtedness incurred pursuant to the Transactions, including the indebtedness under our senior secured credit facilities, our senior notes and the Holdings senior notes;

 

   

potential conflicts of interest that any of our indirect principal stockholders may have with us in the future;

 

   

successful operation of outsourced functions, including information technology and certain financial shared services;

 

   

the vitality of the global market for institutional and industrial cleaning, sanitation and hygiene products and related services and conditions affecting the industry, including health-related, political, global economic and weather-related;

 

   

restraints on pricing flexibility due to competitive conditions in the professional market;

 

   

the loss or insolvency of a significant supplier or customer, or the inability of a significant supplier or customer to fulfill its obligations to us;

 

   

effectiveness in managing our manufacturing processes, including our inventory, fixed assets and system of internal control;

 

   

our ability and the ability of our competitors to maintain service levels, retain and attract customers, and introduce new products and technical innovations;

 

   

energy costs, the costs of raw materials and other operating expenses;

 

   

general global economic, political and regulatory conditions, interest rates, exposure to foreign currency risks and financial market volatility;

 

   

our ability to maintain our relationships and commercial arrangements with our key affiliates;

 

   

the loss of, or changes in, executive management or other key personnel, and other disruptions in operations or increased labor costs;

 

i


Table of Contents
   

the costs and effects of complying with laws and regulations relating to the environment and to the manufacture, storage, distribution and labeling of our products;

 

   

the occurrence of litigation or claims;

 

   

tax, fiscal, governmental and other regulatory policies;

 

   

adverse or unfavorable publicity regarding us or our services;

 

   

natural and manmade disasters, including acts of terrorism, hostilities, war and other such events that cause business interruptions or affect our markets;

 

   

the effect of relocating manufacturing capability from our primary U.S. manufacturing facility;

 

   

the effect of future acquisitions or divestitures or other corporate transactions; and

 

   

the factors listed under “Item 1A.Risk Factors” in this annual report on Form 10-K.


Table of Contents

PART I

 

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

General

We are an environmentally responsible, leading global marketer and manufacturer of cleaning, hygiene, operational efficiency, appearance enhancing products, and equipment and related services for the institutional and industrial cleaning and sanitation market, which we operate under the name “Diversey.”

We sell our products in more than 175 countries through our direct sales force, wholesalers and third-party distributors. Our sales are balanced geographically, with our principal markets being Europe and North America with a strong presence in Japan and an increasing presence in the emerging markets of Asia Pacific and Latin America. For the year ended December 31, 2010, we had net sales of $3.127 billion, of which 52.0% were from our Europe segment and 29.1% were from our Americas segment. For a discussion of financial results by segment and by geographical location, see Note 28 to our consolidated financial statements.

We file annual reports on Form 10–K, quarterly reports on Form 10–Q, current reports on Form 8–K and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) pursuant to covenants contained in the indenture governing our senior notes. The public can obtain copies of these materials by visiting the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549, by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330, or by accessing the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. In addition, as soon as reasonably practicable after these materials are filed with or furnished to the SEC, we make copies available to the public free of charge on or through our website at http://www.diversey.com. The information on our website is not incorporated into, and is not part of, this annual report on Form 10-K.

History and Recent Transactions

We are a privately held business that was incorporated in Delaware in February 1997, under the name S.C. Johnson Commercial Markets, Inc. From February 1997 until November 1999, we were a wholly-owned subsidiary of S.C.Johnson & Son, Inc. (“SCJ”), a leading provider of innovative consumer home cleaning, maintenance and storage products founded by Samuel Curtis Johnson in 1886. In November 1999, we were separated from SCJ in a tax-free spin-off. In connection with the spin-off, Commercial Markets Holdco, LLC, a limited liability company that is majority-owned by descendants of Samuel Curtis Johnson (“CMH”), obtained substantially all of the shares of our common stock from SCJ and, in November 2001, contributed those shares to Johnson Professional Holdings, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of CMH.

In May 2002, we acquired the DiverseyLever business, an institutional and industrial cleaning and sanitation business, from Conopco, Inc. (“Conopco”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Unilever N.V. (“Unilever”). Following the acquisition, we changed our name to “JohnsonDiversey, Inc.” and Johnson Professional Holdings, Inc. changed its name to “JohnsonDiversey Holdings, Inc.” In connection with the acquisition, Unilever acquired a one-third interest in Holdings, and CMH retained the remaining two-thirds interest. At the closing of the acquisition, we entered into a master sales agency agreement (“Prior Agency Agreement”) with Unilever whereby we were appointed Unilever’s exclusive agent to sell its consumer branded products, a business we did not acquire, to institutional and industrial customers. In October 2007, the Prior Agency Agreement with Unilever, which expired in December 2007, was replaced by the “Umbrella Agreement”, which includes: (1) a new sales agency agreement (“New Agency Agreement”) with terms similar to the Prior Agency Agreement, covering Ireland, the United Kingdom, Portugal and Brazil, and (2) a master sub-license agreement, (“License Agreement”) under which Unilever has agreed to grant 31 of our subsidiaries a license to produce and sell professional size packs of Unilever’s consumer brand cleaning products. The entities covered by the License Agreement have also entered into agreements with Unilever to distribute Unilever’s consumer branded products. Except for some transitional arrangements in certain countries, the Umbrella Agreement became effective January 1, 2008, and, unless otherwise terminated or extended, will expire on December 31, 2017.

In June 2006, we completed the sale of one of our former operating segments (the “Polymer Business”), to BASF Aktiengesellschaft (“BASF”).

 

1


Table of Contents

On October 7, 2009, we and Holdings entered into a series of agreements to recapitalize our company. The transactions contemplated by these agreements (the “Transactions”) are summarized below. Pursuant to the terms of these agreements, the Transactions consisted of the following:

 

   

the recapitalization of Holdings’ capital stock pursuant to the Investment and Recapitalization Agreement (the “Investment Agreement”) by and among Holdings, CDR Jaguar Investor Company, LLC (“CD&R Investor”), which is owned by a private investment fund managed by Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, LLC (“CD&R”), CMH and SNW Co., Inc. (“SNW”), which is an affiliate of SCJ, pursuant to which:

 

  (1) the certificate of incorporation of Holdings was amended and restated at the closing of the Transactions to, among other things, reclassify the common stock of Holdings such that (a) the outstanding class A common stock of Holdings was reclassified as new class A common stock, which have voting rights, and (b) the outstanding class B common stock of Holdings was reclassified as new class B common stock, which do not have voting rights except to the extent required by Delaware law;

 

  (2) new class A common stock of Holdings representing approximately 45.9% of the outstanding common stock of Holdings (immediately after giving effect to the Transactions and assuming the exercise of the Warrant (described below)) was issued to CD&R Investor and its affiliate, CD&R F&F Jaguar Investor, LLC (together, the “CD&R Investor Parties”), in exchange for approximately $477 million in cash;

 

  (3) pursuant to the amended and restated certificate of incorporation of Holdings, the shares of outstanding class A common stock of Holdings held by CMH was reclassified, without any action on the part of CMH, as new class A common stock of Holdings representing approximately 49.1% of the outstanding common stock of Holdings (immediately after giving effect to the Transactions and assuming the exercise of the Warrant); and

 

  (4) new class A common stock of Holdings representing approximately 1.0% of the outstanding common stock of Holdings (immediately after giving effect to the Transactions and assuming the exercise of the Warrant) was issued to SNW in exchange for approximately $9.9 million in cash;

 

   

the repurchase of all of the common equity ownership interests of Holdings then held by Marga B.V. (“Marga”), which is an affiliate of Unilever, and its affiliates pursuant to the Redemption Agreement (the “Redemption Agreement”) by and among Holdings, the Company, CMH, Unilever, Marga and Conopco, in exchange for:

 

  (1) cash equal to $390.5 million and the settlement of certain amounts owed by Unilever and its affiliates to Holdings and its affiliates, including the Company, and owed to Unilever and its affiliates by Holdings and its affiliates, including the Company and CMH; and

 

  (2) a warrant (the “Warrant”) issued by Holdings to an affiliate of Unilever to purchase shares of new class A common stock of Holdings representing 4.0% of the outstanding common stock of Holdings (immediately after giving effect to the Transactions and assuming the exercise of the Warrant);

 

   

the termination of the then-existing stockholders’ agreement among Holdings, CMH and Marga and all obligations thereunder other than confidentiality obligations;

 

   

the termination of the purchase agreement, dated as of November 20, 2001, as amended (the “Acquisition Agreement”), among Holdings, the Company and Conopco, dated as of November 20, 2001, as amended, pursuant to which the Company acquired the DiverseyLever business, and all obligations thereunder, other than certain tax and environmental indemnification rights and obligations;

 

2


Table of Contents
   

the entry into a new stockholders agreement (the “Stockholders Agreement”) among CMH, Holdings, the CD&R Investor Parties and SNW;

 

   

the entry into a registration rights agreement (the “Holdings Registration Rights Agreement”) among CMH, Holdings, the CD&R Investor Parties, SNW, an affiliate of Unilever and the other parties from time to time party thereto;

 

   

following the closing of the Transactions, the entry into new compensation arrangements with the officers and senior management team of Holdings and the Company that provide for, among other things, the purchase or award of new class B common stock of Holdings and options to purchase new class B common stock of Holdings representing in the aggregate up to approximately 12.0% of the outstanding common stock of Holdings at the closing of the Transactions;

 

   

the amendment and restatement of certain commercial agreements between SCJ and the Company, including a license to use certain SCJ brand names and technology and a lease with SCJ for our Waxdale manufacturing facility in Sturtevant, Wisconsin, and the amendment of certain commercial agreements between Unilever and the Company; and

 

   

the refinancing of certain of the Company’s and Holdings’ then-outstanding debt obligations, including:

 

  (1) the repurchase or redemption by the Company of both series of its then-outstanding 9.625% senior subordinated notes due 2012 and by Holdings of its outstanding 10.67% senior discount notes due 2013;

 

  (2) the repayment of all outstanding obligations under our then-existing senior secured credit facilities;

 

  (3) the entry into new $1.25 billion senior secured credit facilities (“Senior Secured Credit Facilities”) as fully described in Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements of the Company accompanying this annual report on Form 10-K;

 

  (4) the issuance and sale by the Company of a new series of $400 million of 8.25% senior notes due 2019 (“Diversey Senior Notes”) as fully described in Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements of the Company accompanying this annual report on Form 10-K; and

 

  (5) the issuance and sale by Holdings of a new series of $250 million of 10.50% senior notes due 2020 (“Holdings Senior Notes”) as fully described in Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements of the Company accompanying this annual report on Form 10-K.

The closing of the Transactions occurred on November 24, 2009. On March 1, 2010, as contemplated by the Transactions, the Company changed its name from “JohnsonDiversey, Inc.” to “Diversey, Inc,” and Holdings changed its name from “JohnsonDiversey Holdings, Inc.” to “Diversey Holdings, Inc.”

At the closing of the Transactions, the equity ownership of Holdings, assuming the exercise of the Warrant, was as follows: CMH, 49.1%, CD&R, 45.9%, SNW, 1%, and Unilever, 4%. Both SNW and CMH are majority-owned and controlled, either directly or indirectly, by descendants of Samuel Curtis Johnson. In connection with the Transactions, SNW granted an irrevocable proxy to CMH to vote its common stock of Holdings, which, subject to certain limitations, increased CMH’s voting ownership in Holdings from approximately 49.1% to approximately 50.1% and decreased SNW’s voting ownership Holdings from approximately 1.0% to 0.0%.

 

3


Table of Contents

As of March 4, 2011, there were 24,422 shares of our common stock outstanding, all of which are owned by Holdings.

Business Overview

We are a leading global provider of commercial cleaning, sanitation and hygiene products, services and solutions for food safety and service, food and beverage plant operations, floor care, housekeeping and room care, laundry and hand care. In addition, we offer a wide range of value-added services, including food safety and application training and consulting, and auditing of hygiene and water management. We serve institutional and industrial end-users such as food service providers, lodging establishments, food and beverage processing plants, building service contractors, building managers and property owners, retail outlets, schools and health-care facilities in more than 175 countries worldwide.

We believe that our company is differentiated by our dosing, dispensing and chemical concentrating capabilities, as well as a global footprint that reaches a diverse customer base. Working in a highly fragmented industry, we have a balance of direct selling capabilities as well as a global and regional distribution network that we believe reaches significant end-use customers beyond our direct coverage. We have invested in research that helps us understand our markets, which we believe positions us as an innovator and strong collaborative partner while also deepening our customer relationships and driving growth.

The global sustainability movement is expected to be a long-term driver of growth in our industry, as customers seek products and expertise that reduce their environmental profile while also providing clean, hygienic facilities that reduce the risk of human and food-borne infection. Consistent with this movement, our purpose, which reflects our long-held values, is to protect lives, preserve the earth and transform our industry.

Management estimates that the global market for institutional and industrial cleaning, sanitation and hygiene products and related solutions is approximately $40 billion, of which we had an approximate 8% share based on 2010 net sales. We have geographically diversified sales and we believe that we hold the #1 or #2 market position in each of the three key geographic regions that we serve. For the year ended December 31, 2010, we had net sales of $3.127 billion and EBITDA of $361.7 million. See footnote (2) under “Item 6. Selected Financial Data” for a definition of EBITDA, as well as a reconciliation of EBITDA to the most comparable U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”) measure.

Our principal executive offices are located at 8310 16th Street, Sturtevant, Wisconsin 53177-0902. Our telephone number is (262) 631-4001.

Operating Segments

As discussed in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements, in June 2008, the Company announced plans to reorganize its operating segments to better address consolidation and globalization trends among its customers and to enable the Company to more effectively deploy resources. Effective January 2010, the Company completed its reorganization from a five region model to the new three region model, having implemented the following:

 

   

Three regional presidents were appointed to lead three regions;

 

   

The three regional presidents report to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”), who is its chief operating decision maker;

 

   

Financial information is prepared separately and regularly for each of the three regions; and

 

   

The CEO regularly reviews the results of operations, manages the allocation of resources and assesses the performance of each of these regions.

Prior to the reorganization, the Company’s operations were organized in five regions: Europe/Middle East/Africa (“Europe”), North America, Latin America, Asia Pacific and Japan. The new three region model is composed of the following:

 

   

The existing Europe region;

 

4


Table of Contents
   

A new Americas region combining the former North and Latin American regions; and

 

   

A new Greater Asia Pacific region combining the former Asia Pacific and Japan regions.

Our operating segments are currently defined according to geographic regions and include the following:

Europe. Our European region had $1.626 billion of net sales in the year ended December 31, 2010, representing approximately 52.0 % of our total net sales during that period. Our European region consists of operating units across Western Europe, Central and Eastern Europe, Africa and the Middle East. The largest operations comprising this segment are primarily in Western Europe and include the United Kingdom, Italy, France, the Netherlands, Germany, Turkey, Spain and Switzerland.

Americas. Our Americas region had $910.1 million of net sales in the year ended December 31, 2010, representing approximately 29.1 % of our total net sales during that period. Our Americas region consists of operating units across North America, South America, Central America, and the Caribbean, with United States, Brazil, and Canada being our largest operations in the region.

Greater Asia Pacific. Our Greater Asia Pacific region had $591.7 million of net sales in the year ended December 31, 2010, representing approximately 18.9 % of our total net sales during that period. This region consists of operating units across Japan, North Asia, South Asia, Australia and New Zealand, with Japan, China, India and Australia being our largest operations in the region.

2011 Geographic Realignment. In December 2010, the Company announced a further enhancement of its organizational structure. The new structure provides a focus on the role of emerging markets in our growth objectives, and will consist of four regions reporting to the CEO, as follows:

 

   

Europe – This region will be comprised of operating units in Western and Eastern Europe and Russia and will no longer include our operations in Turkey, Africa and Middle East countries. Europe will continue to be our largest region.

 

   

Americas – The operating units in this region will remain unchanged.

 

   

Asia Pacific, Africa, Middle East, Turkey (“APAT”) – This region will be comprised of our operations in Asia Pacific, Africa, Middle East, Turkey and the Caucasian and Asian Republics. This region will no longer include Japan.

 

   

Japan – Japan becomes a stand-alone region.

The implementation of the new structure is currently in progress. Regional presidents for each of the four regions have been appointed and are currently transitioning. The Company will continue to report its operating segments under the current three region model until the new management, operating, and financial reporting structures are effectively in place, which currently is expected to be completed later in our 2011 fiscal year.

Products and Services

As the nature of our business is generally similar across our geographic regions, the following description of our business and competitive environment is intended to be representative of all our regions unless specifically stated otherwise.

We offer a wide range of products and services designed primarily for use in five application categories: food service, food and beverage processing, floor care, restroom/other housekeeping and laundry. Many of our products are consumable and require periodic replacement, which generates recurring revenue and helps provide stability in our business.

Our enduring commitment to sustainable business practices motivates us to find ways to help our customers make their own businesses more sustainable and profitable. Our extensive suite of products, services and solutions improves our customers’ operational efficiency as well as their cleaning, sanitizing and hygiene results, which we believe assists them in protecting their brands. We also help our customers achieve their goals of reducing waste, energy and water consumption, and are able to provide documented analysis of the cost and resource savings they can achieve by implementing our solutions.

 

5


Table of Contents

Food Service. Food service products remove soil and address microbiological contamination on food contact surfaces. Our food service products include chemicals for washing dishes, glassware, flatware, utensils and kitchen equipment; dish machines; pre-rinse units; dish tables and racks; food handling and storage products; and safe floor systems and tools. We also manufacture and supply kitchen cleaning products, such as general purpose cleaners, lime scale removers, bactericides/disinfectants, detergents, oven and grill cleaners, general surface degreasers, floor cleaners and food surface disinfectants. In addition, we provide well-documented methods for various cleaning and hygiene programs.

Food and Beverage Processing. We offer detergents, cleaners, sanitizers and lubricants, as well as cleaning systems, electronic dispensers and chemical injectors for the application of chemical products and improvement of operational efficiency and sanitation. We also offer gel and foam products for manual open plant cleaning, acid and alkaline cleaners and membrane cleaning products. In addition, we provide consulting services in the areas of food safety, water and energy use reduction and quality management.

Floor Care. We manufacture a broad range of floor care products and systems, including finishes, waxes, cleaners, degreasers, polishes, sealers and strippers for all types of flooring surfaces, including vinyl, terrazzo, granite, concrete, marble, linoleum and wood. We also provide a full range of carpet cleaners, such as extraction cleaners and shampoos; carpet powders; treatments, such as pre-sprays and deodorizers; and a full line of carpet spotters. Our range of products also includes carpet cleaning and floor care machines, as well as utensils and tools, which support the cleaning and maintenance process.

Restroom/Other Housekeeping. We offer a fully integrated line of products and dispensing systems for hard surface cleaning, disinfecting and sanitizing, hand washing and air deodorizing and freshening. Our restroom care and other housekeeping products include bowl and hard surface cleaners, hand soaps, sanitizers, air care products, general purpose cleaners, disinfectants and specialty cleaning products.

Laundry. We offer detergents, stain removers, fabric conditioners, softeners and bleaches in liquid, powder and concentrated forms to clean items such as bed linen, clothing and table linen. Our range of products covers requirements of fabric care from domestic-sized machines in small lodging facilities to washers in commercial laundry facilities. We also offer customized washing programs for different levels and types of soils, a comprehensive range of dispensing equipment and a selection of process control and management information systems.

End-Users and Customers

We offer our products directly or through third-party distributors to end-users in seven sectors—food service, lodging, retail, health care, building managers/service contractors, food and beverage and other. During fiscal year 2010, no single customer represented more than 4 % of our global consolidated net sales.

Food Service. End-users include fast food and full-service restaurants as well as contract caterers.

Lodging. We serve many of the largest hotel chains in the world as well as local independent properties and regional chains.

Retail. Retail end-users include supermarkets, drug stores, discounters, hypermarkets and wholesale clubs.

Health Care. These customers include both public and private hospitals, long-term care facilities and other facilities where medical services are performed.

 

6


Table of Contents

Building Managers/Service Contractors. These end-users include building owners/managers as well as building service contractors. Contractors clean, maintain and manage office buildings, retail stores, health care facilities, production facilities, and education and government institutions.

Food and Beverage. Food and beverage end-users include dairy plants, dairy farms, breweries, soft-drink and juice bottling plants, protein and processed food production facilities, and other food processors.

In addition, we serve customers in cash and carry establishments, industrial plants and laundries. Cash and carry establishments are stores in which professional end-users purchase products for their own use.

We sell our products and systems in domestic and international markets through company-trained sales and service personnel, who also advise and assist customers in the proper and efficient use of products and systems in order to meet a full range of cleaning, sanitation and hygiene needs. We sell our products in more than 175 countries either directly to end-users or through a network of distributors, wholesalers and third-party intermediaries. We employ a direct sales force to market and sell our products. We contract with local third-party distributors on an exclusive and non-exclusive basis. We estimate that direct sales to end-users by our sales force typically account for more than half of our net sales.

In all customer sectors, the supply of cleaning, hygiene, operational efficiency and appearance enhancing products involves more than the physical distribution of chemicals and equipment. Customers may contract for the provision of a complete hygiene system, which includes products as well as safety and application training, hygiene consulting, hygiene auditing and after-sales services. We employ specialized sales people who are trained to provide these specific services and, through our tailored cleaning solutions approach, we are able to better address the specific needs of these customers.

Raw Materials

Suppliers provide raw materials, packaging components, equipment, accessories and contract manufactured goods. The key raw materials we use in our business are caustic soda, solvents, waxes, phosphates, surfactants, polymers and resins, chelates and fragrances. Packaging components include bag-in-the-box containers, bottles, corrugated boxes, drums, pails, totes, aerosol cans, caps, triggers and valves. Equipment and accessories include dilution control, ware washing and laundry equipment, floor care machines, air care dispensers, floor care applicators, mops, microfiber, buckets, carts and other items used in the maintenance of a facility.

We believe that the vast majority of our raw materials required for the manufacture of our products and all components related to our equipment and accessories are available from multiple sources and are available in amounts sufficient to meet our manufacturing requirements. Due to by-product/co-product chemical relationships to the automotive and housing markets, several materials will continue to be difficult to source. Although we purchase some raw materials under long-term supply arrangements with third parties, these arrangements follow market forces and are in line with our overall global sourcing strategy, which seeks to balance cost of acquisition and availability of supply.

Competition

Management estimates that the global market for institutional and industrial cleaning, sanitation and hygiene products and related services had industry-wide sales of approximately $40 billion in 2010. The market is highly diversified across geographic regions, products and services, end markets and customers. We believe the industry has demonstrated stable growth trends over time due to its broad end-market diversification, the consumable and recurring nature of its products and services and base demand driven by governmental and regulatory requirements and consumer expectations for cleanliness. More recently, market growth has been driven by a number of factors, including increasing food safety regulation and heightened public awareness of health, hygiene and infection risk. Highly publicized food contamination incidents and global health threats, such as the H1N1 virus, serve to accelerate this awareness, which we expect to continue to drive demand in the future.

 

7


Table of Contents

Our business has two primary types of competitors: a single global competitor and numerous smaller competitors with generally more limited geographic, end-market or product scope. Our primary global competitor is Ecolab, Inc., which is the largest supplier in the global market for institutional and industrial cleaning, sanitation and hygiene products and related services, mainly as a result of its significant presence in the U.S. health and hospitality market. Outside the United States, we have either equal or greater market share in most regions. We believe that the numerous smaller competitors in our industry account for more than 75% of the global market. We face significant competition from numerous national, regional and local companies within some or all of our product lines in each sector that we serve. Other competitors in the market include 3M, The Procter & Gamble Company and The Clorox Company, which sell into the institutional sector from their bases in consumer products, Kimberly-Clark Corporation, which has expanded from paper accessories into personal care and washroom products, and Tennant Company, Nilfisk-Advance A/S, and Newell Rubbermaid Inc., which supply floor care machines, tools and equipment.

We believe that we compete largely on the basis of our premium product offerings and application expertise, innovative product and dispensing equipment offerings, value-added solution delivery and strong customer service and support. We seek to differentiate our company from our competitors in our strategic sectors by becoming the preferred partner to our customers, and providing innovative, industry-leading products to make their facilities safer and healthier for the workers who clean them and the people who occupy them. We believe the quality, ease of use and environmental profile of our products are unique competitive strengths. In addition, we have long-standing, profitable relationships with many of our top customers. Our global reach and sales and service capabilities also give us a strong competitive advantage over smaller, regional and local players in the industry.

Foreign Operations

We conduct business operations through our subsidiaries in Europe, North America, Japan, Latin America and Asia Pacific. Approximately 83.7 % of our net sales for the year ended December 31, 2010 were generated outside the United States. Because our business has significant manufacturing operations, sales offices and research and development activities in foreign locations, fluctuations in currency exchange rates may have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In addition, our foreign operations are potentially subject to a number of unique risks and limitations, including: exchange control regulations, wage and price controls, employment regulations, regulatory approvals, foreign investment laws, import and trade restrictions and governmental instability. See “Item 1A. Risk Factors—We are subject to risks related to our operations outside of the United States” and “Item 1A. Risk Factors—Fluctuations in exchange rates may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.”

Intellectual Property

We strategically manage our portfolio of patents, trade secrets, copyrights, trademarks and other intellectual property. Specifically, we rely upon trade secrets to protect the formulation of many of our chemical products, as well as our manufacturing processes. We own or have licenses under patents and registered trademarks which are used in connection with our business. Some of these patents or licenses cover significant product formulations and processes used to manufacture our products. The trademarks of major products in each business are registered. Certain intellectual property is also protected, where appropriate, by confidentiality agreements or other agreements with suppliers, employees and other third parties. In part, our success can be attributed to the existence and continued protection of these trademarks, patents, trade secrets, and licenses.

We believe that the Diversey trademark is important to our business. We own the Diversey trademark as used in our business. Other than the Diversey mark, we do not believe that our overall business is materially dependent on any individual trade name, trademark or patent.

 

8


Table of Contents

Under a brand license agreement (“BLA”), we are granted a license to sell certain SCJ products, and to use the name “Johnson” in combination with our owned trade name “Diversey” in our business. The term of the BLA ends May 2, 2017. Thereafter, the BLA can be renewed, with SCJ’s consent, for successive one-year terms. Our license to use the housemark “JohnsonDiversey” will expire on the earlier of our transition to the “Diversey” name in the relevant region or August 2, 2012. See “Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence—Relationships with SCJ—License Agreements” in this annual report on Form 10-K.

In connection with the DiverseyLever acquisition in May 2002, we entered into several license agreements with Unilever, under which Unilever granted us a license of specified trademarks, patents, design rights, copyrights and know-how used in the DiverseyLever business that were retained by Unilever, and we granted a license to Unilever to use specified intellectual property rights and patents and registered designs that were transferred to us in the acquisition. The licenses granted under these agreements generally terminate with the expiration of the particular patent or design right or upon termination by the licensee in the case of copyrights or know-how, unless terminated earlier. See “Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence—Relationships with Unilever—Intellectual Property Agreements” on this annual report on Form 10-K.

Research and Development

Innovative technologies and manufacturing expertise are important to our business. Through our research, we aim to develop new, more innovative and competitive products, applications, services and processes while providing technical assistance to customers helping them improve their operations. In particular, our ability to compete effectively is materially dependent on the integration of proprietary technologies with our knowledge of the applications served. We conduct most of our research and development activities at our research facilities located in Sturtevant, Wisconsin, Santa Cruz, California, Utrecht, the Netherlands, Mannheim, Germany, Muenchwilen, Switzerland, Sherwood Park, UK, Mumbai, India, Yokohama, Japan, and Sao Paulo, Brazil. We also have specialized product and application support centers throughout the globe. In addition, we have entered into a technology disclosure and license agreement with SCJ, under which each party may disclose to the other new technologies that it develops internally, acquires or licenses from third parties.

Substantially all of our principal products have been sourced and/or developed by our research and development and engineering personnel. Research and development expenses were $65.7 million, $63.3 million and $67.1 million, respectively, for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008.

Employees

As of March 4, 2011, we had approximately 10,170 employees, of which about 1,350 were located in the United States.

None of our employees in the United States is covered by a collective bargaining agreement. In Europe, a significant portion of our employees are represented by labor unions and are covered by collective bargaining agreements. Collective bargaining agreements are generally renewable on an annual basis. In several European countries, local co-determination legislation or practice requires employees of companies that are over a specified size, or that operate in more than one European country, to be represented by a works council. Works councils typically meet between two and four times a year to discuss management plans or decisions that impact employment levels or conditions within our company, including closures of facilities. Certain employees in Australia, Canada, Japan, Latin America, New Zealand and South Africa also belong to labor unions and are covered by collective bargaining agreements. Local employment legislation may impose significant requirements in these and other jurisdictions.

We believe that we have a satisfactory working relationship with organized labor and employee works councils around the world, and have not had any major work stoppages since incorporation in 1997.

 

9


Table of Contents

Environmental Regulation

Our operations are regulated under a number of federal, state, local and foreign environmental, health and safety laws and regulations that govern, among other things, the discharge of hazardous materials into the air, soil and water as well as the use, handling, storage and disposal of these materials. These laws and regulations include the Clean Air Act, the Clean Water Act, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, and the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (“CERCLA”), as well as analogous state, local and foreign laws. Compliance with these environmental laws is a major consideration for us because we use hazardous materials in some of our manufacturing processes. In addition, because we are a generator of hazardous wastes, we, along with any other person who disposes or arranges for the disposal of our wastes, may be subject to financial exposure for costs associated with an investigation and any remediation of sites at which we have disposed or arranged for the disposal of hazardous wastes if those sites become contaminated, even if we fully complied with applicable environmental laws at the time of disposal. Furthermore, process wastewater from our manufacturing operations is discharged to various types of wastewater management systems. We may incur significant costs relating to contamination that may have been, or is currently being, caused by this practice. We are also subject to numerous federal, state, local and foreign laws that regulate the manufacture, storage, distribution and labeling of many of our products, including some of our disinfecting, sanitizing and antimicrobial products. Some of these laws require us to have operating permits for our production facilities, warehouse facilities and operations, and we may not have some of these permits or some of the permits we have may not be current. In the event of a violation of these laws, we may be liable for damages and the costs of remedial actions and may also be subject to revocation, non-renewal or modification of our operating and discharge permits, and revocation of product registrations. Any revocation, non-renewal or modification may require us to cease or limit the manufacture and sale of products at one or more of our facilities and may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. In addition, legislation or regulations restricting emissions of greenhouse gases and our need to comply with such legislation or regulations could affect our business, financial condition, results of operation or cash flows. Environmental laws may also become more stringent over time, imposing greater compliance costs and increasing risks and penalties associated with any violation, which also may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Environmental regulations most significant to us are summarized below:

Toxic Substances

We are subject to various federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations governing the production, transport and import of industrial chemicals. Notably, the Toxic Substances Control Act gives the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”), the authority to track, test and/or ban chemicals that may pose an environmental or human-health hazard. We are required to comply with certification, testing, labeling and transportation requirements associated with regulated chemicals. To date, compliance with these laws and regulations has not had a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Pesticide Regulation

Some of our facilities are subject to various federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations governing the manufacture and/or use of pesticides. We manufacture and sell certain disinfecting and sanitizing products that kill micro-organisms, such as bacteria, viruses and fungi. These products are considered “pesticides” or “antimicrobial pesticides” and, in the United States, are governed primarily by the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act, as amended by the Food Quality Protection Act of 1996. To register these products, we must meet various efficacy, toxicity and labeling requirements and must pay initial and ongoing registration fees. In addition, some states or foreign jurisdictions may impose taxes on sales of pesticides. Although the cost of maintaining and delays associated with pesticide registration have increased in recent years, compliance with the various laws and regulations governing the manufacture and sale of pesticides has not had a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 

10


Table of Contents

Ingredient Regulation

Numerous federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations relate to the sale of products containing ingredients that may impact human health and the environment. Specifically, the State of California has enacted Proposition 65, which requires us to disclose specified listed ingredient chemicals on the labels of our products. To date, compliance with these laws and regulations has not had a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Other Environmental Regulation

Many of our facilities are subject to various federal, state, local or foreign laws and regulations governing the discharge, transportation, use, handling, storage and disposal of hazardous substances. In the United States, these statutes include the Clean Air Act, the Clean Water Act and the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act. We are also subject to the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986, including the Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act, which imposes reporting requirements when toxic substances are released into the environment. In Europe, we are subject to portions of the compliance obligations under the EU European Community Directive “Registration, Evaluation, Authorization, and Restriction of Chemicals” (EU Directive No. 2006/1907). The directive imposes several requirements related to the identification and management of risks related to chemical substances manufactured or marketed in Europe. Our compliance obligations are mostly associated with the use of chemicals versus manufacture. Each year we make various capital investments and expenditures necessary to comply with applicable laws and regulations and satisfy our environmental stewardship principles. To date, these investments and expenditures have not had a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Environmental Remediation and Proceedings

We may be jointly and severally liable under CERCLA or its state, local or foreign equivalent for the costs of environmental contamination on or from our properties and at off-site locations where we disposed of or arranged for the disposal or treatment of hazardous wastes. Generally, CERCLA imposes joint and several liability on each potentially responsible party (“PRP”), that actually contributed hazardous waste to a site. Customarily, PRPs will work with the EPA to agree on and implement a plan for site investigation and remediation. Based on our experience with these environmental proceedings, our estimate of the contribution to be made by other PRPs with the financial ability to pay their shares, and our third party indemnification rights at certain sites (including indemnities provided by Unilever and SCJ), we believe that our share of the costs at these sites will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

In addition to the liabilities imposed by CERCLA or its state, local or foreign equivalent, we may be liable for costs of investigation and remediation of environmental contamination on or from our current or former properties or at off-site locations under numerous other federal, state, local and foreign laws. Our operations involve the handling, transportation and use of numerous hazardous substances. We are aware that there is or may be soil or groundwater contamination at some of our facilities resulting from past or current operations and practices. Based on available information and our indemnification rights, explained below, we believe that the costs to investigate and remediate known contamination at these sites will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. In many of the foreign jurisdictions in which we operate, however, the laws that govern our operations are still undeveloped or evolving.

Many of the environmental laws and regulations discussed above apply to properties and operations of the DiverseyLever business that we acquired from Conopco in May 2002. Under the Acquisition Agreement, Unilever made certain representations and warranties to us with respect to the DiverseyLever business and agreed to indemnify us for damages in respect of breaches of its warranties and for specified types of environmental liabilities if the aggregate amounts of damages meet various dollar thresholds. Unilever will not be liable for any damages resulting from environmental matters, (1) in the case of known environmental matters or breaches, that are less than $250,000 in the aggregate, and (2) in the case of unknown environmental matters or breaches, that are less than $50,000 individually and $2 million in the aggregate. In the case of clause (1) above, we will bear the first $250,000 in damages. In the case of clause (2) above, once the $2 million threshold is reached, Unilever will not be liable for any occurrence where the damages are less than $50,000 or for the first $1 million of damages that exceed the $50,000 per occurrence threshold. In no event will Unilever be liable for any damages arising out of or resulting from environmental claims that exceed $250 million in the aggregate.

 

11


Table of Contents

Pursuant to the Redemption Agreement, all indemnity obligations under the Acquisition Agreement, other than environmental and tax matters, were terminated upon closing of the Transactions. The environmental and tax indemnity obligations thereunder of each of us and Unilever will continue to survive in accordance with the terms of the Acquisition Agreement for the DiverseyLever business. Thus, environmental claims made by us against Unilever prior to May 3, 2008 will continue to survive. On the other hand, Unilever has not made an environmental claim against us and our environmental indemnity obligations to Unilever under such agreement expired on May 3, 2008. Unilever has not made any tax indemnity claims against us under such agreement.

We have tendered various environmental indemnification claims to Unilever in connection with former DiverseyLever locations. Unilever has not indicated its agreement with our requests for indemnification. We may file additional requests for reimbursement in the future in connection with pending indemnification claims. We have recorded environmental remediation liabilities for which we intend to seek recovery from Unilever (see Note 27 to the consolidated financial statements in this annual report on Form 10-K.) However, there can be no assurance that we will be able to recover any amounts relating to these indemnification claims from Unilever.

Given the nature of our business, we believe that it is possible that, in the future, we will be subject to more stringent environmental laws or regulations that may result in new or additional restrictions imposed on our manufacturing, processing and distribution activities, which may result in possible violations, substantial fines, penalties, damages or other significant costs. The potential cost to us relating to environmental matters, including the cost of complying with the foregoing legislation and remediation of contamination, is uncertain due to such factors as the unknown magnitude and type of possible pollution and clean-up costs, the complexity and evolving nature of laws and regulations, including those outside the United States, and the timing, variable costs and effectiveness of alternative clean-up methods. We have accrued our best estimate of probable future costs relating to such known sites, but we cannot estimate at this time the costs associated with any contamination that may be discovered as a result of future investigations, and we cannot provide assurance that those costs or the costs of any required remediation will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Environmental Permits and Licensing

In the ordinary course of our business, we are continually subject to environmental inspections and monitoring by governmental enforcement authorities. In addition, our production facilities, warehouse facilities and operations require operating permits that are subject to renewal, modification and, in specified circumstances, revocation. While we believe that we are currently in material compliance with existing permit and licensing requirements, we may not be in compliance with permit or licensing requirements at some of our facilities. Based on available information and our indemnification rights, we believe that costs associated with our permit and licensing obligations will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Product Registration and Compliance

Various federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations regulate some of our products and require us to register our products and to comply with specified requirements. In the United States, we must register our sanitizing and disinfecting products with the EPA. When we register these products, we must also submit to the EPA information regarding the chemistry, toxicology and antimicrobial efficacy for the agency’s review. Data must be consistent with the desired claims stated on the product label. In addition, each state where these products are sold requires registration and payment of a fee.

We are also subject to various federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations that regulate products manufactured and sold by us for controlling microbial growth on humans, animals and processed foods. In the United States, these requirements are generally administered by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, (“FDA”). The FDA regulates the manufacture and sale

 

12


Table of Contents

of food, drugs and cosmetics, which includes antibacterial soaps and products used in food preparation establishments. The FDA requires companies to register antibacterial hand care products and imposes specific criteria that the products must meet in order to be marketed for these regulated uses. Before we are able to advertise our product as an antibacterial soap or food-related product, we must generate, and maintain in our possession, information about the product that is consistent with the appropriate FDA monograph. FDA monographs dictate the necessary requirements for various product types such as antimicrobial hand soaps. In addition, the FDA regulates the labeling of these products. If the FDA determines that any of our products do not meet its standards for an antibacterial product, we will not be able to market the product as an antibacterial product. Some of our business operations are subject to similar restrictions and obligations under an order of the U.S. Federal Trade Commission which was issued in 1999 and will remain in effect until at least 2019.

Similar product registration regulations and compliance programs exist in many other countries where we operate.

To date, the cost of complying with product registration and compliance has not had a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

In addition to the other information contained in this annual report on Form 10-K, certain risk factors should be considered carefully in evaluating our business. The risk factors described below and the other factors described in this annual report on Form 10-K could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

We face significant competition.

The market for our products is highly competitive. Our primary global competitor is Ecolab, Inc., which is the largest supplier to the global market for institutional and industrial cleaning, sanitation and hygiene products and related services, mainly as a result of its significant presence in the U.S. health and hospitality market. We also face significant competition from numerous national, regional and local companies within some or all of our product lines in each sector that we serve. Barriers to entry and expansion in the institutional and industrial cleaning, sanitation and hygiene industry are low. Other competitors in the market include 3M, The Procter & Gamble Company and The Clorox Company, which sell into the institutional sector from their bases in consumer products, Kimberly-Clark Corporation, which has expanded from paper accessories into personal care and washroom products, and Tennant Company, Nilfisk-Advance A/S, and Newell Rubbermaid Inc., which supply floor care machines, tools and equipment.

To achieve expected profitability levels, we must, among other things, maintain the service levels and competitive pricing necessary to retain existing customers and attract new customers. Our failure to address these challenges adequately could put us at a competitive disadvantage relative to our competitors.

We are subject to risks related to our operations outside of the United States.

We have substantial operations outside of the United States. Approximately 83.7% of our net sales for the year ended December 31, 2010 was generated outside the United States. We face risks related to our foreign operations such as:

 

   

foreign currency fluctuations;

 

   

unstable political, economic, financial and market conditions;

 

   

import and export license requirements;

 

   

trade restrictions;

 

13


Table of Contents
   

increases in tariffs and taxes;

 

   

high levels of inflation;

 

   

restrictions on repatriating foreign profits back to the United States;

 

   

greater difficulty collecting accounts receivable and longer payment cycles;

 

   

less favorable intellectual property laws;

 

   

unfamiliarity with foreign laws and regulations; and

 

   

changes in labor conditions and difficulties in staffing and managing international operations.

All of these risks have affected our business in the past and may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows in the future.

The volatility of our raw material costs may adversely affect our operations.

The key raw materials we use in our business are caustic soda, solvents, waxes, phosphates, surfactants, polymers and resins, chelates and fragrances. The prices of many of these raw materials are cyclical. Supply and demand factors, which are beyond our control, generally affect the price of our raw materials. If we are unable to minimize the effects of increased raw material costs through sourcing or pricing actions, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows may be materially adversely affected.

Fluctuations in exchange rates may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Our results of operations are reported in U.S. dollars. Outside the United States, however, our sales and costs are denominated in a variety of currencies including the euro, British pound, Japanese yen, Brazilian real, Venezuelan bolivar and Turkish lira. A significant weakening of the currencies in which we generate sales relative to the U.S. dollar may adversely affect our ability to meet our U.S. dollar obligations.

In addition, we are required to maintain compliance with financial covenants under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities. The covenants are measured in U.S. dollar terms; therefore, an adverse shift in currency exchange rates may cause us to be in breach of these covenants, which, if not cured or waived, may result in the acceleration of some or all of our indebtedness.

In all jurisdictions in which we operate, we are also subject to laws and regulations that govern foreign investment, foreign trade and currency exchange transactions. These laws and regulations may limit our ability to repatriate cash as dividends or otherwise to the United States and may limit our ability to convert foreign currency cash flows into U.S. dollars. A weakening of the currencies in which we generate sales relative to the currencies in which our costs are denominated may lower our operating profits and cash flows.

Our relationship with SCJ is important to our future operations.

We are party to various agreements with SCJ, including the BLA, a technology disclosure and license agreement (“TDLA”), supply and manufacturing agreements and several leases. Under the BLA, we are granted a license to sell certain SCJ products and use specified trade names and housemarks incorporating “Johnson,” including the right to use “Johnson” in combination with our owned trade name “Diversey,” in the institutional and industrial channels of trade and, subject to certain limitations, in specified channels of trade in which both our business and SCJ’s consumer business operate. In connection with our entry into amendments to the BLA as a part of the Transactions, SCJ is our sole supplier of SCJ products licensed to us under the BLA. Our sales of these products have historically been significant to our business. Under the TDLA, SCJ has granted us the right to use specified technology of SCJ. We lease our principal manufacturing facilities in Sturtevant, Wisconsin from SCJ. In addition, in some countries, we

 

14


Table of Contents

depend on SCJ to produce or sell some of our products. For additional details concerning our relationship with SCJ, see “Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence —Relationships with SCJ” in this annual report on Form 10-K. If we default under our agreements with SCJ and the agreements are terminated, SCJ fails to perform its obligations under these agreements, or our relationship with SCJ is otherwise damaged or severed, this could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Our relationship with Unilever is important to our future operations, and we may lose substantial amounts in agency fees or sales revenue if our License Agreement and distribution arrangements with Unilever are terminated.

In connection with our acquisition of the DiverseyLever business from Conopco in May 2002, we entered into the Prior Agency Agreement with Unilever. The Prior Agency Agreement provided that we and various of our subsidiaries act as Unilever’s sales agents in specified territories for the sale into the institutional and industrial markets of certain of Unilever’s consumer brand cleaning products. With the exception of some transitional arrangements for certain countries, on January 1, 2008, in all territories except the United Kingdom, Ireland, Portugal and Brazil, the Prior Agency Agreement was replaced with the License Agreement. Pursuant to the License Agreement, Unilever has agreed to grant 31 of our subsidiaries a license to produce and sell professional size packs of Unilever’s consumer brand cleaning products. In the United Kingdom, Ireland, Portugal and Brazil, the New Agency Agreement is in place.

If we are unable to comply with our obligations under these agreements, or if Unilever terminates all or any of the agreements for any other reason, including if we are insolvent or our sales drop below 75% of targeted sales for a given year in a region/operating segment, we may lose significant amounts in agency fees or sales revenue. If Unilever fails to observe its commitments under these agreements, we may not be able to operate in accordance with our business plans and we may incur additional costs. Any failure by Unilever to observe its obligations may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. If any or all of the agreements are terminated prior to their scheduled termination date, or if we and Unilever are unable to agree to mutually acceptable replacement agreements, we may not be able to obtain similar services, intellectual property or products on the same terms from third parties or at all. As a result, we may lose substantial amounts in agency fees or sales revenue, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. See “Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence —Relationships with Unilever” in this annual report on Form 10-K.

In addition, as a result of the DiverseyLever acquisition, we own the name “Diversey.” We also hold licenses to use some trademarks and technology of Unilever in the market for institutional and industrial cleaning, sanitation and hygiene products and related services under license agreements with Unilever. We believe that these license agreements are critical to our business and the termination of our rights under any of these agreements may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

The recent global economic downturn and credit crisis has had and may continue to have an impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

The recent global economic downturn has adversely impacted some of our end-users, such as hotels, restaurants, retail establishments and other end-users that are particularly sensitive to business and consumer spending. During economic downturns, these end-users may reduce their volume of purchases of cleaning, hygiene, operational efficiency and appearance enhancing products. Furthermore, as a result of the recent disruption in the credit markets, our customers may face difficulties gaining timely access to sufficient credit, which could impair their ability to make timely payments to us. In addition, the economic downturn could adversely impact our suppliers’ ability to provide us with materials and components.

The factors described above have had and may continue to have a negative impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

15


Table of Contents

If we are unable to retain key employees and other personnel, our operations and growth may be adversely affected.

Our success depends largely on the efforts and abilities of our management team and other key personnel. Their experience and industry contacts significantly benefit us, and we need their expertise to execute ongoing cost saving and growth activities. If any of our senior management or other key personnel ceases to work for us, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows may be materially adversely affected.

We could experience disruptions in operations and/or increased labor costs.

In Europe, the majority of our employees is represented by labor unions and is covered by collective bargaining agreements, which are generally renewable on an annual basis. As is the case with any negotiation, we may not be able to negotiate acceptable new collective bargaining agreements, which could result in strikes or work stoppages by affected workers. Renewal of collective bargaining agreements could also result in higher wages or benefits paid to union members. A disruption in operations or higher ongoing labor costs could materially affect our business.

We could experience failure or disruptions to our information technology and telecommunications systems.

We are dependent on internal and third party information technology networks and systems, including the Internet, to process, transmit and store electronic information. In particular, we depend on our information technology infrastructure for fulfilling and invoicing customer orders, applying cash receipts, and placing purchase orders with suppliers, making cash disbursements, and conducting digital marketing activities, data processing, and electronic communications among business locations. We also depend on telecommunication systems for communications between company personnel and our customers and suppliers. Future system disruptions, security breaches, or shutdowns could significantly disrupt our operations or result in lost or misappropriated information and may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Pricing terms in our multi-year contracts with customers may adversely affect our profitability and cash flows.

From time to time, we enter into multi-year contracts with some of our customers. These contracts may include terms restricting our pricing flexibility. Under these contracts, we bear a significant portion of the risk for cost overruns. Accordingly, we may incur losses under such contracts in the case of unexpected cost increases, operational difficulties or other changes during the contract period. If we were to experience significant unexpected cost increases under our multi-year contracts, the resulting losses could have an adverse impact on our profitability and cash flows.

The United States Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act and the United States Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 could result in increased costs related to our postretirement benefit plans.

In March 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act and the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 were signed into law. These statutes include a number of provisions that will impact companies that provide retiree health care benefits through postretirement benefit plans and will require certain changes to be made to individual plans in order to comply with the new legislation.

In addition, these statutes require changes to our information technology infrastructure and in our administrative processes. The ultimate extent and cost of these changes, including the timing of when these costs will be recognized in our consolidated financial statements, cannot be determined at this time but will continue to be evaluated as regulations and interpretations relating to the legislation become available.

 

16


Table of Contents

Future changes of indirect ownership of our company could result in an increase in our future tax liabilities.

Under existing U.S. tax law, if there is an ownership change with respect to a corporation, as defined in Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the “Code), a limitation generally will be imposed on usage of certain U.S. tax attributes of such corporation (such as tax loss and credit carryforwards) at the time of the ownership change. Given the projected U.S. income tax position of our company, we currently do not expect that a limitation under Section 382 of the Code would have a material effect on our future tax liabilities. However, if circumstances change or differ from our projections, then an ownership change with respect to our company could result in an increase in our future tax liabilities. Under existing tax laws in non-U.S jurisdictions, an ownership change could result in elimination of existing tax attributes. Future changes in ownership structure, could result in the elimination of tax attributes in certain non-U.S. jurisdictions and could result in an increase in our future tax liabilities.

We are subject to taxation in multiple jurisdictions. As a result, any adverse development in the tax laws of any of these jurisdictions or any disagreement with our tax positions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of our operations.

We are subject to taxation in, and to the tax laws and regulations of, multiple jurisdictions as a result of the international scope of our operations and our corporate and financing structure. We are also subject to transfer pricing laws with respect to our intercompany transactions, including those relating to the flow of funds among our companies. Adverse developments in these laws or regulations, or any change in position regarding the application, administration or interpretation thereof, in any applicable jurisdiction, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of our operations. In addition, the tax authorities in any applicable jurisdiction, including the United States, may disagree with the positions we have taken or intend to take regarding the tax treatment or characterization of any of our transactions. If any applicable tax authorities, including U.S. tax authorities, were to successfully challenge the tax treatment or characterization of any of our transactions, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of our operations.

We have deferred tax assets that we may not be able to use under certain circumstances.

If we are unable to generate sufficient future taxable income in certain jurisdictions, or if there is a significant change in the time period within which the underlying temporary differences become taxable or deductible, we could be required to increase our valuation allowances against our deferred tax assets. This would result in an increase in our effective tax rate, and would have an adverse effect on our future operating results. In addition, changes in statutory tax rates may change our deferred tax assets or liability balances, with either favorable or unfavorable impact on our effective tax rate. Our deferred tax assets may also be impacted by new legislation or regulation.

Our indebtedness may adversely affect our financial health.

We have indebtedness. As of December 31, 2010, we had total indebtedness of approximately $1.239 billion (excluding unaccreted original issue discount of $13.2 million and amortization of principal), including $400.0 million of Diversey Senior Notes, $814.8 million of borrowings under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities and approximately $24.2 million in short-term credit lines. In addition, after giving effect to outstanding letters of credit, we would have been able to borrow up to an additional $246.3 million under our new revolving credit facility. As of December 31, 2010, we also had approximately $169.6 million in operating lease commitments and approximately $1.6 million in capital lease commitments.

The degree to which we are leveraged may have important consequences for our company. For example, it may:

 

   

make it more difficult for us to make payments on our indebtedness;

 

   

increase our vulnerability to general economic and industry conditions, including recessions and periods of significant inflation and financial market volatility;

 

17


Table of Contents
   

require us to use a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to service our indebtedness, thereby reducing our ability to fund working capital, capital expenditures, research and development efforts and other expenses;

 

   

limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industries in which we operate;

 

   

place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to competitors that have less indebtedness; and

 

   

limit our ability to borrow additional funds that may be needed to operate and expand our business.

The indenture governing our Diversey Senior Notes and the credit agreement for our Senior Secured Credit Facilities contain financial and other restrictive covenants that limit our ability to engage in activities that may be in our long-term best interests. Those covenants include restrictions on our ability to, among others, incur more indebtedness, pay dividends, redeem stock or make other distributions, make investments, create liens, transfer or sell assets, merge or consolidate and enter into certain transactions with our affiliates. Our failure to comply with those covenants could result in an event of default, which, if not cured or waived, could result in the acceleration of all of our indebtedness.

Despite our indebtedness levels, we and our subsidiaries may be able to incur more indebtedness which may increase the risks created by our indebtedness.

We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur additional indebtedness in the future. The terms of the indenture governing the Diversey Senior Notes do not fully prohibit us or our subsidiaries from doing so. If we or our subsidiaries are in compliance with the financial covenants set forth in the credit agreement for our Senior Secured Credit Facilities and the indenture governing the Diversey Senior Notes, we and our subsidiaries may be able to incur additional indebtedness, which may increase the risks created by our current indebtedness.

We require a significant amount of cash to service our indebtedness. The ability to generate cash and/or refinance our indebtedness as it becomes due depends on many factors, some of which are beyond our control.

Our ability to make payments on our indebtedness, including the Diversey Senior Notes and our Senior Secured Credit Facilities, and to fund planned capital expenditures, research and development efforts and other corporate expenses depend on our future operating performance and on economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors. Many of these factors are beyond our control. We cannot assure that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations, that currently anticipated cost savings and operating improvements will be realized or that future borrowings will be available to us in an amount sufficient to enable us to repay our indebtedness or to fund our other needs. Significant delays in our planned capital expenditures may materially and adversely affect our future revenue prospects. In addition, we cannot assure that we will be able to refinance any of our indebtedness, including our new senior notes and our new senior secured credit facilities, on commercially reasonable terms or at all.

The indenture governing the Diversey Senior Notes, the indenture governing the Holdings Senior Notes, the credit agreement for our Senior Secured Credit Facilities and the Stockholders Agreement restrict our ability and the ability of most of our subsidiaries to engage in some business and financial transactions.

Indenture governing the Diversey Senior Notes. The indenture governing the Diversey Senior Notes contains restrictive covenants that, among other things, limit our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to:

 

   

incur more indebtedness;

 

18


Table of Contents
   

pay dividends, redeem stock or make other distributions;

 

   

make investments;

 

   

create liens;

 

   

transfer or sell assets;

 

   

merge or consolidate; and

 

   

enter into certain transactions with our affiliates.

Indenture governing the Holdings Senior Notes. We and all of our subsidiaries that are restricted subsidiaries under the indenture governing the Diversey Senior Notes are restricted subsidiaries of Holdings under the indenture governing the Holdings Senior Notes. The indenture governing the Holdings Senior Notes generally contains the same covenants as contained in the indenture governing the Diversey Senior Notes, and none of the covenants in the indenture governing the Holdings Senior Notes are more restrictive with respect to us or any of our restricted subsidiaries than the covenants in the indenture governing the Diversey Senior Notes. The Holdings Senior Notes are direct obligations of Holdings. Neither we nor any of our subsidiaries guarantee the Holdings Senior Notes or have any other obligation to make funds available for payment on the Holdings Senior Notes.

Senior Secured Credit Facilities. The credit agreement for our Senior Secured Credit Facilities contains a number of covenants that:

 

   

require us to meet specified financial ratios and financial tests;

 

   

limit our capital expenditures;

 

   

restrict our ability to declare dividends;

 

   

restrict our ability to redeem and repurchase capital stock;

 

   

limit our ability to incur additional liens;

 

   

limit our ability to engage in sale-leaseback transactions; and

 

   

limit our ability to incur additional debt and make investments.

The credit agreement for our Senior Secured Credit Facilities also contains other covenants customary for credit facilities of this nature. Our ability to borrow additional amounts under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities depends upon satisfaction of these covenants. Events beyond our control can affect our ability to meet these covenants.

Stockholders Agreement. Under the Stockholders Agreement, CD&R Investor and CMH each must approve specified transactions and actions by Holdings and its subsidiaries, including us. These transactions include, subject to specified exceptions, acquisitions and dispositions, the issuance of additional shares of capital stock, the incurrence of additional indebtedness, the entry into any new material line of business unrelated to our business, any other material change in the nature of our business and any mergers, consolidations or reorganizations.

Our failure to comply with obligations under the indenture governing the Diversey Senior Notes, the indenture governing the Holdings Senior Notes and the credit agreement for our Senior Secured Credit Facilities may result in an event of default under those indentures or the credit agreement for our Senior Secured Credit Facilities. A default, if not cured or waived, may permit acceleration of our indebtedness. We cannot be certain that we will have funds available to remedy these defaults. If our indebtedness is accelerated, we cannot be certain that we will have sufficient funds available to pay the accelerated indebtedness or that we will have the ability to refinance the accelerated indebtedness on terms favorable to us or at all.

 

19


Table of Contents

An increase in interest rates would increase the cost of servicing our debt and could reduce our profitability.

To the extent LIBOR and EURIBOR exceed a certain rate set forth in the credit agreement for our Senior Secured Credit Facilities, our indebtedness under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities will bear interest at variable rates. As a result, an increase in interest rates may increase the cost of servicing such debt and could materially reduce our profitability and cash flows. The impact of such an increase would be more significant for us than it would be for some other companies because of our substantial debt.

We are subject to a variety of environmental and product registration laws that expose us to potential financial liability and increased operating costs.

Our operations are subject to a number of federal, state, local and foreign environmental, health and safety laws and regulations that govern, among other things, the discharge of hazardous materials into the air, soil and water and the use, handling, storage and disposal of these materials. Compliance with these laws is a major consideration for us because we generate, use and dispose of hazardous materials in some of our manufacturing processes. We may become subject to costs associated with the investigation and remediation of sites at which we have disposed of, or arranged for the disposal of, hazardous waste if those sites become contaminated, even if we fully complied with applicable environmental laws at the time of disposal.

We are also subject to various federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations that govern the manufacture, storage, distribution and labeling of many of our products, and certain jurisdictions require the registration of some of our products. Some of these laws require us to have operating permits for our production and warehouse facilities and operations. The violation of any of these laws may result in our being liable for damages and the costs of remedial actions and may also result in the revocation, non-renewal or modification of our operating and discharge permits and product registrations. Any such revocation, non-renewal or modification may require us to cease or limit the manufacture and sale of products at one or more of our facilities, and may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Any revocation, non-renewal or modification may also result in an event of default under the indenture governing the Diversey Senior Notes, the indenture governing the Holdings Senior Notes and the credit agreement for our Senior Secured Credit Facilities, which, if not cured or waived, may result in the acceleration of that indebtedness.

The potential cost to us relating to environmental and product registration matters is uncertain because of the unknown magnitude and type of possible contamination and clean-up costs to which we may become subject and the timing and effectiveness of clean-up and compliance methods. Environmental and product registration laws and regulations, including those applicable outside of the United States, may also become more stringent and complicated over time and may impose greater compliance costs and increasing risks and penalties associated with any violation, which may also negatively impact our operating results. Accordingly, we may become subject to additional liabilities and increased operating costs in the future under these laws and regulations, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We expect significant future environmental compliance obligations in our European operations as a result of a European Community Directive “Registration, Evaluation, Authorization, and Restriction of Chemicals” (EU Directive No. 2006/1907) enacted on December 18, 2006. The directive imposes several requirements related to the identification and management of risks related to chemical substances manufactured or marketed in Europe. Our environmental costs and operating expenses will be subject to evolving regulatory requirements and will depend on the scope and timing of the effectiveness of requirements in these various jurisdictions. As a result of the directive, we may be subject to an increased regulatory burden, and we expect significant future environmental compliance obligations in our European operations. This directive may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

20


Table of Contents

We have tendered various environmental indemnification claims to Unilever pursuant to the Acquisition Agreement.

Under the Acquisition Agreement, Unilever made warranties to us with respect to the DiverseyLever business. In addition, Unilever agreed to indemnify us for damages in respect of breaches of its warranties and for specified types of environmental liabilities if the aggregate amount of damages meets various dollar thresholds. Unilever will not be liable for any damages resulting from environmental matters, (1) in the case of known environmental matters or breaches, that are less than $250,000 in the aggregate, and (2) in the case of unknown environmental matters or breaches, that are less than $50,000 individually and $2 million in the aggregate. In the case of clause (1) above, we will bear the first $250,000 in damages. In the case of clause (2) above, once the $2 million threshold is reached, Unilever will not be liable for any occurrence where the damages are less than $50,000 or for the first $1 million of damages that exceed the $50,000 per occurrence threshold. In no event will Unilever be liable for any damages arising out of or resulting from environmental claims that exceed $250 million in the aggregate. We were required to notify Unilever of any environmental indemnification claims by May 3, 2008. Any environmental claims pending after this date, for which we have notified Unilever, remain subject to indemnification until completed in accordance with the Acquisition Agreement. As a result, if we incur damages or liabilities that do not meet the indemnity thresholds under the Acquisition Agreement, if we failed to notify Unilever of an environmental indemnity claim within the period specified in the Acquisition Agreement or if the aggregate limits on indemnity payments under the Acquisition Agreement become applicable, we would not be entitled to indemnity from Unilever and would be required to bear the costs ourselves.

Pursuant to the Redemption Agreement, all indemnity obligations under the Acquisition Agreement, other than environmental and tax matters, have been terminated upon closing of the Transactions. The environmental and tax indemnity obligations thereunder of each of us and Unilever will continue to survive in accordance with the terms of the Acquisition Agreement. Thus, environmental claims made by us against Unilever prior to May 3, 2008 will continue to survive. On the other hand, Unilever has not made an environmental claim against us and our environmental indemnity obligations to Unilever under such agreement expired on May 3, 2008. Unilever has not made any tax indemnity claims against us under such agreement.

We have tendered various environmental indemnification claims to Unilever in connection with former DiverseyLever locations. Unilever has not indicated its agreement with our request for indemnification. We may file additional requests for reimbursement in the future in connection with pending indemnification claims. However, there can be no assurance that we will be able to recover any amounts relating to these indemnification claims from Unilever.

Our insurance policies may not cover all operating risks and a casualty loss beyond the limits of our coverage could adversely impact our business.

Our business is subject to operating hazards and risks relating to handling, storing, and transporting of the products we sell. We maintain insurance policies in such amounts and with such coverage and deductibles that we believe are reasonable and prudent. Nevertheless, our insurance coverage may not be adequate to protect us from all liabilities and expenses that may arise from claims for personal injury or death or property damage arising in the ordinary course of business, and our current levels of insurance may not be maintained or available in the future at economical prices. If a significant liability claim is brought against us that is not adequately covered by insurance, we may have to pay the claim with our own funds, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We have recorded a significant amount of goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets, and we may never realize the full value of our intangible assets.

We have recorded a significant amount of goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets, including customer relationships, trademarks and developed technologies. Goodwill and other net identifiable intangible assets were approximately $1.440 billion as of December 31, 2010, or approximately 43.5% of our total assets. Goodwill, which represents the excess of cost over the fair value of the net assets of the businesses acquired, was approximately $1.246 billion as of December 31, 2010, or 37.7% of our total assets.

 

21


Table of Contents

Goodwill and net identifiable intangible assets are recorded at fair value on the date of acquisition and, in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”)’s Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 350, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other, will be reviewed at least annually for impairment. Impairment may result from, among other things, deterioration in our performance, adverse market conditions, adverse changes in applicable laws or regulations, including changes that restrict the activities of or affect the products and services sold by our business, and a variety of other factors. Some of the products and services we sell to our customers are dependent upon laws and regulations, and changes to such laws or regulations could impact the demand for our products and services. The amount of any quantified impairment must be expensed immediately as a charge to results of operations. We did not record any charges for impairment of goodwill in 2010, 2009 or 2008. We did record impairment charges relating to other identifiable intangible assets of $0.5 million, $0.4 million and $0 in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, as further discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements. Depending on future circumstances, it is possible that we may never realize the full value of our intangible assets. Any future determination of impairment of a significant portion of goodwill or other identifiable intangible assets would have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

The consolidation of our customers may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Customers in the building care, foodservice, food and beverage, lodging, retail and healthcare sectors have been consolidating in recent years, and we believe this trend may continue. Such consolidation could have an adverse impact on our ability to retain customers, which could in turn adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we are not able to protect our trade secrets or maintain our trademarks, patents and other intellectual property, we may not be able to prevent competitors from developing similar products or from marketing their products in a manner that capitalizes on our trademarks, and this loss of a competitive advantage could decrease our profitability and liquidity.

Our ability to compete effectively with other companies depends, in part, on our ability to maintain the proprietary nature of our owned and licensed intellectual property. If we were unable to maintain the proprietary nature of our intellectual property and our significant current or proposed products, this loss of a competitive advantage could result in decreased sales or increased operating costs, either of which would decrease our liquidity and profitability.

We rely on trade secrets to protect the formulation and manufacturing techniques of many of our products. As such, we have not sought U.S. or international patent protection for some of our principal product formula and manufacturing processes. Accordingly, we may not be able to prevent others from developing products that are similar to or competitive with our products.

We own several patents and pending patent applications on our products, aspects thereof, methods of use, and/or methods of manufacturing. There is a risk that our patents may not provide meaningful protection and patents may never be issued for our pending patent applications.

We own, or have licenses to use, all of the material trademark and trade name rights used in connection with the packaging, marketing and distribution of our major products both in the United States and in other countries where our products are principally sold. Trademark and trade name protection is important to our business. Although most of our trademarks are registered in the United States and in the foreign countries in which we operate, we may not be successful in asserting trademark or trade name protection. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries may not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. The costs required to protect our trademarks and trade names may be substantial.

The market for our products depends to a significant extent upon the goodwill associated with our brand names. Under the BLA, we are granted a license to sell certain SCJ products and use specified trade names and housemarks incorporating “Johnson,” including the right to use “Johnson” in combination with our owned trade name “Diversey,” in our business. The BLA will terminate by its terms on May 2, 2017. Thereafter, the BLA can be renewed, with SCJ’s consent, for successive one-year terms. Our license to use the housemark “JohnsonDiversey” will expire on the earlier of our transition to the “Diversey” name in the relevant

 

22


Table of Contents

region or August 2, 2012, and our license to use the housemark “Johnson Wax Professional” expired on May 2, 2010. If the BLA is terminated, we may lose the ability to sell specified SCJ products or to use SCJ brand names and technology, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. See “Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence —Relationships with SCJ—License Agreements” in this annual report on Form 10-K.

We cannot be certain that we will be able to assert these intellectual property rights successfully in the future or that they will not be invalidated, circumvented or challenged. Other parties may infringe on our intellectual property rights and may thereby dilute the value of our intellectual property in the marketplace. Third parties, including competitors, may assert intellectual property infringement or invalidity claims against us that could be upheld. Intellectual property litigation, which could result in substantial cost to and diversion of effort by us, may be necessary to protect our trade secrets or proprietary technology or for us to defend against claimed infringement of the rights of others and to determine the scope and validity of others’ proprietary rights. We may not prevail in any such litigation, and if we are unsuccessful, we may not be able to obtain any necessary licenses on reasonable terms or at all.

Similarly, other parties may infringe on intellectual property rights that SCJ licenses to us. The protection of these licensed intellectual property rights is under the control of SCJ and, therefore, we cannot assure the protection of those trademarks or other intellectual property rights or prevent dilution in the marketplace of the value of those brands. Finally, we may infringe on others’ intellectual property rights. Any failure by us or SCJ to protect our trademarks and other intellectual property rights, or any adverse judgment with respect to infringement by us of others’ intellectual property rights, may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

The relocation of our manufacturing capability from our primary U.S. manufacturing facility could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We manufacture a significant portion of the products we sell. In connection with the Transactions, our various operating agreements with SCJ, including our lease from SCJ of our Waxdale manufacturing facility, was amended. See “Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence —Relationships with SCJ —Leases” in this annual report on Form 10-K. As amended, the lease will expire on May 31, 2013, and we do not plan to renew this lease after expiration. As discussed in Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements included in this annual report, the Company has made arrangements to relocate its manufacturing capability by moving some production to its other locations in North America, and by pursuing contract manufacturing for a portion of its product lines. The timeline to transition out of Waxdale is not certain, but is expected to be largely completed during the first semester of fiscal 2012. While we have extensive experience in restructuring value chain operations, this relocation may pose significant risks, which could include:

 

   

the risk that we may be unable to integrate successfully the relocated manufacturing operations;

 

   

the risk that we may be unable to coordinate management and integrate and retain employees of the relocated manufacturing operations;

 

   

the risk that we may not be able to obtain contract manufacturing on favorable terms or at all;

 

   

the risk that we may face difficulties in implementing and maintaining consistent standards, controls, procedures, policies and information systems;

 

   

the risk that we may fail to realize anticipated synergies, economies of scale or other anticipated benefits, or to maintain operating margins;

 

   

potential strains on our personnel, systems and resources, and diversion of attention from other priorities; and

 

23


Table of Contents
   

any unforeseen or contingent liabilities of the relocated manufacturing operations.

We may not achieve growth through acquisitions.

As part of our business strategy, we may from time to time pursue acquisitions of companies that we believe are strategic to our business. There can be no assurance that we will be able to identify attractive acquisition targets, negotiate satisfactory terms for acquisitions or obtain necessary financing for acquisitions. Further, acquisitions involve risks, including that acquired businesses will not perform in accordance with expectations that we will not realize the operating efficiencies expected from acquisitions and that business judgments concerning the value, strengths and weaknesses of companies we acquire will prove to have been incorrect. If we fail to complete acquisitions, if we acquire companies but are not able to successfully integrate them with our business or if we do not otherwise realize the anticipated financial and strategic goals for our acquisitions, our business and results of operations may be adversely affected. In addition, future acquisitions may result in the incurrence of debt, and contingent liabilities and an increase in interest expense, amortization expenses and significant charges relating to integration costs.

 

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

Not applicable.

 

24


Table of Contents
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

We have a total of 26 manufacturing facilities in 20 countries, including Brazil, Canada, China, France, Germany, India, Italy, Japan, the Netherlands, Spain, Switzerland, Turkey, the United Kingdom and the United States. One of our principal manufacturing facilities is located at Waxdale in Sturtevant, Wisconsin, which facility we lease from SCJ. In connection with the Transactions, our lease of the Waxdale manufacturing facility was amended. As amended, the lease will expire in 2013, and we do not plan to renew this lease after expiration. See “Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence—Relationships with SCJ—Leases.” Our worldwide and Americas headquarters are located in Sturtevant, Wisconsin. We believe our facilities are in good condition and are adequate to meet the existing production needs of our businesses.

The following table summarizes our principal plants and other physical properties that are important to our business. Unless indicated otherwise, all owned properties listed below are subject to mortgages.

 

     Approximate Square
Feet Occupied
   

Principal Activity

   Primary Segment
Used In (3)
 

Location

   Owned     Leased       

United States

         

Madera, California

       90,000      Manufacturing and warehouse      Americas   

Mt. Pleasant, Wisconsin

     50,000        General and administrative office      Americas   

Sturtevant, Wisconsin

       180,000 (2)    Manufacturing      Americas   

Sturtevant, Wisconsin

       550,000      Warehousing logistics      Americas   

Sturtevant, Wisconsin

     278,000        International headquarters, data center, and research and development      Other   

Watertown, Wisconsin

     125,000        Manufacturing      Americas   

Watertown, Wisconsin

       150,000      Warehousing logistics      Americas   

International

         

Villa Bosch, Argentina

     77,000        Manufacturing      Americas   

Socorro, Brazil

     123,000 (1)      97,000      Manufacturing      Americas   

London, Ontario, Canada

     193,000        Manufacturing      Americas   

Guangdong, China

     75,000        Manufacturing     
 
GreaterAsia
Pacific
  
  

Villefranche-sur-Soane, France

     181,000 (1)      Manufacturing      Europe   

Kirchheimbolanden, Germany

     302,000        86,000      Manufacturing      Europe   

Nalagarh, India

     19,000        Manufacturing     
 
GreaterAsia
Pacific
  
  

Bagnolo, Italy

     594,000 (1)      Manufacturing      Europe   

Shizuoka-Ken, Kakegawa, Japan

     115,000        Manufacturing     
 
GreaterAsia
Pacific
  
  

Enschede, The Netherlands

     289,000        Manufacturing      Europe   

Utrecht, The Netherlands

     44,000        68,000      Office and research and development      Europe   

Valdemoro, Spain

       45,000      Manufacturing      Europe   

Munchwilen, Switzerland

     112,000        Manufacturing and research and development      Europe   

Gebze, Turkey

       50,000      Manufacturing      Europe   

Cotes Park, United Kingdom

     583,000        Manufacturing and warehouse      Europe   

 

(1) Property not mortgaged.
(2) Leased from SCJ.
(3) In general, our manufacturing facilities primarily serve the segment listed in the table above. However, certain facilities manufacture products for export to other segments, which use or sell the product.

 

25


Table of Contents
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

We are party to various legal proceedings in the ordinary course of our business which may, from time to time, include product liability, intellectual property, contract, employee benefits, environmental and tax claims as well as government or regulatory agency inquiries or investigations. While the final outcome of these proceedings is uncertain, we believe that, taking into account our insurance and reserves and the available defenses with respect to legal matters currently pending against us, the ultimate resolution of these proceedings will not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

ITEM 4. REMOVED AND RESERVED

 

26


Table of Contents

PART II

 

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

As of March 4, 2011, there were 24,422 shares of our common stock outstanding. Holdings owns all of the outstanding shares of our common stock. There is no established public trading market for our common stock.

The following table sets forth the amount of cash dividends we paid to our stockholders in fiscal years 2010 and 2009 on a per share basis:

 

     2010      2009  

May 15

     —           887.57   

November 15

     642.15         887.57   

November 24

     —           3,622.94   
                 
   $ 642.15       $ 5,398.08   
                 

Dividends on November 15, 2010 were paid to enable Holdings to pay interest on the Holdings Senior Notes. Dividends on May 15 and November 15 of 2009 were paid to enable Holdings to pay interest on its previously outstanding 10.67% senior discount notes. Prior to the redemption of the senior discount notes in December 2009 interest payments on the notes were due semiannually on May 15 and November 15. Dividends on November 24 of 2009 were paid to enable, among other things, Holdings to settle its obligations relating to the Redemption Agreement.

Our ability to pay dividends is restricted by covenants in the indenture governing the Diversey Senior Notes and in the credit agreement for our Senior Secured Credit Facilities. See “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Liquidity and Capital Resources” in this annual report on Form 10-K.

 

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

Prior to 2008, we reported our results of operations on a 52/53 week year ending on the Friday nearest to December 31. Beginning with fiscal year 2008, we changed our fiscal year end date from the Friday nearest December 31 to December 31. Accordingly, references in this annual report on Form 10-K to our fiscal year 2008 relate to the period from December 29, 2007 to December 31, 2008. For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, our results include 52 weeks plus one day, 52 weeks plus one day and 52 weeks plus 3 days, respectively. Operations included 52 weeks in each of fiscal years 2007 and 2006. Our fiscal year 2007 commenced on December 30, 2006 and ended on December 28, 2007. Our fiscal year 2006 commenced on December 31, 2005 and ended on December 29, 2006.

We derived the following selected historical consolidated financial data from our consolidated financial statements as of and for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, December 31, 2009, December 31, 2008, December 28, 2007 and December 29, 2006. Those consolidated financial statements have been prepared under U.S. GAAP. You should read the following selected historical consolidated financial data in conjunction with the financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this annual report on Form 10-K and with the information included in this annual report on Form 10-K under “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

Except for Cash Flow and EBITDA measures, the selected historical data is presented on a continuing operations basis. The operational results and gains associated with the divestitures of DuBois Chemicals, divested in September 2008, Chemical

 

27


Table of Contents

Methods Associates, divested in September 2006, the Polymer Business, divested in June 2006, and Whitmire Micro-Gen Research Laboratories, Inc., divested in June 2004, are presented in “Income from discontinued operations, net of tax.” Accordingly, fiscal years prior to the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 have been restated to conform to current year presentation.

 

     Fiscal Year Ended  
     December 31,
2010
    December 31,
2009
    December 31,
2008
    December 28,
2007
    December 29,
2006
 
     (dollars in thousands)  

Selected Income Statement Data:

          

Net sales:

          

Net product and service sales

   $ 3,101,277      $ 3,083,711      $ 3,280,857      $ 2,949,812      $ 2,753,752   

Sales agency fee income (1)

     26,400        27,170        35,020        91,928        85,516   

Cost of sales

     1,800,419        1,828,933        1,990,082        1,764,224        1,666,817   

Gross profit

     1,327,258        1,281,948        1,325,795        1,277,516        1,172,451   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     1,005,927        988,095        1,067,732        1,117,702        1,123,880   

Research and development expenses

     65,655        63,328        67,077        65,539        58,112   

Restructuring expenses (credits)

     (2,277     32,914        57,291        27,165        114,787   

Operating profit (loss)

     257,953        197,611        133,695        67,110        (124,328

Interest expense, net

     114,242        92,381        97,720        96,559        107,583   

Notes redemption and other costs

     —          25,402        —          —          —     

Other (income) expense, net

     2,732        (4,699     5,671        (787     5,232   

Income tax provision (benefit)

     66,258        76,129        57,531        65,846        (92,994

Income (loss) from continuing operations

     74,721        8,398        (27,227     (94,508     (144,149

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

     (10,361     (529     15,465        7,877        262,456   

Net income (loss)

     64,360        7,869        (11,762     (86,631     118,307   

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

     —          —          —          —          (25

Net income (loss) attributable to Diversey, Inc.

   $ 64,360      $ 7,869      $ (11,762   $ (86,631   $ 118,282   

Selected Other Financial Data:

          

EBITDA (2)

   $ 361,744      $ 312,240      $ 278,001      $ 235,551      $ 465,192   

Credit Agreement EBITDA (2)

     452,877        403,180        364,157        373,557        315,080   

Depreciation and amortization

     116,828        112,097        128,236        156,746        198,410   

Capital expenditures (3)

     94,662        94,294        121,211        111,159        93,381   

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     150,518        122,767        49,197        33,296        (6,492

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     (94,185     (89,163     1,817        (102,362     390,828   

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     (159,055     102,361        (46,310     (55,972     (343,471

Gross profit margin (4)

     42.4     41.2     40.0     42.0     41.3

Operating profit margin (5)

     8.2     6.4     4.0     2.2     -4.4

 

28


Table of Contents
     As of  
     December 31,
2010
     December 31,
2009
     December 31,
2008
     December 28,
2007
     December 29,
2006
 
            (dollars in thousands)  

Selected Balance Sheet Data:

              

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 157,754       $ 249,440       $ 107,818       $ 97,071       $ 208,313   

Restricted cash

     20,407         39,654         49,463         —           —     

Accounts receivable, net

     569,439         578,663         570,654         636,470         548,275   

Due from parent

     64,241         92,247         436         363         321   

Inventories

     263,247         255,989         255,330         279,175         253,049   

Accounts payable

     351,625         416,278         387,527         405,362         401,860   

Working capital (6)

     481,061         418,374         438,457         510,283         399,464   

Property, plant and equipment, net

     410,507         415,645         412,022         442,434         410,689   

Total assets

     3,309,324         3,512,238         3,197,192         3,436,529         3,302,772   

Total debt, including current portion

     1,225,849         1,391,103         1,081,826         1,101,530         1,095,545   

Stockholder’s equity

     780,124         704,803         714,496         958,267         944,671   

 

(1) Sales agency termination fees of $0.6 million, $0.7 million, $0.7 million, $3.2 million and $1.1 million under the Prior Agency Agreement were included in sales agency fees in fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, December 31, 2009, December 31, 2008, December 28, 2007 and December 29, 2006, respectively.

 

(2) EBITDA and Credit Agreement EBITDA are non-U.S. GAAP financial measures, and you should not consider EBITDA and Credit Agreement EBITDA as alternatives to U.S. GAAP financial measures such as (a) operating profit or net income as a measure of our operating performance or (b) cash flows provided by operating, investing and financing activities (as determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP) as a measure of our ability to meet cash needs.

We present EBITDA because we believe it provides investors with important additional information to evaluate our performance. We believe EBITDA is frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties in the evaluation of companies in our industry. In addition, we believe that investors, analysts and rating agencies will consider EBITDA useful in measuring our ability to meet our debt service obligations. However, EBITDA is not a recognized measure under GAAP, and when analyzing our financial results, investors should use EBITDA in addition to, and not as an alternative to, net income or net cash provided by operating activities as defined under GAAP. In addition, because other companies may calculate EBITDA differently, this measure will not be comparable to EBITDA or similarly titled measures reported by other companies.

We also present Credit Agreement EBITDA because it is a financial measure which is used in the credit agreement for our Senior Secured Credit Facilities. Credit Agreement EBITDA is not a recognized measure under GAAP and should not be considered as a substitute for financial performance and liquidity measures determined in accordance with GAAP, such as net income, operating income or operating cash flow. Credit Agreement EBITDA differs from the term EBITDA as it is commonly used. Credit Agreement EBITDA is calculated as set forth below and is defined in accordance with the credit agreement for our Senior Secured Credit Facilities.

Borrowings under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities are a key source of our liquidity. Our ability to borrow under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities depends upon, among other things, compliance with certain representations, warranties and covenants under the credit agreement for our Senior Secured Credit Facilities. The financial covenants in our Senior Secured Credit Facilities include a specified debt to Credit Agreement EBITDA leverage ratio and a specified Credit Agreement EBITDA to interest expense coverage ratio for specified periods. Failure to comply with these financial ratio covenants would result in a default under the credit agreement for Senior Secured Credit Facilities and, absent a waiver or an amendment from our lenders, would permit the acceleration of all outstanding borrowings under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities.

Neither EBITDA nor Credit Agreement EBITDA is used in the indenture governing the notes. The term “Consolidated EBITDA” is used in the indenture as part of the calculation of the term “Consolidated Coverage Ratio,” which is used for a number of purposes, including determining our ability to incur additional indebtedness, and may include certain cost savings or synergies.

EBITDA or Credit Agreement EBITDA should not be construed as a substitute for, and should be considered together with, net cash flows provided by operating activities as determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The following table reconciles EBITDA and Credit Agreement EBITDA to net cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities, which is the GAAP measure most comparable to EBITDA and Credit Agreement EBITDA, for each of the periods for which EBITDA and Credit Agreement EBITDA are presented.

 

29


Table of Contents
     Fiscal Year Ended  
     December 31,
2010
    December 31,
2009
    December 31,
2008
    December 28,
2007
    December 29,
2006
 
           (dollars in thousands)  

Net cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ 150,518      $ 122,767      $ 49,197      $ 33,296      $ (6,492

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects from acquisitions and divestitures of businesses

     72,191        (2,156     9,404        93,261        95,069   

Depreciation and amortization expense

     (116,828     (112,097     (128,236     (156,746     (198,410

Amortization of debt issuance costs

     (18,091     (15,711     (4,984     (4,747     (5,848

Accretion of original issue discount

     (3,777     (290     —          —          —     

Interest accrued on long- term receivables–related parties

     —          2,551        2,749        2,583        2,464   

Changes in deferred income taxes

     (7,392     (7,474     6,058        (41,618     10,395   

Changes in restricted cash and cash equivalents

     —          27,404        49,463        —          —     

Gain (loss) from divestitures

     (845     (32     11,753        (538     234,974   

Gain (loss) on property disposals

     (153     (726     (736     4,218        (581

Stock-based compensation

     —          (215     (400     (515     (393

Impairment of investment

     (5,900     —          —          —          —     

Other

     (5,363     (6,152     (6,030     (15,825     (12,896
                                        

Net income (loss)

     64,360        7,869        (11,762     (86,631     118,282   

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

     —          —          —          —          25   

Income tax provision

     66,258        74,425        63,755        68,811        40,610   

Interest expense, net

     114,298        92,447        97,772        96,625        107,865   

Notes redemption and other costs

     —          25,402        —          —          —     

Depreciation and amortization expense

     116,828        112,097        128,236        156,746        198,410   
                                        

EBITDA

     361,744        312,240        278,001        235,551        465,192   

Restructuring related costs (a)

     8,609        59,607        94,014        105,453        199,181   

Acquisition and divestiture adjustment (b)

     10,361        2,167        (22,624     1,161        (381,637

Non-cash expenses and charges ( c )

     21,058        8,898        1,635        18,925        28,078   

Non-recurring gains or losses (d)

     31,102        3,234        —          —          —     

Compensation adjustment (e)

     20,003        17,034        13,131        12,467        4,266   
                                        

Credit agreement EBITDA (f)

   $ 452,877      $ 403,180      $ 364,157      $ 373,557      $ 315,080   
                                        

 

(a) For a further description of restructuring and other one-time charges relating to the November 2005 Plan, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”
(b) For a further description of adjustments related to businesses divested during the applicable period, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Divestitures.”
(c) Adjustments primarily related to changes in the allowance for doubtful accounts, changes in the reserve for excess and obsolete inventory and gains and losses on sales of capital assets.
d) For a further explanation of these non-recurring costs, see discussion of selling, general and administrative expenses under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”
(e) Expenses related to certain cash-based employee benefits that will be converted to an equity plan in connection with the Transactions.
(f) Credit Agreement EBITDA includes EBITDA of certain operations divested subsequent to the applicable period of $44,144, $17,637 and $7,918 in the fiscal years ended December 29, 2006, December 28, 2007 and December 31, 2008, respectively.

 

(3) Capital expenditures include expenditures for capitalized computer software.

 

(4) Gross profit margin is gross profit as a percentage of net sales.

 

(5) Operating profit margin is operating profit as a percentage of net sales.

 

(6) Working capital is defined as net accounts receivable plus inventories less accounts payable.

 

30


Table of Contents
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

This discussion summarizes the significant factors affecting our consolidated operating results, financial condition and liquidity for the three-year period ended December 31, 2010. This discussion should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and notes to the consolidated financial statements included in this annual report on Form 10-K as well as the sections entitled “Forward-Looking Statements” located before Part I and “Risk Factors” located in Item 1A. of this annual report on Form 10-K.

Executive Overview

We are a leading global provider of commercial cleaning, sanitation and hygiene products, services and solutions for food safety and service, food and beverage plant operations, floor care, housekeeping and room care, laundry and hand care. In addition, we offer a wide range of value-added services, including food safety and application training and consulting, and auditing of hygiene and water management. We serve institutional and industrial end-users such as food service providers, lodging establishments, food and beverage processing plants, building service contractors, building managers and property owners, retail outlets, schools and health-care facilities in more than 175 countries worldwide.

In June 2008, the Company announced plans to reorganize its operating segments to better address consolidation and globalization trends among its customers and to enable the Company to more effectively deploy resources. Effective January 2010, the Company completed its reorganization from a five region model to the new three region model, having implemented the following:

 

   

Three regional presidents were appointed to lead the three regions;

 

   

The three regional presidents report to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”), who is its chief operating decision maker;

 

   

Financial information is prepared separately and regularly for each of the three regions; and

 

   

The CEO regularly reviews the results of operations, manages the allocation of resources and assesses the performance of each of these regions.

Prior to the reorganization, the Company’s operations were organized in five regions: Europe/Middle East/Africa (“Europe”), North America, Latin America, Asia Pacific and Japan. The new three region model is composed of the following:

 

   

The existing Europe region;

 

   

A new Americas region combining the former North and Latin American regions; and

 

   

A new Greater Asia Pacific region combining the former Asia Pacific and Japan regions.

In 2010, as a result of integrating certain of the Company’s equipment business into the Americas and Europe segments, associated revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities have been reclassified from Eliminations/Other to the Americas and Europe segments (see Note 28 to the consolidated financial statements). This reclassification is consistent with changes in the Company’s organizational reporting and reflects the chief operating decision maker’s approach to assessing performance and asset allocation.

Accordingly, the following management discussion and analysis reflects segment information in conformity with the three region model and the equipment business reclassification, and prior period segment information has been restated for comparability and consistency.

Except where noted, the management discussion and analysis below, excluding the consolidated statements of cash flows, reflects the results of continuing operations, which excludes the results of DuBois Chemicals (“DuBois”) as discussed in Note 6 to the consolidated financial statements.

 

31


Table of Contents

In the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, net sales increased by $16.8 million compared to the prior year. As indicated in the following table, after excluding the impact of foreign currency exchange rates, our net sales decreased by 0.3% for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, compared to the prior year.

 

     Fiscal Year Ended         
(dollars in millions)    December 31,
2010
     December 31,
2009
     Change  

Net sales

   $ 3,127.7       $ 3,110.9         0.5

Variance due to foreign currency exchange

        26.6      
                    
   $ 3,127.7       $ 3,137.5         -0.3
                    

When adjusted for the reduction in H1N1 pandemic related volume, net sales increased by 1% over the prior year. Strong growth in emerging markets was offset by the challenging economic conditions in the developed markets of Western Europe, North America and Japan. Our consistent pricing strategies, improved customer contract compliance and customer acquisitions helped offset the adverse impact of decreased consumption of our products in those developed markets. In particular, emerging markets across the world and global equipment sales have demonstrated consistent growth trends throughout fiscal 2010. We continue to believe that our differentiated value proposition, global customer solutions and approach to innovation, complemented by our diverse customer base, should allow us to effectively execute our sales strategies and help mitigate market uncertainty.

As indicated in the following table, our gross profit percentage improved significantly for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to the year ended December 31, 2009.

 

Margin on Net Sales

Fiscal Year Ended

 

December 31, 2010

    December 31, 2009  
  42.4     41.2
             

For the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to prior year, the Company’s margin improved by 120 basis points. This improvement was largely the result of continued implementation of price increases, reductions in certain raw material costs, successful implementation of our restructuring program, and structural improvements in our global sourcing activities. This includes more efficient materials purchasing, improvements in our manufacturing and logistics footprint, rationalizing the number of product offerings, eliminating low margin products, and implementing internal processes to more effectively monitor customer profitability. We expect to leverage our process improvements and continued pricing actions to help mitigate current and expected inflationary pressures.

While the uncertain economic conditions throughout 2010 adversely affected a number of end-users of our products and services, we did not experience a loss of material customers.

We continued implementing materials sourcing savings programs and cost containment measures during 2010. Although we believe we have instituted appropriate strategies to improve profitability and achieve growth, we cannot be assured that we can fully mitigate the effects of global economic conditions on our operations.

As of December 31, 2010, we were in compliance with the financial covenants under the credit agreement for our Senior Secured Credit Facilities. Our favorable operating performance provided us with excess cash to voluntarily pay down our debt by $125 million in 2010 and to terminate our receivables securitization facilities. We will continue to closely monitor the ongoing global economic conditions that may affect our liquidity and the future availability of credit. We believe that we are positioned to deal with inflationary concerns or economic downturns; however, we are not able to predict how much either would affect our business and our customers’ businesses going forward. From time to time, the Company has considered and may in the future pursue debt or other financing alternatives, depending on market conditions and other factors.

 

32


Table of Contents

During fiscal year 2010, we continued to make significant progress with the operational restructuring of our Company in accordance with the November 2005 Plan. Key activities during the year included the continued transition to a new organizational model in our Europe region, and continued progress on various supply chain optimization projects designed to improve capacity utilization and efficiency. Our November 2005 restructuring program activity will continue through fiscal 2011, with the majority of associated reserves expected to be paid out through our restricted cash balance.

In conjunction with its ongoing operational efficiency efforts, the Company announced plans to transition certain accounting functions in its corporate center and North America location to a third party provider. The Company commenced the plan in fiscal 2010 and expects to complete execution by December 2011. The Company also affirmed its decision to cease manufacturing operations at Waxdale, its primary U.S. manufacturing facility, and to move some production to its other locations in North America, as well as to pursue contract manufacturing for a portion of its product line. The timeline to transition out of Waxdale is not certain, but is expected to be largely completed by the first semester of fiscal 2012.

In December 2010, the Company announced a further enhancement of its organizational structure. The new structure provides a focus on the role of emerging markets in our growth objectives, and will consist of four regions reporting to the CEO, as follows:

 

   

Europe – This region will be comprised of operating units in Western and Eastern Europe and Russia and will no longer include our operations in Turkey, Africa and Middle East countries. Europe will continue to be our largest region.

 

   

Americas – The operating units in this region will remain unchanged.

 

   

Asia Pacific, Africa, Middle East, Turkey (“APAT”) – This region will be comprised of our operations in Asia Pacific, Africa, Middle East, Turkey and the Caucasian and Asian Republics. This region will no longer include Japan.

 

   

Japan – Japan becomes a stand-alone region.

The implementation of this organizational redesign is currently in progress. Regional presidents for each of the four regions have been appointed and are currently transitioning. The Company will continue to report its operating segments under the current three region model until the new management, operating, and financial reporting structures are effectively in place, which currently is expected to be completed later in our 2011 fiscal year.

 

33


Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Policies

The preparation of our financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reported periods. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. The following are the accounting policies that we believe are most critical to our financial condition and results of operations and that involve management’s judgment and/or evaluation of inherent uncertain factors:

Revenue Recognition. We recognize revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or ownership has transferred to the customer, the sales price is fixed or determinable, and collection is probable. We record an estimated reduction to revenue for customer discount programs and incentive offerings, including allowances and other volume-based incentives. If market conditions were to decline, we may take actions to increase customer incentive offerings, possibly resulting in a reduction of gross profit margins in the period during which the incentive is offered. Revenues are reflected in the consolidated statement of operations net of taxes collected from customers and remitted to governmental authorities.

In arriving at net sales, we estimate the amounts of sales deductions likely to be earned by customers in conjunction with incentive programs such as volume rebates and other discounts. Such estimates are based on written agreements and historical trends and are reviewed periodically for possible revision based on changes in facts and circumstances.

Estimating Reserves and Allowances. We estimate inventory reserves based on periodic reviews of our inventory balances to identify slow-moving or obsolete items and to value inventories at the lower of cost or net realizable value. This determination is based on a number of factors, including new product introductions, changes in customer demand patterns, product life cycle, and historic usage trends.

We estimate the allowance for doubtful accounts by analyzing accounts receivable balances by age, applying historical trend rates, analyzing market conditions and specifically reserving for identified customer balances, based on known facts, which are deemed probable as uncollectible. For larger accounts greater than 90 days past due, an allowance for doubtful accounts is recorded based on the customer’s ability and likelihood to pay and based on management’s review of the facts and circumstances. For other customers, we recognize an allowance based on the length of time the receivable is past due and on historical experience. See “Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk” for further discussion on credit risk as it relates to the recent global economic slowdown.

We accrue for losses associated with litigation and environmental claims based on management's best estimate of future costs when such losses are probable and reasonably able to be estimated. We record those costs based on what management believes is the most probable amount of the liability within the ranges or, where no amount within the range is a better estimate of the potential liability, at the minimum amount within the range. The accruals are adjusted as further information becomes available or circumstances change.

Pension and Post-Retirement Benefits. We sponsor separately funded pension and post-retirement plans in various countries, including the United States. Several statistical and judgmental factors, which attempt to anticipate future events, are used in calculating the expense and liability related to the plans. These factors include assumptions about the discount rate, expected return on plan assets, rate of future compensation increases and healthcare cost trends, as determined by us and our actuaries. In addition, our actuarial consultants also use subjective factors, such as withdrawal and mortality rates, to estimate these factors. We use actuarial assumptions that may differ materially from actual results due to changing market and economic conditions, higher or lower withdrawal rates, longer or shorter life spans of participants and changes in actual costs of healthcare. Actual results may significantly affect the amount of pension and other post-retirement benefit expenses recorded by us.

 

34


Table of Contents

Goodwill and Non-Amortizing Intangibles. Goodwill and non-amortizing intangible assets are reviewed for impairment on an annual basis and between annual tests when significant events or changes in business circumstances indicate that their carrying values may not be recoverable. For goodwill impairment testing, we have defined our reporting units as Europe, North America, Latin America, Asia Pacific, and Japan. We use a two-step process to test goodwill for impairment. First, the reporting unit’s fair value is compared to its carrying value. Fair value is estimated using a combination of a discounted cash flow approach and a market approach. If a reporting unit’s carrying amount exceeds its fair value, an indication exists that the reporting unit’s goodwill may be impaired, and the second step of the impairment test would be performed. The second step of the goodwill impairment test is to measure the amount of the impairment loss, if any. In the second step, the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill is determined by allocating the reporting unit’s fair value to all of its assets and liabilities other than goodwill in a manner similar to a purchase price allocation. The implied fair value of the goodwill that results from the application of this second step is then compared to the carrying amount of the goodwill and an impairment charge would be recorded for the difference if the carrying value exceeds the implied fair value of the goodwill. We test the carrying value of other intangible assets with indefinite lives by comparing the fair value of the intangible assets to the carrying value. Fair value is estimated using a relief of royalty approach, a discounted cash flow methodology.

We conduct our annual impairment reviews at the beginning of the fourth quarter with the assistance of a third party valuation firm. We complete this analysis as of the first day of our fiscal fourth quarter. Goodwill balances are recorded at the reporting unit level; however, where applicable, balances may be allocated to reporting units in proportion to the goodwill balances recorded at the reporting unit level. We performed our impairment reviews for fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008, and found no impairment of goodwill and non-amortizing intangibles. Moreover, due to the challenging global economic environment during 2010, management evaluated goodwill impairment indicators on a periodic basis to determine if interim impairment reviews were appropriate. As a key and quantifiable value driver, we chose interim EBITDA as its primary benchmark measure for interim impairment reviews. We tracked consolidated actual performance against this benchmark to assess whether or not a step-one evaluation may be necessary. No interim impairment indicators were identified during 2010. There can be no assurance that future goodwill and non-amortizing intangible asset impairment tests will not result in a charge to earnings.

During our 2010 impairment review, each of our reporting units had a fair value that exceeded its carrying value by 45% or more, except for our Japan reporting unit, whose fair value exceeded its carrying value by 20%. The fair value of our Japanese reporting is impacted by macroeconomic factors that exist in that country, which was reflected in our use of a perpetuity growth rate of 1% in our valuation models. The risk-adjusted discount rate utilized was 10.9%. Failure of the Japanese business to realize financial forecasts or further weakening of the Japanese business environment could potentially impact the future recoverability of the $144.3 million of goodwill held in our Japanese reporting unit at December 31, 2010. On March 11, 2011, Japan suffered a significant natural disaster. While immediate losses are not expected to be material, the future impact to operating results and related risk of asset impairment is not currently determinable.

Long-Lived Assets and Amortizing Intangibles. We periodically conduct impairment reviews on long-lived assets, including amortizable intangible assets, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amounts may not be recoverable. If the sum of the expected undiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying value of the related asset or group of assets, a loss is recognized for the difference between the fair value and carrying value of the asset or group of assets. We also periodically reassess the estimated remaining useful lives of our amortizing intangible assets and our other long-lived assets. Changes to estimated useful lives would affect the amount of depreciation and amortization expense recorded in our consolidated financial statements.

We recorded impairment charges on certain long-lived assets of $5.4 million, $1.2 million and $6.3 million during fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

Stock-Based Compensation. We estimate the grant date fair values of stock awards with the assistance of an independent third party valuation firm. We estimate the fair values of stock options using a Black-Scholes valuation model. Under this model, the fair value of an award is affected by estimates of underlying stock price, the risk free interest rate, stock volatility, holding period, and expected dividends. We estimate the risk-free interest rate based upon United States treasury rates appropriate for the expected life of the awards. We use the implied volatility based on the median monthly volatility of peer companies. Holding period and expected dividends are estimated using management’s judgment of potential liquidity activity and dividend policy. The estimates

 

35


Table of Contents

we use are subjective and changes to these estimates will cause the fair values of our stock awards and related stock-based compensation expense that we record to vary from time to time.

Accounting for Income Taxes. Significant judgment is required in determining our worldwide income tax provision, deferred tax assets and liabilities, and any valuation allowances recorded against net deferred tax assets. In the ordinary course of a global business, there are many transactions and calculations where the ultimate tax outcome is uncertain. Although the Company believes that its estimates are reasonable, the final tax outcome of these matters could be different from that which is reflected in historical income tax calculations. Such differences could have a material effect on the Company’s income tax provision, net income, and net deferred tax assets in the period in which such determination is made.

The Company does not record a deferred tax liability for certain undistributed foreign earnings where such earnings are considered indefinitely reinvested. Remittances of foreign earnings are planned based on many factors, including projected cash flow, working capital requirements and investment needs of the Company’s foreign and domestic operations. Based on these factors, the Company estimates the amount that will be distributed to the United States or other foreign affiliates and provides United States federal and/or foreign taxes on these amounts. Material changes in the Company’s estimates or tax legislation that limits or restricts the amount of undistributed foreign earnings that are considered indefinitely reinvested could materially impact the Company’s income tax provision and effective income tax rate.

The Company records a valuation allowance to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized. In order for the Company to realize deferred tax assets, sufficient taxable income must be generated in those jurisdictions where the deferred tax assets are located. In determining the need for a valuation allowance, the Company considers many factors, including future growth, forecasted earnings, future taxable income, the mix of earnings in the jurisdictions in which it operates, historical earnings, taxable income in prior years, if carryback is permitted under the law, and prudent and feasible tax planning strategies. In the event the Company was to determine that it would not be able to realize all or part of the net deferred tax assets in the future, an adjustment to the valuation allowance would be charged to earnings in the period in which such a determination was made. If the Company later determines that it is more likely than not that the net deferred tax assets would be realized, the applicable portion of the previously provided valuation allowance would be reversed as an adjustment to earnings at such time.

The Company calculates current and deferred income tax provisions based on estimates and assumptions that could differ from the actual results reflected in income tax returns filed during the subsequent year. Adjustments based on filed income tax returns are generally recorded in the period when the income tax returns are filed, which can materially impact the Company’s effective income tax rate.

The amount of taxable income (loss) reported in jurisdictions in which the Company operates is subject to ongoing audits by federal, state and foreign tax authorities, which could result in proposed assessments. The Company’s estimate of the potential outcome for any uncertain tax position is highly judgmental. The Company accounts for these uncertain tax positions pursuant to ASC 740, Income Taxes, which contains a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The first step is to determine if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the income tax position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes. The second step is to measure the income tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement. Although the Company believes uncertain tax positions have been adequately reserved for, no assurance can be given with respect to the final outcome of these matters. The Company adjusts the amount of unrecognized tax benefits for uncertain tax positions due to changing facts and circumstances, such as the closing of income tax audits, judicial rulings, refinement of estimates or realization of earnings or deductions that differ from previous estimates. To the extent that the final outcome of these matters is different than the amounts recorded, such differences generally will impact the Company’s provision for income taxes in the period in which such a determination is made. The Company’s income tax provision includes the impact of unrecognized tax benefits and changes to unrecognized tax benefits that are considered appropriate and also include any related interest and penalties.

 

36


Table of Contents

New Accounting Pronouncements

For information with respect to new accounting pronouncements and the impact of these pronouncements on our consolidated financial statements, see Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of this annual report on Form 10-K.

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2010, Compared to Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2009

Net Sales:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended      Change  
(dollars in millions)    December 31,
2010
     December 31,
2009
     Amount     Percentage  

Net product and service sales

   $ 3,101.3       $ 3,083.7       $ 17.6        0.6

Sales agency fee income

     26.4         27.2         (0.8     -2.8
                            

Net sales

     3,127.7         3,110.9         16.8        0.5

Variance due to foreign currency exchange

        26.6         (26.6  
                            
   $ 3,127.7       $ 3,137.5       $ (9.8     -0.3
                            

 

   

The comparability of net sales reported in the two periods is affected by the impact of foreign exchange rate movements. As measured against prior year’s results, the weaker U.S. dollar against a majority of the foreign currencies in countries where we operate, resulted in a $26.6 million increase in net sales in 2010.

 

   

Excluding the impact of foreign currency exchange rates, net sales decreased by $9.8 million or 0.3% in fiscal 2010, compared to the prior fiscal year. When adjusted for the reduction in H1N1 pandemic related volume, net sales increased by 1% over the prior year. Strong growth in emerging markets was offset by the challenging economic conditions in the developed markets of Western Europe, North America and Japan. Our consistent pricing strategies, improved customer contract compliance and customer acquisitions helped offset the adverse impact of decreased consumption of our products in those developed markets. In particular, emerging markets across the world and global equipment sales have demonstrated consistent growth trends throughout fiscal 2010. We continue to believe that our differentiated value proposition, global customer solutions and approach to innovation, complemented by our diversified customer base, should allow us to effectively execute our sales strategies and help mitigate market uncertainty. The following is a review of the sales performance for each of our segments:

 

  In our Europe, Middle East and Africa markets, net sales decreased by 0.5% in 2010 compared to the prior year. When adjusted for H1N1 virus related sales in the prior year, net sales increased by 0.7%. Emerging markets continued its growth trend, but we experienced pressure on sales volume in Western Europe primarily due to the stressed economic conditions driving lower consumption patterns. Adjusted for H1N1 related sales, growth was largely driven by pricing and customer acquisitions in the food and beverage and lodging sectors. In addition, equipment sales grew despite the challenging marketplace. We will continue to pursue the successful execution of our sales strategies to mitigate continuing economic challenges.

 

  In our Americas region, net sales decreased by 1.1% in 2010 compared to the prior year. When adjusted for H1N1 virus related sales in the prior year, net sales increased by 0.7%. Our emerging markets in Latin America experienced strong growth, particularly in the food and beverage, health care and lodging sectors. These gains were partially offset by sales declines in the U.S. and Canada, resulting from our voluntary exit from underperforming

 

37


Table of Contents
 

applications in the food and beverage sector, as well as decreased consumption in the government and education sector due to their budgetary constraints. We expect a continued trend of consumption growth in emerging markets. Our expanded product offerings in the U.S. and Canada will help address the softness and economic uncertainties in many sectors of these marketplaces.

 

  In our Greater Asia Pacific region, net sales increased by 1.7% in 2010 compared to the prior year. When adjusted for H1N1 virus related sales in the prior year, net sales increased by 2.4%. The increase is mainly due to strong volume improvements across sectors in our emerging markets, in particular, India and China. We experienced sales growth in the food and beverage sector due to new customer acquisitions. This region also delivered growth in the lodging sector, related to improved occupancy rates, as well as continuing improvement in equipment sales across various customer sectors. Our growth trends in emerging markets were offset by volume decreases in Japan, consistent with certain other developed markets. The region expects sales growth as economic recovery and customer demand is restored and as we continue our focus on key customer acquisitions and emerging markets.

Sales agency fee. As further discussed in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements, sales agency fees pertain to fees earned in connection with the sales agency agreements with Unilever.

Gross Profit:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended     Change  
(dollars in millions)    December 31,
2010
    December 31,
2009
    Amount      Percentage  

Gross Profit

   $ 1,327.3      $ 1,281.9      $ 45.4         3.5

Gross profit as a percentage of net sales:

     42.4     41.2     

 

   

The comparability of gross profit between the two periods is affected by the impact of foreign exchange rate movements. As measured against prior period’s results, the weaker U.S. dollar against a majority of the foreign currencies in countries where we operate resulted in a $5.8 million increase in gross profit in 2010.

 

   

Our gross profit percentage improved by 120 basis points in 2010 compared to the prior year.

 

   

The 120 basis point improvement in margin was largely the result of continued implementation of price increases, reductions in certain raw material costs, successful implementation of our restructuring program, and structural improvements in our global sourcing activities. This includes more efficient materials purchasing, improvements in our manufacturing and logistics footprint, rationalizing the number of product offerings, eliminating low margin products, and implementing internal processes to more effectively monitor customer profitability. We expect to leverage our process improvements and continued pricing actions to help mitigate current and expected inflationary pressures.

 

38


Table of Contents

Operating Expenses:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended     Change  
(dollars in millions)    December 31,
2010
    December 31,
2009
    Amount     Percentage  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

   $ 1,005.9      $ 988.1      $ 17.8        1.8

Research and development expenses

     65.7        63.3        2.4        3.7

Restructuring expenses (credits)

     (2.3     32.9        (35.2     -106.9
                          
   $ 1,069.3      $ 1,084.3      $ (15.0     -1.4
                          

As a percentage of net sales:

        

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     32.2     31.8    

Research and development expenses

     2.1     2.0    

Restructuring expenses

     -0.1     1.1    
                    
     34.2     34.9    
                    

 

   

The comparability of operating expenses between the two years is affected by the impact of foreign exchange rate movements. As measured against prior period’s results, the weaker U.S. dollar against a majority of the foreign currencies in countries where we operate resulted in a $6.6 million increase in operating expenses in 2010.

 

   

Selling, general and administrative expenses. Included in selling, general and administrative expenses are period costs associated with the November 2005 Plan in the amounts of $17.0 million and $31.0 million for the fiscal years 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of net sales were 32.2% for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to 31.8% for the prior year. Excluding the impact of foreign currency, selling, general and administrative costs increased $9.2 million in 2010 compared to the prior year. This increase is substantially due to a net increase in non-recurring costs arising from: (a) employee termination costs, including those related to the Company’s decision to move certain accounting functions to a third party provider and to relocate its primary U.S. manufacturing capability (see Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements), (b) various costs associated with assessing a reorganization of the Company’s European operations, (c) accrued contribution pledged to a charitable organization near the Company’s headquarters (see Note 27 to the consolidated financial statements), (d) information technology systems changes and legal filing fees associated with the Company’s name change, (e) an impairment charge on investments (see Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements), offset by (f) the recognition of pension related net settlement and curtailment gains and (g) lower period costs associated with the November 2005 Plan. Excluding the impact of these non-recurring costs. selling, general and administrative expense as a percentage of sales were effectively flat in 2010.

 

   

Research and development expenses. Excluding the impact of foreign currency, research and development expenses increased by $3.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to the prior year, the majority of which is related to the addition of engineering resources.

 

   

Restructuring expenses (credits). Excluding the impact of foreign currency, restructuring expenses decreased by $34.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to the prior year, primarily due to the winding down of restructuring efforts and adjustments of previously recorded restructuring reserves.

 

39


Table of Contents

Restructuring:

A summary of all costs associated with the November 2005 Plan during 2010 and 2009, and since its inception in November 2005, is outlined below:

 

(dollars in millions)    Fiscal Year Ended
December 31, 2010
    Fiscal Year Ended
December 31, 2009
    Total Project to Date
December 31, 2010
 

Reserve balance at beginning of period

   $ 48.4      $ 60.1      $ —     

Restructuring charges and adjustments

     (2.3     32.9        234.7   

Payments of accrued costs

     (23.0     (44.6     (211.6
                        

Reserve balance at end of period

   $ 23.1      $ 48.4      $ 23.1   
                        

Period costs classified as selling, general and administrative expenses

   $ 17.0      $ 31.0      $ 319.3   

Period costs classified as cost of sales

     2.4        1.8        8.6   

Capital expenditures

     —          22.3        84.1   

 

   

November 2005 Plan Restructuring Costs. During the fiscal years of 2010 and 2009, we recorded a benefit of $(2.3) million and expense of $32.9 million, respectively, of restructuring costs related to our November 2005 Plan. During the fiscal year 2010, the Company reduced restructuring liabilities by $2.3 million as certain individuals, formerly expected to be severed, were either retained by the Company or resigned. Most of this reduction is associated with the European operating segment. The costs for fiscal year 2009 consisted primarily of involuntary termination costs associated with our European and American business segments.

 

   

November 2005 Plan Period Costs. Period costs of $17.0 and $31.0 million for 2010 and 2009, respectively, included in selling, general and administrative expenses and $2.4 million and $1.8 million for 2010 and 2009, respectively, included in cost of sales pertained to: (a) $5.6 million in 2010 ($19.6 million in 2009) for personnel related costs of employees and consultative resources associated with restructuring initiatives, (b) $2.4 million in 2010 ($7.1 million in 2009) for value chain and cost savings projects, and (c) $11.4 million in 2010 ($6.1 million in 2009) related to facilities, asset impairment charges and various other costs. The overall decrease in these expenses over the prior year was mainly due to a reduction in restructuring activities within our Corporate Center and our Greater Asia Pacific and Americas operating segments.

 

40


Table of Contents

Non-Operating Results:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended     Change  
(dollars in millions)    December 31,
2010
    December 31,
2009
    Amount     Percentage  

Interest expense

   $ 119.4      $ 96.9      $ 22.5        23.1

Interest income

     (5.1     (4.6     (0.5     -12.3
                          

Net interest expense

   $ 114.3      $ 92.3      $ 22.0        23.8
                          

Notes redemption and other costs

     —          25.4        (25.4     NM   

Other expense (income), net

     2.7        (4.7     7.4        158.1

 

   

Net interest expense increased during the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to the prior year primarily due to higher loan principal balances and the recognition of $9.3 million of additional non-cash interest expense due to the acceleration of amortization of discounts and capitalized debt issuance costs arising from voluntary principal payments made by the Company on its Term Loans (see Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements) and the write-off of unamortized origination fees in connection with the termination of our accounts receivable securitization programs in November 2010 (see Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements).

 

   

Notes redemption and other costs pertain to certain costs that were incurred pursuant to the Transactions in 2009 and are explained in Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements.

 

   

The change in other (income) expense, net, was primarily due to the recognition of $3.9 million in foreign currency loss resulting from our adoption of highly inflationary accounting for our Venezuelan subsidiary and gains on foreign currency positions in 2009.

Income Taxes:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended     Change  
(dollars in millions)    December 31,
2010
    December 31,
2009
    Amount     Percentage  

Income from continuing operations, before income taxes

   $ 141.0      $ 84.5      $ 56.5        66.8

Provision for income taxes

     66.3        76.1        (9.8     -13.0

Effective income tax rate

     47.0     90.1    

 

   

We reported an effective income tax rate of 47.0% on the pre-tax income from continuing operations for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, and an effective income tax rate of 90.1% on the pre-tax income from continuing operations for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009. The high effective income tax rates, as compared to the statutory rate, are primarily the result of increased valuation allowances against deferred tax assets for U.S. and foreign tax loss and credit carryforwards, increased valuation allowances against other net deferred tax assets, and increases in tax contingency reserves. The effective income tax rate for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 is lower than the effective income tax rate for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 primarily due to higher pre-tax income from continuing operations in 2010, reversal of valuation allowance in 2010 for certain foreign subsidiaries, and a lower income tax expense charge for tax contingency reserve in 2010.

 

   

Tax Valuation Allowances. Based on the continued tax losses in the U.S. and certain foreign jurisdictions, we continued to conclude that it was not more likely than not that certain deferred tax assets would be fully realized. Accordingly, we recorded a charge for an additional U.S. valuation allowance of $25.7 million and $9.1 million for continuing operations for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively, and we recorded a charge for

 

41


Table of Contents
 

additional valuation allowance for foreign subsidiaries of $8.8 million for continuing operations for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009. Based on improved profitability in certain foreign jurisdictions in 2010, we concluded that it was more likely than not that certain deferred tax assets, which previously were offset by a valuation allowance, would be realized. Accordingly, we recorded income tax benefit for a net reduction in valuation allowance for foreign subsidiaries of $10.1 million for continuing operations for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010. We do not believe the valuation allowances recorded in fiscal years 2010 and 2009 are indicative of future cash tax expenditures.

Discontinued Operations:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended     Change  
(dollars in millions)    December 31,
2010
    December 31,
2009
    Amount     Percentage  

Loss from discontinued operations

   $ (10.4   $ (2.2   $ (8.2     -364.8

Benefit for income taxes

     —          (1.7     1.7        100.0
                          

Loss from discontinued operations, net of taxes

   $ (10.4   $ (0.5   $ (9.9     -1877.5

The loss from discontinued operations during the year ended December 31, 2010 includes $0.8 million in after-tax additional closing costs and certain pension-related adjustments ($0.2 million after-tax costs in 2009) related to the divestiture of Polymer business and $9.5 million after-tax loss related to the Polymer tolling agreement ($0.6 million after-tax loss in 2009). The amounts of loss from discontinued operations in both fiscal years 2010 and 2009 also include adjustments associated with the Dubois divestiture.

Net Income:

Our net income increased by $56.5 million to $64.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to the prior year. Excluding the negative impact of foreign currency exchange of $3.2 million, our net income increased by $59.7 million. This increase was primarily due to an increase of $39.5 million in gross profit and a decrease of $21.6 million in operating expenses. As previously discussed, the increase in gross profit is due to continued implementation of price increases and a favorable reduction in certain raw material costs. The reduction in operating expenses is primarily due to a decrease in restructuring expenses primarily due to the winding down of restructuring efforts and adjustments of previously recorded restructuring reserves.

EBITDA:

EBITDA is a non-U.S. GAAP financial measure, and you should not consider EBITDA as an alternative to U.S. GAAP financial measures such as (a) operating profit or net income (loss) as a measure of our operating performance or (b) cash flows provided by operating, investing and financing activities (as determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP) as a measure of our ability to meet cash needs.

We believe that, in addition to operating profit, net income (loss) and cash flows from operating activities, EBITDA is a useful financial measurement for assessing liquidity as it provides management, investors, lenders and financial analysts with an additional basis to evaluate our ability to incur and service debt and to fund capital expenditures. In addition, various covenants under our senior secured credit facilities are based on EBITDA, as adjusted pursuant to the provisions of those facilities.

In evaluating EBITDA, management considers, among other things, the amount by which EBITDA exceeds interest costs for the period, how EBITDA compares to principal repayments on outstanding debt for the period and how EBITDA compares to capital expenditures for the period. Management believes many investors, lenders and financial analysts evaluate EBITDA for similar purposes. To evaluate EBITDA, the components of EBITDA, such as net sales and operating expenses and the variability of such components over time, should also be considered.

 

42


Table of Contents

Accordingly, we believe that the inclusion of EBITDA in this annual report on Form 10-K permits a more comprehensive analysis of our liquidity relative to other companies and our ability to service debt requirements. Because all companies do not calculate EBITDA identically, the presentation of EBITDA in this annual report on Form 10-K may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies.

EBITDA should not be construed as a substitute for, and should be considered together with, net cash flows provided by operating activities as determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

EBITDA for fiscal year 2010 was $361.7 million. EBITDA for 2009, when stated on comparable 2010 foreign exchange rates, would have been $308.7 million. Net of a negative foreign currency impact of $3.5 million, EBITDA increased by $53.0 million. This was primarily due to increased gross profits arising from favorable increased prices and a favorable reduction in certain raw material costs, and decreases in our operating expenses, all as explained in the preceding paragraphs.

Credit Agreement EBITDA:

We also present Credit Agreement EBITDA because it is a financial measure which is used in the credit agreement for our Senior Secured Credit Facilities. Credit Agreement EBITDA is not a recognized measure under GAAP and should not be considered as a substitute for financial performance and liquidity measures determined in accordance with GAAP, such as net income, operating income or operating cash flow. Credit Agreement EBITDA differs from the term EBITDA as it is commonly used. Credit Agreement EBITDA is calculated in accordance with the credit agreement for our Senior Secured Credit Facilities and is set forth below under “Liquidity and Capital Resources – Financial Covenants under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities.”

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2009, Compared to Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2008

Net Sales:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended        
(dollars in millions)    December 31,
2009
    December 31,
2008
    Change  

Net sales

   $ 3,110.9      $ 3,315.9        -6.2

Variance due to:

      

Foreign currency exchange

     —          (164.1  

Acquisitions and divestitures

     —          (9.9  

Sales agency fee income

     (27.2     (35.0  

License Agreement revenue

     (133.4     (151.3  
                  
     (160.6     (360.3  
                  
   $ 2,950.3      $ 2,955.6        -0.2
                  

 

   

The comparability of net sales reported in the two periods is significantly affected by the impact of foreign exchange rate movements. In addition, there were two fewer selling days in fiscal 2009 compared to fiscal 2008. As measured against prior year’s results, the stronger U.S. dollar against the euro and certain other foreign currencies resulted in a $164.1 million reduction in net sales in 2009.

 

43


Table of Contents
   

Excluding the impact of foreign currency exchange rates, acquisitions, sales agency fee income and License Agreement revenue, net sales decreased by 0.2% year-over-year. This was primarily due to the global recession, reflecting a general softness in demand for our products and services. The adverse effects of the recession were mitigated in large part by the successful pricing strategies that were initiated in the last quarter of 2008. Although we experienced a general decline in sales volume, our Americas region reported sales growth. The following is a review of the sales performance for each of our segments:

 

  In Europe, net sales in fiscal year 2009 were flat when compared to the prior year. The 2008 sales level was sustained despite the economic recession, primarily by successfully implementing price increases and customer acquisitions across the region. Sales volume increased in certain emerging markets, such as in Central and Eastern Europe, but was offset by volume declines in Western Europe, particularly in equipment and cleaning tools and engineering sales, a result of customers deferring their capital investments.

 

  In the Americas, net sales increased by 0.3% in fiscal year 2009 compared to the fiscal year 2008. Growth came from emerging markets in the region, primarily through the implementation of price increases, offset by volume decreases in the lodging and retail sectors. The effects of the recession resulted in sales volume shortfalls from existing customers, but were offset by strong growth from new customers. In the United States and Canada, sales volume decreased due to reduced demand in the institutional distribution network and to our decision to exit certain underperforming food and beverage sector accounts.

 

  In Greater Asia Pacific, net sales decreased by 5.7% in 2009 compared to the prior year. This is primarily due to the economic recession and choices we made to discontinue low margin businesses and underperforming accounts in both direct and indirect channels in Japan, one of our major markets in this segment. Lower traffic in the lodging sector also caused a decrease in volume. We experienced continuing volume improvements in developing markets such as India, and stable growth in Australia.

 

   

Sales agency fee and License Agreement. In connection with the DiverseyLever acquisition in 2002, we entered into the Prior Agency Agreement with Unilever, whereby we act as an exclusive sales agent in the sale of Unilever’s consumer branded products to various institutional and industrial end-users. At the time of the DiverseyLever acquisition, we assigned an intangible value to the Prior Agency Agreement of $13.0 million.

An agency fee was paid by Unilever to us in exchange for our sales agency services. An additional fee was payable by Unilever to us in the event that conditions for full or partial termination of the Prior Agency Agreement were met. We elected, and Unilever agreed, to partially terminate the Prior Agency Agreement in several territories resulting in payment by Unilever to us of additional fees. In association with the partial terminations, we recognized sales agency fee income of $0.6 million and $0.7 million during the years ended December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively.

In October 2007, we and Unilever entered into the Umbrella Agreement to replace the Prior Agency Agreement, which includes (i) the New Agency Agreement, with terms similar to those of the Prior Agency Agreement, covering Ireland, the United Kingdom, Portugal and Brazil, and (ii) the License Agreement, under which Unilever has agreed to grant 31 of our subsidiaries a license to produce and sell professional size packs of Unilever’s consumer branded cleaning products. Many of the entities covered by the License Agreement have also entered into agreements with Unilever to distribute Unilever’s consumer branded products. Except for some transitional arrangements in certain countries, the Umbrella Agreement became effective January 1, 2008, and, unless otherwise terminated or extended, will expire on December 31, 2017.

 

44


Table of Contents

The amounts of sales agency fees and License Agreement revenues earned under these agreements are reported in the preceding tables.

Gross Profit:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended     Change  
(dollars in millions)    December 31,
2009
    December 31,
2008
    Amount     Percentage  

Gross Profit

   $ 1,281.9      $ 1,325.8      $ (43.9     -3.3

Gross profit as a percentage of net sales:

     41.2     40.0    

Gross profit as a percentage of net salesadjusted for sales agency fee income:

     40.7     39.3    

 

   

The comparability of gross profit between the two periods is significantly affected by the impact of foreign exchange rate movements. As measured against the same period in the prior year, the stronger U.S. dollar against the euro and certain other foreign currencies resulted in a $69.1 million reduction in gross profit in 2009.

 

   

Our gross profit percentage (based on net sales as reported) improved by 120 basis points in 2009 compared to the prior year. Excluding the impact of SAF income, our gross profit percentage improved 140 basis points in 2009 compared to the prior year.

 

   

The 140 basis point improvement was largely the result of increased prices and a favorable reduction in certain raw material costs, including phosphorous materials, caustic soda and chelates. These cost reductions were achieved mainly through various cost savings initiatives that we aggressively built in to our global sourcing activities, as we resolved to control the effects of rising raw material prices which we experienced in the first quarter of 2009. In conjunction with these initiatives, we further improved gross margins by rationalizing the number of product offerings and eliminating low margin products. In addition, we implemented internal processes to more effectively monitor customer profitability.

 

45


Table of Contents

Operating Expenses:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended     Change  
(dollars in millions)    December 31,
2009
    December 31,
2008
    Amount     Percentage  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

   $ 988.1      $ 1,067.7      $ (79.6     -7.5

Research and development expenses

     63.3        67.1        (3.8     -5.6

Restructuring expenses

     32.9        57.3        (24.4     -42.5
                                
   $ 1,084.3      $ 1,192.1      $ (107.8     -9.0
                                

As a percentage of net sales:

        

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     31.8 %*      32.2 %*     

Research and development expenses

     2.0     2.0    

Restructuring expenses

     1.1     1.7    
                    
     34.9     35.9    
                    

As a percentage of net sales adjusted for SAF:

        

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     32.0 %*      32.5 %*     

Research and development expenses

     2.1     2.0    

Restructuring expenses

     1.1     1.7    
                    
     35.2     36.2    
                    

 

  * The percentages for 2009 and 2008 are 31.0% and 31.3%, respectively, when period costs associated with the November 2005 Plan are excluded from selling, general and administrative expenses.

 

   

The comparability of operating expenses between the two years is significantly affected by the impact of foreign exchange rate movements. As measured against the same period in the prior year, the stronger U.S. dollar against the euro and certain other foreign currencies resulted in a $47.6 million reduction in operating expenses.

 

   

Selling, general and administrative expenses. Excluding period costs associated with the November 2005 Plan, selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of net sales adjusted for SAF were 31.0% for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to 31.3% for the prior year. Excluding the impact of foreign currency, selling, general and administrative costs declined $32.7 million in 2009 compared to the prior year. This favorable decline was mainly due to cost savings under our November 2005 Plan and our aggressive expense control management in response to the economic conditions. We achieved these savings while maintaining and improving our customer-facing capabilities.

 

   

Research and development expenses. Excluding the impact of foreign currency, research and development expenses decreased by $1.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to the prior year. This cost reduction was largely due to globalization of the function and investments in technology, which improved our efficiency.

 

   

Restructuring expenses. Excluding the impact of foreign currency, restructuring expenses decreased $26.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to the prior year. This was mainly due to decreased employee severance and other expenses related to the November 2005 Plan, consisting primarily of involuntary termination costs associated with our European operating segment.

 

46


Table of Contents

Restructuring:

A summary of all costs associated with the November 2005 Plan during 2009 and 2008, and since its inception in November 2005, is outlined below:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended     Total
Project to
Date
 
(dollars in millions)    December 31,
2009
    December 31,
2008
   

Reserve balance at beginning of period

   $ 60.1      $ 46.2      $ —     

Restructuring costs charged to income

     32.9        57.3        236.7   

Liability adjustments

     —          —          0.3   

Payments of accrued costs

     (44.6     (43.4     (188.6
                        

Reserve balance at end of period

   $ 48.4      $ 60.1      $ 48.4   
                        

Period costs classified as selling, general and administrative expenses

   $ 31.0      $ 42.2      $ 302.3   

Period costs classified as cost of sales

     1.8        0.6        6.2   

Capital expenditures

     22.3        20.8        84.1   

 

   

November 2005 Plan Restructuring Costs. During the years ended December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, we recorded $32.9 million and $57.3 million, respectively, of restructuring costs related to our November 2005 Plan. Costs for fiscal year 2009 consisted primarily of severance costs associated with our European and Americas operating segments and the costs for fiscal year 2008 consisted primarily of severance costs associated with our European and Greater Asia Pacific operating segments.

 

   

November 2005 Plan Period Costs. Period costs of $31.0 and $42.2 million for 2009 and 2008, respectively, included in selling, general and administrative expenses and $1.8 million and $0.6 million for 2009 and 2008, respectively, included in cost of sales pertained to: (a) $19.6 million in 2009 ($20.5 million in 2008) for personnel related costs of employees and consultative resources associated with restructuring initiatives, (b) $7.1 million in 2009 ($3.2 million in 2008) for value chain and cost savings projects, and (c) $6.1 million in 2009 ($19.1 million in 2008) related to facilities, asset impairment charges and various other costs. The overall decrease in these expenses over the prior year was mainly due to a reduction in restructuring activities within our European and Americas operating segments as well as the Corporate Center.

 

47


Table of Contents

Non-Operating Results:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended     Change  
(dollars in millions)    December 31,
2008
    December 31,
2008
    Amount     Percentage  

Interest expense

   $ 96.9      $ 105.4      $ (8.5     -8.0

Interest income

     (4.6     (7.7     3.1        -40.7
                          

Net interest expense

   $ 92.3      $ 97.7      $ (5.4     -5.6
                          

Notes redemption and other costs

     25.4        —          25.4        NM   

Other expense (income), net

     (4.7     5.7        (10.4     -182.9

 

   

Net interest expense decreased during the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to the same period in the prior year primarily due to lower interest rates on borrowings, offset by decreased interest income on lower average cash balances and a lower yield on investments.

 

   

Notes redemption and other costs pertain to certain costs that were incurred pursuant to the Transactions and are explained in Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements. They included $11.7 million for the early redemption premium on our previously outstanding senior subordinated notes, $10.1 million for the write-off of debt issuance costs related to the redeemed notes, and $3.2 million for the termination of interest rate swaps related to our previously outstanding term loans.

 

   

Other expense (income) improved due to gains on foreign currency positions.

Income Taxes:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended     Change  
(dollars in millions)    December 31,
2009
    December 31,
2008
    Amount      Percentage  

Income from continuing operations, before income taxes

   $ 84.5      $ 30.3      $ 54.2         178.9

Provision for income taxes

     76.1        57.5        18.6         32.3

Effective income tax rate

     90.1     189.8     

 

   

We reported an effective income tax rate of 90.1% on the pre-tax income from continuing operations for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009, and an effective income tax rate of 189.8% on the pre-tax income from continuing operations for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008. The high effective income tax rates were primarily the result of increased valuation allowances against deferred tax assets for U.S. and foreign tax loss and credit carryforwards, increased valuation allowances against other net deferred tax assets, and increases in tax contingency reserves.

 

   

Tax Valuation Allowances. Based on the continued tax losses in various jurisdictions, we continued to conclude that it was not more likely than not that certain deferred tax assets would be fully realized. Accordingly, we recorded a charge for an additional U.S. valuation allowance of $9.1 million and $11.0 million for continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively, and we recorded a charge for additional valuation allowance for foreign subsidiaries of $8.8 million and $11.6 million for continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively. We do not believe the valuation allowances recorded in fiscal years 2009 and 2008 are indicative of future cash tax expenditures.

 

48


Table of Contents

Discontinued Operations:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended      Change  
(dollars in millions)    December 31,
2009
    December 31,
2008
     Amount     Percentage  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

   $ (2.2   $ 21.7       $ (23.9     -110.3

(Benefit) provision for income taxes

     (1.7     6.2         (7.9     -127.4
                                 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes

   $ (0.5   $ 15.5       $ (16.0     -103.4

The loss from discontinued operations during the year ended December 31, 2009 included $0.3 million related to after-tax income associated with the DuBois divestiture ($15.4 million after-tax income in 2008), and $0.8 million after-tax loss related to the Polymer divestiture ($0.1 million after-tax income in 2008).

Net Income:

Our net income increased by $19.6 million to $7.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to the prior year. Excluding the negative impact of foreign currency exchange of $11.0 million, our net income increased by $30.6 million. This increase was primarily due to an increase of $25.2 million in gross profit, a decrease of $60.1 million in operating expenses, a favorable decrease in net interest expense, an increase in other income, offset by the notes redemption and other costs of $25.4 million related to the Transactions and a decrease in income from discontinued operations. As previously discussed, the increase in gross profit was due to increased prices and a favorable reduction in certain raw material costs. The reduction in operating expenses was primarily due to savings from our November 2005 Plan.

EBITDA for fiscal year 2009 was $312.2 million. EBITDA for 2008, when stated on comparable 2009 foreign exchange rates, would have been $256.5 million. Net of a negative foreign currency impact of $21.5 million, EBITDA increased by $55.7 million. This was primarily due to increased gross profits arising from favorable increased prices and a favorable reduction in certain raw material costs, and decreases in our operating expenses, all as explained in the preceding paragraphs.

 

49


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

     Fiscal Year Ended     Change  
(dollars in millions)    December 31,
2010
    December 31,
2009
    Amount     Percentage  

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 150.5      $ 122.8      $ 27.7        22.5

Net cash used in investing activities

     (94.2     (89.2     (5.0     -5.6

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     (159.1     102.4        (261.5     -255.5

Capital expenditures (1)

     94.7        94.3        0.4        0.4
                 Change  
     December 31,
2010
    December 31,
2009
    Amount     Percentage  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 157.8      $ 249.4      $ (91.6     -36.7

Working capital (2)

     481.1        418.4        62.7        15.0

Short-term borrowings

     24.2        27.7        (3.5     -12.5

Total debt

     1,225.8        1,391.1        (165.3     -11.9

 

  (1) Includes expenditures for capitalized computer software.
  (2) Working capital is defined as net accounts receivable, plus inventories less accounts payable.

 

   

The decrease in cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2010 compared to December 31, 2009 resulted primarily from $133.8 million in mandatory and optional repayments of long-term borrowings, partially offset by improved cash generated by operating activities.

 

   

The increase in net cash provided by operating activities during the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to the prior year was primarily due to an increase in net income.

 

   

The increase in net cash used in investing activities during the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to the prior year was primarily due to a decrease in proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment. Capital expenditures were flat compared to the prior year. Our capital investments tend to be in dosing and feeder equipment with new and existing customer accounts, as well as ongoing expenditures in information technology, manufacturing and innovation development.

 

   

The increase in net cash provided by (used in) financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to the prior year was primarily due to $133.8 million in optional and mandatory repayments of long-term debt. The increase in long-term debt in 2009 was due to the issuance of long-term borrowings in connection with the Transactions on November 24, 2009. We paid $15.8 million and $132.0 million in dividends to Holdings in fiscal years 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

   

Working capital increased by $62.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2010. This resulted from a $64.7 million decrease in accounts payable and a $7.2 million increase in inventories, offset by a $9.2 million decrease in accounts receivable. The decrease in accounts payable was due to a number of factors, including taking advantage of negotiated discounts with vendors driven by our global sourcing initiative. The increase in inventories was primarily driven by a build up for new product offerings, the transition of our manufacturing capability, and variability in customer ordering patterns. The decrease in accounts receivable reflects our continuing efforts to aggressively manage our collection programs.

 

   

As of December 31, 2010, short-term borrowings primarily consisted of borrowings by our foreign subsidiaries on local lines of credit, which totaled $24.2 million at a weighted average interest rate of approximately 4.94%. Local credit arrangements vary by country and are primarily used to fund working capital. The maximum amount of short-term borrowings during 2010 was about $58.9 million. This peak level of borrowing was primarily to fund seasonal working capital requirements, and borrowings under our receivables facilities that have since been terminated by the Company.

 

   

Total debt decreased primarily as a result of $133.8 million in optional and mandatory repayments of our Term Loans, as previously discussed, and the impact of a weaker euro on our euro denominated Term Loans.

 

50


Table of Contents

Debt and Contractual Obligations

In connection with the Transactions, we refinanced our debt and entered into new debt agreements. We repurchased our previously outstanding senior subordinated notes and repaid all of our outstanding obligations under our previous senior secured credit facilities. We entered into the following new debt agreements:

Senior Secured Credit Facilities. Diversey, its Canadian subsidiary and one of its European subsidiaries, each as a borrower, entered into a new credit agreement, whereby the lenders provided an aggregate principal amount of up to $1.25 billion available in U.S. dollars, euros, Canadian dollars and British pounds.

The new facility (“Senior Secured Credit Facilities”) consists of (a) a revolving loan facility in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $250.0 million, including a letter of credit sub-limit of $50.0 million and a swingline loan sub-limit of $30.0 million, that matures on November 24, 2014, and (b) term loan facilities in US dollars, euros and Canadian dollars maturing on November 24, 2015 (“Term Loans”). The Senior Secured Credit Facilities also provides for an increase in the revolving credit facility of up to $50.0 million under specified circumstances. The revolving facility will mature on November 24, 2014. As of December 31, 2010, we had $3.7 million in letters of credit outstanding under the revolving portion of the Senior Secured Credit Facilities and therefore had the ability to borrow an additional $246.3 million under this revolving facility.

The net proceeds of the Term Loans, after deducting the original issue discount of $15.0 million, but before offering expenses and other debt issuance costs, were approximately $985.0 million. The New Term Loans will mature on November 24, 2015 and will amortize in quarterly installments of 1.0% per annum with the balance due at maturity.

At the Company’s option, loans under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities bear interest at a rate equal to, (1) in the case of U.S. dollar denominated loans, the Applicable Margin (as described below) plus the Base Rate (as defined in the credit agreement for the Senior Secured Credit Facilities), or the Applicable Margin plus the London interbank offered rate (defined in the credit agreement for the Senior Secured Credit Facilities as the “LIBO Rate”), (2) in the case of Canadian dollar denominated loans, the Applicable Margin plus the BA Rate (as defined in the credit agreement for the Senior Secured Credit Facilities), and (3) in the case of euro- or British pound-denominated loans, the Applicable Margin plus the current LIBO Rate or European interbank offered rate (defined in the credit agreement for the Senior Secured Credit Facilities as the “EURIBO Rate”) for euro or British pounds, as the case may be.

The “Applicable Margin” is initially equal to (i) with respect to revolving credit loans maintained as Base Rate loans, a rate equal to 2.50% per annum, (ii) with respect to (A) revolving credit loans maintained as LIBO Rate loans, (B) revolving credit loans maintained as EURIBO Rate loans and (C) revolving credit loans maintained as BA Rate loans, a rate equal to 3.50% per annum and (iii) with respect to the term facilities, as of any date of determination, a per annum rate equal to the rate set forth below opposite the then applicable leverage ratio:

 

LEVERAGE RATIO

   BASE RATE
LOANS
    LIBO RATE
LOANS
    EURIBO RATE
LOANS
    BA RATE
LOANS
 

Greater than 2.75 to 1

     2.50     3.50     4.25     3.50

Less than or equal to 2.75 to 1

     2.25     3.25     4.00     3.25

Interest for Base Rate loans is payable quarterly in arrears. Interest for LIBO Rate, BA Rate and EURIBO Rate loans is payable in arrears in the applicable currency for interest periods of one, two, three or six months at the end of the relevant interest period, subject to certain exceptions, but at least quarterly. The Base Rate is the highest of (1) Citibank’s base rate, (2) the three-month certificate of deposit rate plus 0.50%, (3) the federal funds effective rate plus 0.50% and (4) the sum of the one-month LIBO Rate and the difference between the Applicable Margin for LIBO Rate loans and the Applicable Margin for Base Rate loans. Interest payable in respect of the term facilities, excluding the Applicable Margin, includes minimum floors of: (i) 3.00% in respect of loans maintained as Base Rate loans, (ii) 2.00% in respect of loans maintained as LIBO Rate loans or BA Rate loans and (iii) 2.25% in respect of loans maintained as EURIBO Rate loans. A default rate applies on all loans in the event of payment- or insolvency-related defaults at a rate per annum of 2.0% above the applicable interest rate.

 

51


Table of Contents

The Company must pay a per annum fee equal to the Applicable Margin with respect to LIBOR under the revolving facility on the aggregate face amount of outstanding letters of credit. In addition, the Company must pay an issuance fee of 0.25% per annum on the aggregate face amount of outstanding letters of credit as well as other customary administration fees. The Company must also pay a commitment fee on the unused portion of the revolving facility. The rate used to calculate the commitment fee is 0.75% per annum with reductions to 0.625% if our leverage ratio is below 3.0 to 1.0 and to 0.5% if our leverage ratio is equal to or below 2.5 to 1.0.

All obligations under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities are secured by all the assets of Holdings, the Company and each subsidiary of the Company (but limited to the extent necessary to avoid materially adverse tax consequences to the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and by restrictions imposed by applicable law).

The agreements and instruments governing our Senior Secured Credit Facilities contain restrictions and limitations that could significantly impact our ability to operate our business. These restrictions and limitations relate to:

 

   

adherence to specified financial ratios and financial tests;

 

   

our capital expenditures limit;

 

   

our ability to declare dividends and make other distributions;

 

   

our ability to issue, redeem and repurchase capital stock;

 

   

our ability to engage in intercompany and affiliate transactions;

 

   

our ability to incur additional liens;

 

   

our ability to engage in consolidations and mergers;

 

   

our ability to make voluntary payments and modify existing indebtedness;

 

   

our ability to engage in the purchase and sale of assets (including sale-leaseback transactions); and

 

   

our ability to incur additional debt and make investments.

Amendment to the Senior Secured Credit Facilities credit agreement. The Senior Secured Credit Facilities were amended in March 2011. This amendment reduced the interest rate payable with respect to the Term Loans, thereby reducing borrowing costs over the remaining life of the credit facilities. The spread on the U.S. dollar and Canadian dollar denominated borrowings was reduced from 325 basis points to 300 basis points, and the minimum LIBOR and BA floors were reduced from 2% to 1%. The spread on the euro denominated borrowing was reduced from 400 basis points to 350 basis points and the EURIBOR floor was reduced from 2.25% to 1.5%. In addition, the amendment changed various financial covenants and credit limits to provide us with greater flexibility to operate our business. These changes include the ability to issue incremental term loan facilities, the ability to issue dividends to Holdings to fund cash interest payments on the Holdings Senior Notes, and the ability to settle the due from parent balance carried in the consolidated financial statements.

Diversey Senior Notes. We issued $400.0 million aggregate principal amount of 8.25% senior notes due 2019 (“Original Senior Notes”). The net proceeds of the offering, after deducting the original issue discount of $3.3 million, but before estimated offering expenses and other debt issuance costs, were approximately $396.7 million. In connection with the issuance and sale of the Original Senior Notes, the Company entered into an exchange and registration rights agreement, dated as of November 24, 2009, pursuant to which the Company agreed to either offer to exchange the Original Senior Notes for substantially similar notes that are registered

 

52


Table of Contents

under the Securities Act of 1933 or, in certain circumstances, register the resale of the Original Senior Notes. In compliance with this agreement, on July 14, 2010, the Company, upon the declaration of effectiveness by the SEC on July 12, 2010 of its registration statement filed on Form S-4, as amended, commenced an exchange offer whereby the notes were exchanged for new notes registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (“Diversey Senior Notes”). The terms of the New Diversey Senior Notes are substantially identical to the terms of the Original Senior Notes, except that the Diversey Senior Notes are registered under the Securities Act and are not be subject to restrictions on transfer or provisions relating to additional interest. The exchange offer closed on August 13, 2010, with all of the Original Senior Notes having been tendered for exchange.

We will pay interest on May 15 and November 15 of each year, beginning on May 15, 2010. The Diversey Senior Notes will mature on November 15, 2019.

The Diversey Senior Notes are unsecured and are effectively subordinated to the Senior Secured Credit Facilities to the extent of the value of our assets and the assets of our subsidiaries that secure such indebtedness.

The indenture governing the Diversey Senior Notes contains restrictions and limitations that could also significantly impact the ability of us and our restricted subsidiaries to conduct certain aspects of the business. These restrictions and limitations relate to:

 

   

incurring additional indebtedness;

 

   

paying dividends, redeeming stock or making other distributions;

 

   

making investments;

 

   

creating liens on assets and

 

   

disposing of assets.

As of December 31, 2010, we had total indebtedness of approximately $1.239 billion, consisting of $400 million of Diversey Senior Notes, $814.8 million of borrowings under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities and $24.2 million in other short-term credit lines. In addition, we had $169.6 million in operating lease commitments, $1.6 million in capital lease commitments and $3.7 million committed under letters of credit as of December 31, 2010.

Restricted Cash. In December 2009, we transferred $27.4 million to irrevocable trusts for the settlement of certain obligations associated with the November 2005 Plan. At December 31, 2010, we carried the balance of $20.4 million related to these accounts as restricted cash in our consolidated balance sheet.

 

53


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2010, our contractual obligations were as follows:

 

            Payments Due by Period:  
      Total      2011      2012-2013      2014-2015      2016 and
Thereafter
 

Contractual Obligations

   (dollars in millions)  

Long-term debt obligations:

              

Term Loan Facilities

   $ 814.8       $ 9.5       $ 19.0       $ 786.3       $ —     

Diversey Senior Notes (1)

     697.0         33.0         66.0         66.0         532.0   

Operating leases

     169.6         56.2         62.5         24.9         26.0   

Capital leases

     1.6         1.0         0.5         0.1         —     

Purchase commitments (2)

     7.4         6.3         0.7         0.4         —     
                                            

Total contractual obligations (3) (4)

   $ 1,690.4       $ 106.0       $ 148.7       $ 877.7       $ 558.0   
                                            

 

(1) Includes scheduled annual interest payments at a rate of 8.25% per annum aggregating to $297.0 million over the term of the note.
(2) Represents maximum pentalties that would be contractually binding if we do not meet any portion of our volume commitments, primarily for the purchase of floor care related polymers.
(3) Pension obligations are excluded from this table as we are unable to estimate the timing of payment due to the inherent assumptions underlying the obligation. However, we estimate that in fiscal 2011, we will contribute $28.1 million to our defined benefit plans and $5.3 million to our post-employment benefit plans.
(4) Income tax reserve liabilities of $56.8 million as of December 31, 2010 are excluded from this table as we are unable to provide a reasonably reliable estimate of the timing of future payments. However, we estimate that payments expected to be made in fiscal 2011 are $9.3 million.

Our financial position and liquidity are, and will be, influenced by a variety of factors, including:

 

   

our ability to generate cash flows from operations;

 

   

the level of our outstanding indebtedness and the interest we are obligated to pay on this indebtedness; and

 

   

our capital expenditure requirements, which consist primarily of purchases of equipment.

We intend to fund our principal liquidity and capital resource requirements through existing cash and cash equivalents, cash provided by operations, and available borrowings under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities.

We believe that cash flows from continuing operations, together with available cash, and borrowings available under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities will generate sufficient cash flow to meet our liquidity needs for the foreseeable future. Please refer to “Forward-Looking Statements” and “Item 1A. Risk Factors” in this annual report on Form 10-K for certain risks associated with our substantial indebtedness and our restructuring programs.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Prior to November 2010, the Company and certain of its subsidiaries entered into an agreement (the “Receivables Facility”), as amended, whereby they sold, on a continuous basis, certain trade receivables to JWPR Corporation (“JWPRC”), a wholly-owned, consolidated, special purpose, bankruptcy-remote subsidiary of the Company. JWPRC was formed in March 2001 for the sole purpose of buying and selling receivables generated by the Company and certain of its subsidiaries party to the Receivables Facility. JWPRC sold an undivided interest in the accounts receivable to a nonconsolidated financial institution (the “Conduit”) for an amount equal to the value of all eligible receivables (as defined under the receivables sale agreement between JWPRC and the Conduit) less the applicable reserve. The total potential for securitization of trade receivables under the Receivables Facility at December 31, 2009 was $50.0 million. The maturity date of the Receivables Facility, as amended, was December 19, 2011. In November 2010, JWPRC terminated the Receivables Facility.

 

54


Table of Contents

Also, prior to November 2010, certain subsidiaries of the Company entered into agreements (the “European Receivables Facility”) to sell, on a continuous basis, certain trade receivables originated in the United Kingdom, France and Spain to JDER Limited (“JDER”), a wholly-owned, consolidated, special purpose, bankruptcy-remote subsidiary of the Company. JDER was formed in September 2009 for the sole purpose of buying and selling receivables originated by subsidiaries subject to the European Receivables Facility. JDER sold an undivided interest in the accounts receivable to a nonconsolidated financial institution (the “European Conduit”) for an amount equal to the value of the eligible receivables less the applicable reserve. The total amount available for securitization of trade receivables under the European Receivables Facility was €50.0 million. The maturity date of the European Receivables Facility was September 8, 2012. In November 2010, JDER terminated the European Receivables Facility.

Effective January 1, 2010, the accounting treatment for the Company’s receivables securitization facilities (see Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements) required that accounts receivable sold to the Conduit and to the European Conduit be included in accounts receivable, with a corresponding increase in short-term borrowings.

As a result of the facility terminations, JDER repurchased the remaining receivables transferred to the European Conduit, and transferred its retained interest in receivables back to the subsidiaries that originated them. JWPRC also transferred its retained interest in receivables back to the subsidiaries that originated them; it did not have any receivables outstanding with the Conduit. Moreover, $2.8 million of unamortized fees were written off and included in interest expense in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.

As of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, the Company had a retained interest of $0 and $60.1 million, respectively, in the receivables of JWPRC, and of $0 and $110.4 million, respectively, in the receivables of JDER. The retained interest is included in the accounts receivable balance and is reflected in the consolidated balance sheets at estimated fair value.

Prior to the effective date of the change in accounting treatment, as of December 31, 2009, the European Conduit held $18.7 million, of accounts receivable that were not included in the accounts receivable balance in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.

Financial Covenants under Our Senior Secured Credit Facilities

Under the terms of the credit agreement for our Senior Secured Credit Facilities, we are subject to certain financial covenants. The financial covenants under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities require us to meet the following targets and ratios.

Maximum Leverage Ratio. We are required to maintain a leverage ratio for each financial covenant period of no more than the maximum ratio specified in the credit agreement for our Senior Secured Credit Facilities for that financial covenant period. The maximum leverage ratio is the ratio of (1) our consolidated indebtedness (excluding up to $55 million of indebtedness incurred under our Receivables Facilities less cash and cash equivalents as of the last day of the financial covenant period to (2) our consolidated EBITDA (“Credit Agreement EBITDA”) as defined in the credit agreement for Senior Secured Credit Facilities for the same financial covenant period.

 

55


Table of Contents

The maximum leverage ratio we are required to maintain for each period is set forth below:

 

Period Ending

   Maximum
Leverage Ratio

December 31, 2010

   4.75 to 1

March 31, 2011

   4.75 to 1

June 30, 2011

   4.75 to 1

September 30, 2011

   4.50 to 1

December 31, 2011

   4.50 to 1

March 31, 2012

   4.50 to 1

June 30, 2012

   4.50 to 1

September 30, 2012

   4.00 to 1

December 31, 2012

   4.00 to 1

March 31, 2013

   4.00 to 1

June 30, 2013

   4.00 to 1

September 30, 2013

   3.75 to 1

December 31, 2013

   3.75 to 1

March 31, 2014

   3.75 to 1

June 30, 2014

   3.75 to 1

September 30, 2014 and thereafter

   3.50 to 1

Minimum Interest Coverage Ratio. We are required to maintain an interest coverage ratio for each financial covenant period of no less than the minimum ratio specified in the credit agreement for our Senior Secured Credit Facilities for that financial covenant period. The minimum interest coverage ratio is the ratio of (1) our consolidated Credit Agreement EBITDA for a financial covenant period to (2) our cash interest expense for that same financial covenant period calculated in accordance with the New Senior Secured Secured Facility.

The minimum interest coverage ratio we are required to maintain for each period is set forth below:

 

Period Ending

   Minimum Interest
Coverage Ratio

December 31, 2010

   2.75 to 1

March 31, 2011

   2.75 to 1

June 30, 2011

   2.75 to 1

September 30, 2011

   3.00 to 1

December 31, 2011

   3.00 to 1

March 31, 2012

   3.00 to 1

June 30, 2012

   3.00 to 1

September 30, 2012 and thereafter

   3.25 to 1

 

56


Table of Contents

Credit Agreement EBITDA. For the purpose of calculating compliance with these ratios, the credit agreement for our Senior Secured Credit Facilities requires us to use a financial measure called Credit Agreement EBITDA, which is calculated as follows:

 

(dollars in millions)       

EBITDA

   $ 361.7   

Restructuring related costs

     8.6   

Acquisition and divestiture adjustment

     10.4   

Non-cash expenses and charges

     21.1   

Non-recurring gains or losses

     31.1   

Compensation adjustment

     20.0   
        

Credit Agreement EBITDA

   $ 452.9   
        

We present Credit Agreement EBITDA because it is a financial measure that is used in the calculation of compliance with our financial covenants under the credit agreement for our Senior Secured Credit Facilities. Credit Agreement EBITDA is not a measure under U.S, GAAP and should not be considered as a substitute for financial performance and liquidity measures determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP, such as net income, operating income or operating cash flow.

Borrowings under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities are a key source of our liquidity. Our ability to borrow under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities depends upon, among other things, compliance with certain representations, warranties and covenants under the credit agreement for our Senior Secured Credit Facilities. The financial covenants in our Senior Secured Credit Facilities include a specified debt to Credit Agreement EBITDA leverage ratio and a specified Credit Agreement EBITDA to interest expense coverage ratio for specified periods.

Failure to comply with these financial ratio covenants would result in a default under the credit agreement for our Senior Secured Credit Facilities and, absent a waiver or amendment from our lenders, would permit the acceleration of all our outstanding borrowings under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities.

Compliance with Maximum Leverage Ratio and Minimum Interest Coverage Ratio. For our financial covenant period ended on December 31, 2010, we were in compliance with the maximum leverage ratio and minimum interest coverage ratio covenants contained in the credit agreement for our Senior Secured Credit Facilities.

Capital Expenditures. Capital expenditures are limited under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities (with certain exceptions) to $150.0 million per fiscal year. To the extent that we make capital expenditures of less than the limit in any fiscal year, however, we may carry forward into the subsequent year the difference between the limit and the actual amount we expended, provided that the amounts we carry forward from the previous year will be allocated to capital expenditures in the current fiscal year only after the amount allocated to the current fiscal year is exhausted. As of December 31, 2010, we were in compliance with the limitation on capital expenditures for fiscal year 2010.

The credit agreement for our Senior Secured Credit Facilities contains additional covenants that restrict our ability to declare dividends and to redeem and repurchase capital stock. The credit agreement for our Senior Secured Credit Facilities also limits our ability to incur additional liens, engage in sale-leaseback transactions, incur additional indebtedness and make investments, among other restrictions.

Holdings Senior Notes

In connection with the Transactions, on November 24, 2009, Holdings issued $250.0 million initial aggregate principal of its 10.50% senior notes due 2020 (“Original Holdings Senior Notes”) in a private transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933. In connection with the issuance and sale of the Original Holdings Senior Notes, Holdings entered into an exchange and registration rights agreement, dated as of November 24, 2009, with the purchasers party thereto, pursuant to which Holdings agreed to either offer to exchange the Original Holdings Senior Notes for substantially similar notes that are registered under the Securities Act of 1933 or, in certain circumstances, register the resale of the Original Holdings Senior Notes. In compliance

 

57


Table of Contents

with this agreement, on July 14, 2010, the Company, upon the declaration of effectiveness by the SEC on July 12, 2010 of its registration statement filed on Form S-4, as amended, commenced an exchange offer whereby the Original Holdings Senior Notes were exchanged for new notes registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (“Holdings Senior Notes”). The terms of the Holdings Senior Notes are substantially identical to the terms of the Original Holdings Senior Notes, except that the Holdings Senior Notes are registered under the Securities Act and are not subject to restrictions on transfer or provisions relating to additional interest. The exchange offer closed on August 13, 2010, with all of the Original Holdings Senior Notes having been tendered for exchange.

The Holdings Senior Notes bear interest at a rate of 10.50% per annum, compounded semi-annually on each May 15 and November 15. Under the terms of the indenture governing the Holdings Senior Notes, prior to November 15, 2014, Holdings may elect to pay interest on the Holdings Senior Notes in cash or by increasing the principal amount of the Holdings Senior Notes. Thereafter, cash interest will be payable on the Holdings Senior Notes on May 15 and November 15 of each year, commencing on May 15, 2015; provided that cash interest will be payable only to the extent of funds actually available for distribution by the Company to Holdings under applicable law and under any agreement governing the Company’s indebtedness. The Holdings Senior Notes will mature on May 15, 2020. The Holdings Senior Notes are not guaranteed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries. The indenture governing the Holdings Senior Notes contains certain covenants and events of default that the Company believes are customary for indentures of this type.

On May 15, 2010, the principal amount of the Holdings Senior Notes increased by $12.5 million, in lieu of a cash interest payment, to $262.5 million.

On April 26, 2010, Holdings provided notice to the trustee appointed under the indenture as required therein, of its election to pay interest in cash on the Holdings Senior Notes on November 15, 2010. The amount of such cash interest was $13.8 million. Holdings also elected to pay in cash, the interest of $13.8 million on the Holdings Senior Notes due on May 15, 2011.

Related Party Transactions

Until 1999, we were part of SCJ. In connection with our spin-off from SCJ in November 1999, we entered into a number of agreements relating to the separation and our ongoing relationship with SCJ after the spin-off. A number of these agreements relate to our ordinary course of business, while others pertain to our historical relationship with SCJ and our former status as a wholly owned subsidiary of SCJ.

For further discussion of related party transactions, see Note 24 to our consolidated financial statements and “Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence,” included elsewhere in this Form 10-K.

Acquisitions

Intangible Acquisition

In June 2008, the Company purchased certain intangible assets relating to a cleaning technology for an aggregate purchase price of $8.0 million. The purchase price includes a $1.0 million non-refundable deposit made in July 2007; $5.0 million paid at closing; and $2.0 million of future payments that are contingent upon, among other things, achieving commercial production. Assets acquired include primarily intangible assets, consisting of trademarks, patents, technological know-how, customer relationships and a non-compete agreement. The Company paid the sellers $1.0 million in both September 2008 and December 2008 having met certain contingent requirements.

In conjunction with the acquisition, the Company and the sellers entered into a consulting agreement, under which the Company was required to pay to the sellers $1.0 million in fiscal 2009. The Company paid the sellers $0.5 million in both January 2009

 

58


Table of Contents

and July 2009 as the sellers met the contingent requirements. In December 2010, the Company and the sellers amended the consulting agreement and the Company recorded an additional consideration of $0.4 million, which was capitalized and allocated to the purchase price as technical know-how.

In addition to the purchase price discussed above, the Company previously maintained an intangible asset in its consolidated balance sheets in the amount of $4.7 million, representing a payment from the Company to the sellers in a previous period in exchange for an exclusive distribution license agreement relating to this technology. This distribution agreement was terminated as a result of the acquisition and the value of this asset was considered in the final allocation of purchase price.

At December 31, 2010, after consideration of the contingent payments and increased consideration described above, the Company’s allocation of purchase price was as follows (in millions):

 

     Fair Value      Useful Life

Trademarks

   $ 0.5       Indefinite

Patents

     0.1       18 years

Technical know-how

     12.2       20 years

Customer relationships

     0.4       10 years

Non-compete

     0.6       10 years

Joint Venture

In December 2010, the Company and Atlantis Activator Technologies LLC (“Atlantis”), an Ohio-based limited liability company, formed a joint venture, Proteus Solutions, LLC (“Proteus”), to develop and market products for laundry and other applications. The Company contributed $3.4 million and Atlantis contributed intellectual property, with each holding a 50% interest in Proteus. The Company expects to provide operational funding and management resources to Proteus following formalization of the business plan. The joint venture is not expected to generate operating results until the second half of fiscal 2011. At December 31, 2010, the Company’s investment in Proteus is included at cost in other assets in the consolidated balance sheets.

Divestitures

Auto-Chlor Master Franchise and Branch Operations

In December 2007, in conjunction with our November 2005 Plan, we executed a sales agreement for our Auto-Chlor Master Franchise and substantially all of our remaining Auto-Chlor branch operations in North America, a business that marketed and sold low-energy dishwashing systems, kitchen chemicals, laundry and housekeeping products and services to food service, lodging, healthcare, and institutional customers, for $69.8 million.

The transaction closed on February 29, 2008, resulting in a net book gain of approximately $1.3 million after taxes and related costs. The gain associated with these divestiture activities is included as a component of selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. In fiscal years 2010 and 2009, the Company recorded adjustments related to closing costs and pension-related settlement charges, reducing the gain by $0.2 million each. Additional post-closing adjustments are not anticipated to be significant.

Net sales associated with these businesses were approximately $9.9 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008.

 

59


Table of Contents

Discontinued Operations

DuBois

On September 26, 2008, we and JohnsonDiversey Canada, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of our company, sold substantially all of the assets of DuBois to The Riverside Company (“Riverside”), for approximately $69.7 million, of which, $5.0 million was escrowed subject to meeting certain fiscal year 2009 performance measures and $1.0 million was escrowed subject to resolution of certain environmental representations by us. The purchase price was also subject to certain post-closing adjustments that were based on net working capital targets and performance measures. Finalization of the working capital adjustment in the first quarter of 2009 did not require any purchase price adjustment. In July of 2009, the Company met certain environmental representations and Riverside released the $1.0 million escrow to the Company. The Company and Riverside finalized certain performance related adjustments during the second quarter of 2010 which did not require any purchase price adjustment.

The sale of Dubois resulted in a gain of approximately $14.8 million ($10.7 million after tax) being recorded in the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, net of related costs. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009, we reduced the gain by approximately $0.9 million ($0.3 million after tax) as a result of additional one-time costs, pension-related settlement charges, partially offset by proceeds from the environmental escrow. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, the Company reduced the gain by $0.1 million ($0.1 million after tax income) as a result of additional one-time costs and pension-related settlement charges. Any additional post-closing adjustments are not anticipated to be significant.

 

60


Table of Contents

Income from discontinued operations relating to DuBois was comprised of the following (in millions):

 

     Fiscal Year Ended  
     December 31,
2010
    December 31,
2009
    December 28,
2008
 

Income from discontinued operations before taxes and gain from sale

   $ —        $ —        $ 6.6   

Tax provision on income from discontinued operations

                   (1.9

Gain (loss) on sale of discontinued operations before taxes

     (0.1     (0.9     14.8   

Tax benefit (provision) on gain (loss) from sale of discontinued operations

            1.2        (4.1
                        

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

   $ (0.1   $ 0.3      $ 15.4   
                        

The asset purchase agreement relating to the DuBois disposition refers to ancillary agreements governing certain relationships between the parties, including a distribution agreement and supply agreement, each of which is not considered material to our consolidated financial results.

Polymer Business

On June 30, 2006, Johnson Polymer, LLC (“Johnson Polymer”) and JohnsonDiversey Holdings II B.V. (“Holdings II”), an indirectly owned subsidiary of our company, completed the sale of substantially all of the assets of the Polymer Business to BASF for approximately $470.0 million plus an additional $8.1 million in connection with the parties’ estimate of purchase price adjustments that are based upon the closing net asset value of the Polymer Business. Further, BASF paid us $1.5 million for the option to extend the tolling agreement (described below) by up to six months. In December 2006, we finalized purchase price adjustments with BASF related to the net asset value and we received an additional $4.1 million.

The Polymer Business developed, manufactured, and sold specialty polymers for use in the industrial print and packaging industry, industrial paint and coatings industry, and industrial plastics industry. The Polymer Business was a non-core asset of our company and had been reported as a separate operating segment. The sale resulted in a gain of approximately $352.9 million ($235.9 million after tax), net of related costs.

The Company recorded additional closing costs, reducing the gain by $0.2 million ($0.2 million after tax loss), during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009, the Company recorded certain pension-related adjustments and additional closing costs, reducing the gain by $0.2 million ($0.2 million after tax loss). During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, the Company recorded certain pension-related adjustments and additional closing costs, reducing the gain by $0.8 million ($0.8 million after tax loss). Any additional post-closing adjustments are not anticipated to be significant.

The asset and equity purchase agreement relating to the disposition of the Polymer Business refers to ancillary agreements governing certain relationships between the parties, including a supply agreement and tolling agreement, each of which is not considered material to our consolidated financial results.

Supply Agreement

A ten-year global agreement provides for the supply of polymer products to the Company by BASF. Unless either party provides notice of its intent not to renew at least three years prior to the expiration of the ten-year term, the term of the agreement will extend for an additional five years. The agreement requires that the Company purchase a specified percentage of related products from BASF during the term of agreement. Subject to certain adjustments, the Company has a minimum volume commitment during each of the first five years of the agreement.

 

61


Table of Contents

Tolling Agreement

A three-year agreement provided for the toll manufacture of polymer products by the Company, at its manufacturing facility in Sturtevant, Wisconsin, for BASF. The agreement, after a nine month extension, was terminated on March 2010. The agreement specified product pricing and provides BASF the right to purchase certain equipment retained by the Company.

In association with the tolling agreement, we agreed to pay $11.4 million in compensation to SCJ, a related party, primarily related to pre-payments and the right to extend terms on the lease agreement at the Sturtevant, Wisconsin manufacturing location. We amortized $9.2 million of the payment into the results of the tolling operation over the term of the tolling agreement, with the remainder recorded as a reduction of the gain on discontinued operations.

We considered our continuing involvement with the Polymer Business, including the supply agreement and tolling agreement, concluding that neither the related cash inflows nor cash outflows were direct, due to the relative insignificance of the continuing operations to the disposed business.

Income from discontinued operations relating to the Polymer Business was comprised of the following (in millions):

 

     Fiscal Year Ended  
     December 31,
2010
    December 31,
2009
    December 31,
2008
 

Loss on sale of discontinued operations before taxes

   $ (0.8   $ (0.2   $ (0.2

Tax benefit on loss from sale of discontinued operations

     —          0.1        —     

Income (loss) from tolling operations

     (9.5     (1.1     0.5   

Tax (provision) benefit on income (loss) from tolling operations

     —          0.4        (0.2
                        

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

   $ (10.3   $ (0.8   $ 0.1   
                        

 

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Market risk relating to our operations results primarily from our debt level as well as changes in foreign exchange rates and interest rates. In addition, risk exposures associated with raw materials price changes and customer credit have increased significantly relative to our historical experience due to the recent global economic slowdown, the credit crisis, and unprecedented volatility and unpredictability of raw materials prices. The following discussion does not consider the effects that an adverse change may have on the overall economy, and it also does not consider additional actions we may take to mitigate our exposure to these changes. We cannot guarantee that the actions we take to mitigate these exposures will be successful.

Debt Risk

We have a significant amount of indebtedness. As of December 31, 2010, we had total indebtedness of approximately $1.239 billion, consisting of $400 million of New Senior Notes, $814.8 million of borrowings under the credit agreement for our Senior Secured Credit Facilities and $24.2 million in other short-term credit lines. In addition, we had $169.6 million in operating lease commitments, $1.6 million in capital lease commitments and $3.7 million committed under letters of credit as of December 31, 2010.

 

62


Table of Contents

Interest Rate Risk

As of December 31, 2010, we had approximately $814.8 million of debt outstanding under the credit agreement for our Senior Secured Credit Facilities based on LIBOR, EURIBO or the BA rate. To the extent LIBOR, EURIBO or the BA rate exceed the floor rates set forth in the credit agreement for our Senior Secured Credit Facilities, this debt will be subject to variable interest rate risk. Accordingly, our earnings and cash flows could be affected by changes in interest rates. At the above level of variable rate borrowings, we do not anticipate a significant impact on earnings in the event of an increase in LIBOR within a reasonable range. In the event of an adverse change in LIBOR EURIBO or the BA rate, however, management may take actions to attempt to mitigate our exposure to interest rate risk. Because it is difficult to predict what alternatives may be available to management in such an environment or their possible effects, this analysis does not consider any such actions. Further, this analysis does not consider the effects that such an environment could have on the financial or credit markets or economic activity in general.

Foreign Currency Risk

We conduct our business in various regions of the world and export and import products to and from many countries. Our operations may, therefore, be subject to volatility because of currency fluctuations, inflation changes and changes in political and economic conditions in these countries. Sales and expenses are frequently denominated in local currencies, and results of operations may be affected adversely as currency fluctuations affect product prices and operating costs. We engage in hedging operations, including forward foreign exchange contracts, to reduce the exposure of our cash flows to fluctuations in foreign currency rates. All hedging instruments are designated and effective as hedges, in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Other instruments that do not qualify for hedge accounting are marked to market with changes recognized in current earnings. We do not engage in hedging for speculative investment reasons. There can be no assurance that our hedging operations will eliminate or substantially reduce risks associated with fluctuating currencies.

Based on our overall foreign exchange exposure, we estimate that a 10% change in the exchange rates would not materially affect our financial position and liquidity. The effect on our results of operations would be substantially offset by the impact of the hedged items.

Raw Materials Price Risk

We utilize a variety of raw materials in the manufacture of our products, including surfactants, polymers and resins, fragrances, solvents, caustic soda, waxes, chelates and phosphates, which have experienced significant fluctuations in prices. In addition, our freight costs as well as raw material costs for certain of our floor care products have been unfavorably impacted by volatile energy prices (primarily oil and natural gas). Our profitability is sensitive to changes in the costs of these materials caused by changes in supply, demand, or other market conditions, over which we have little or no control. In response to inflationary pressures, we implement price increases to recover costs to the fullest extent possible and pursue cost reduction initiatives; however, we may not be able to pass on these increases in whole or in part to our customers or realize cost savings needed to offset these increases.

Customer Credit Risk

Customer credit risk is the possibility of loss from customers’ failure to make payments according to contract terms. Given the recent credit crisis and volatility of the financial markets, we continue to monitor credit risk. Through December 31, 2010, we have not experienced an increased level of bad debt relative to our historical bad debt experience, and we believe that we are fully reserved for this financial risk as of December 31, 2010. As a result of the recent global economic slowdown and the tight credit markets, our customers may be delayed in obtaining, or may not be able to obtain, necessary financing for their purchases of our products. A lack of liquidity in the capital markets may cause our customers to increase the time they take to pay or default on their payment obligations, which would negatively affect our results. We have an active collections program in place to help mitigate this potential market risk to the fullest extent possible.

 

63


Table of Contents
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

See the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements beginning on page F-1.

 

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

During fiscal years 2010 and 2009 and through the date of this annual report, there were no disagreements with Ernst & Young LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, on accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosures, audit scope or audit procedures.

 

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Diversey’s Disclosure Controls and Internal Control over Financial Reporting. As of December 31, 2010, we evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting. The controls evaluation was done under the supervision and with the participation of management, including our Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”).

CEO & CFO Certifications. Attached as exhibits 31.1 and 31.2 to this annual report are certifications of the CEO and the CFO required in accordance with Rule 13a-14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). This portion of our annual report includes the information concerning the controls evaluation referred to in the certifications and should be read in conjunction with the certifications for a more complete understanding of the topics presented.

Disclosure Controls and Procedures. As of the end of the period covered by this annual report, we evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our “disclosure controls and procedures” as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act. Based upon the controls evaluation, our CEO and CFO have concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this annual report, our disclosure controls and procedures are effective in recording, processing, summarizing, and reporting, on a timely basis, information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act, and that information is accumulated and communicated to the CEO and CFO, as appropriate, to allow timely discussions regarding required disclosure.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. There has not been any change in our internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2010, that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our management team is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Our management team, with the participation of our CEO and CFO, has evaluated the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this evaluation, our management team has concluded that, as of the end of December 31, 2010, our internal control over financial reporting was effective.

Our independent registered public accounting firm has issued an attestation report on our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010. Its report appears in the consolidated financial statements included in this annual report of Form 10-K on page F-3.

Limitations on the Effectiveness of Controls. Our management team, including the CEO and CFO, does not expect that our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting will prevent all error and all fraud.

 

64


Table of Contents

A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the designed control objectives, and management is required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the Company have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the control. The design of any system of controls also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

 

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

Not Applicable

 

65


Table of Contents

PART III

 

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANACE

The following is a list of our directors and executive officers, their ages as of March 4, 2011, and their positions and offices:

 

Name

   Age   

Position

Helen P. Johnson-Leipold    54    Director and acting Chairman (1)
S. Curtis Johnson III    55    Chairman (1) (2)
Edward F. Lonergan    51    Director, President and Chief Executive Officer
Norman Clubb    56    Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Scott D. Russell    49    Executive Vice President, Chief Compliance Officer, General Counsel & Corporate Secretary and Interim Global Human Resources Lead
Gregory F. Clark    57    Senior Vice President and Chief Process Officer
John W. Matthews    51    Senior Vice President, Chief of Staff, Corporate Affairs and Chief Sustainability Officer
Richard K. McEvoy    44    Senior Vice President – Global Value Chain
John Alexander    46    Regional President – Americas
Pedro Chidichimo    52    President – Global Customer Solutions & Innovation
Moreno G. Dezio    50    Regional President – Europe
Yagmur Sagnak    44    Regional President – Asia Pacific, Africa, Middle East, Turkey and the Caucasian and Asian Republics
Nobuyoshi Yamanaka    63    Regional President – Japan
P. Todd Herndon    45    Vice President – Finance
Lori P. Marin    49    Vice President and Corporate Treasurer

Clive A. Newman

Christopher J. Slusar

   47

44

  

Vice President – Finance Europe

Vice President and Corporate Controller

Manvinder S. Banga    56    Director
Todd C. Brown    61    Director
Robert M. Howe    66    Director
Winifred J. Marquart    51    Director
George K. Jaquette    36    Director
Philip W. Knisely    56    Director
Clifton D. Louis    55    Director
Richard J. Schnall    41    Director

 

(1)

Under the Company’s bylaws, the position of Chairman is designated as an executive officer position.

(2)

Mr. Johnson took a leave of absence from his position as Chairman effective February 21, 2011. On March 17, 2011, Mr. Johnson announced his retirement from his position as Chairman effective as of March 31, 2011.

Helen P. Johnson-Leipold has been acting Chairman since February 2011. She has served as a director since December 1999. Ms. Johnson-Leipold was a director of CMH from November 1999 through May 2003, and again has served as director of CMH since July 2009. She has served as a director of Holdings since May 2002. Since 1999, Ms. Johnson-Leipold has been the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Johnson Outdoors Inc., a manufacturer and marketer of outdoor recreational equipment. In addition, since July 2004, she has been Chairman of Johnson Financial Group, a global financial services company. From 1995 through 1999, she was with SCJ in various executive positions, last serving as Vice President - North America Consumer Cleaning Products. Ms. Johnson-Leipold is a descendant of Samuel Curtis Johnson, sister of S. Curtis Johnson III, the Chairman of the Company who is currently on a leave of absence from this position, sister of Winifred J. Marquart, a director, and cousin of Clifton D. Louis, another director of our Company.

 

66


Table of Contents

S. Curtis Johnson III has been Chairman since February 1996 and is presently on a leave of absence, which begun effective February 21, 2011. He also has been Chairman of CMH since November 1999 and Chairman of Holdings since November 2001until his leave of absence from his positions at those companies. Mr. Johnson joined SCJ in 1983 and became a general partner of Wind Point Partners, L.P., a venture capital partnership which he co-founded and in which SCJ was a major limited partner. He also served as Vice President—Global Business Development of SCJ from October 1994 to February 1996. Since joining SCJ in August 1983, Mr. Johnson has served in several other offices, including Vice President and Managing Director of Mexican Johnson, a subsidiary of SCJ, and Director—Worldwide Business Development. Mr. Johnson earned a Bachelor of Arts degree in Economics from Cornell University in 1977 and a Master of Business Administration in Marketing/Finance from Northwestern University in 1983. Mr. Johnson also serves as a director of Cargill, Incorporated and serves on the Council of the World Wildlife Fund. He is a descendant of Samuel Curtis Johnson, the brother of Helen P. Johnson-Leipold, a director and our acting Chairman, Winifred J. Marquart, another director, and cousin of Clifton D. Louis, another director of our Company.

Edward F. Lonergan has served as director and President and Chief Executive Officer since February 13, 2006. Mr. Lonergan has also served as director and President and Chief Executive Officer of Holdings since February 13, 2006. Prior to joining us, Mr. Lonergan had over 25 years of experience in the consumer products industry, most recently serving as President of the European region for The Gillette Company from May 2002 until January 2006. He was employed from 1981 to April 2002 by The Procter & Gamble Company, where he held a variety of responsibilities including most recently Customer General Management assignments in Europe and the United States. Mr. Lonergan graduated from Union College of New York in 1981 with a Bachelor of Arts degree in Political Science.

Norman Clubb has served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since January 2010. Prior to that, he was a director of Holdings from February 2007 – November 2009. Before joining us, Mr. Clubb was appointed President and Chief Operating Officer for Unilever Foodsolutions in November 2004 and led the company’s North American operations. In September 2007, he assumed leadership of the new American region, which includes both North and South America. Previously he served as Senior Vice President Finance and Information for Unilever’s Foods Division from 2000 – 2004; Senior Vice President Finance for Central Asia and Middle East Business Group from 1999 – 2000; and SVP Finance and Supply Chain for the DiverseyLever Business Group from 1996 – 1999.

Scott D. Russell has served as Executive Vice President, Chief Compliance Officer, General Counsel & Corporate Secretary for Holdings and Diversey since January 2011. He has also served as an Interim Global Human Resources Lead since October 2010. He was Holdings’ and Diversey’s Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary from January 2007 through December 2010 and Senior Counsel from May 2006 through December 2006. Between May 1993 and October 2005, Mr. Russell was at RR Donnelley, a global full-service provider of print and related services, including business process outsourcing, most recently as Vice President, Deputy General Counsel and Assistant Secretary. From October 1988 to May 1993, he was an associate in the corporate practice group of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP & Affiliates. Mr. Russell holds a Bachelor of Arts degree in Economics and Political Science from Alma College and a Juris Doctor degree from the University of Detroit School of Law.

Gregory F. Clark has served as Senior Vice President and Chief Process Officer since December 2010. Prior to that, he was Senior Vice President – Global Value Chain (formerly referred to as “Supply Chain”) from January 2004 to November 2010. He was our Senior Vice President – Global Development and Customer Solutions from May 2002 until January 2004 and was our Vice President – Global Manufacturing and Sourcing from May 1999 until May 2002. From 1978 through May 1999, Mr. Clark served at SCJ in a variety of manufacturing, operations and financial positions domestically and internationally. Mr. Clark holds a Bachelor degree in Chemical Engineering from Purdue University and a Master of Business Administration from the University of Chicago.

 

67


Table of Contents

John W. Matthews has served as Senior Vice President, Chief of Staff, Corporate Affairs and Chief Sustainability Officer since December 2010. Prior to that, he was Senior Vice President – Corporate Affairs and Director, Office of the President from January 2007 until November 2010. Mr. Matthews was Vice President – Corporate Affairs from May 2002 until January 2007. Mr. Matthews has more than 25 years of experience in strategic communications, regulatory and public affairs. Prior to joining us, Mr. Matthews led the national Public Affairs Practice Group for the Foley & Lardner law firm based in Milwaukee. Mr. Matthews began his career as a news reporter, and then moved into government, eventually becoming chief of staff to former Wisconsin Governor Tommy Thompson. Mr. Matthews holds a Bachelor degree in Journalism from the University of Wisconsin – Whitewater.

Richard K. McEvoy has served as Senior Vice President, Global Value Chain since December 2010. He was our Head of Channel in EMA from July 2009 until November 2010 and UK & Ireland Country Director from March 2008 until June 2009. Mr. McEvoy led the Global Strategic Sourcing Initiative in 2006 and 2007 (based out of the USA) and was Vice President – Europe, Middle East, Africa Value Chain between 2003 and 2005. From 1989 through 2002, Mr. McEvoy served at Unilever and Imperial Chemical Industries in a variety of manufacturing and operating positions in Europe and Asia. He holds a Master degree in Chemical Engineering from Leeds University.

John Alexander has served as Regional President – Americas since October 2008. Prior to joining Diversey, Mr. Alexander served as Vice President and General Manager, New Business and Innovation, North America with Whirlpool Corporation. Before that, he served as Whirlpool’s Vice President and General Manager-Brand Management, a position that included all U.S.-branded businesses. While with Whirlpool, Mr. Alexander also served in a number of other managerial positions in planning, merchandising and product development. Mr. Alexander holds a bachelor’s degree in mechanical engineering from Ohio Northern University and a Master of Business Administration from Ohio State University.

Pedro Chidichimo has served as President, Global Customer Solutions & Innovation since December 2010. Prior to that he was Regional President – Europe, Middle East, Africa from October 2006 until November 2010. Mr. Chidichimo, who joined us in 1994, has served as Regional President – Latin America from July 2005 until October 2006, Vice President of our Southern & Andina Latin America sub-region from 2002 until June 2005, and as managing director of our Argentina operations from 1997 until June 2005. Mr. Chidichimo holds a Bachelor degree in Chemical Engineering from Universidad de Buenos Aires and a Master of Business Administration from Universidad Austral in Argentina.

Moreno G. Dezio has served as Regional President – Europe since December 2010. Prior to that, he was Regional President – Greater Asia Pacific from January 2009 until November 2010. He served as Regional President – Latin America since January 2007. Mr. Dezio has also served as Vice President North Europe & Managing Director UK from November 2005 to December 2006. From November 1996 through October 2005, Mr. Dezio served in numerous senior management positions, most recently as Vice President for Africa & Middle East from June 2002 until October 2005, Group Managing Director for Italy, Greece and Central Eastern Europe from November 1996 to May 2002. From March 1993 to October 1996 he served as Marketing Manager Europe for our predecessor, Johnson Wax Professional and prior to that he covered several sales and marketing positions at SCJ and JWP.

Yagmur Sagnak has served as Regional President – Asia Pacific, Africa, Middle East, Turkey and the Caucasian/Asian Republics (APAT) since December 2010. Prior to that, he was Vice President Institutional & Laundry Sales & Service – Europe for over two years. Mr. Sagnak served as Area Vice President – CEETAM (Central Eastern Europe Turkey Africa Middle East) from July 2006 to September 2008 and he was the Managing Director of Turkey & Middle East for over 3 years prior to that. From September 1995 through March 2003, he served in numerous management positions, most recently as Global Customer Development Director –Food Service from February 2000 until February 2003, and National Sales & Marketing Director – Turkey from September 1995 to January 2000. From January 1990 to September 1995 he covered several management positions in Unilever Turkey, most recently as Group Product Manager – Dental from September 2002 to September 2005. Mr. Sagnak holds a Bachelor Degree in Business Administration from Istanbul University in Turkey.

 

68


Table of Contents

Nobuyoshi Yamanaka has served as Regional President – Japan since December 2010. Prior to that, he served at Bain Capital, first as Vice Chairman and Senior Executive from November 2009 to July 2010 and as Advisor from July 2010 to December 2010. From February 1999 to November 2009, Mr. Yamanaka was Corporate Officer of Emerson Electric Headquarters in St. Louis, USA, President & CEO of Emerson Electric Japan and CIO of Emerson Electric Asia Pacific. From 1995 to February 1999, he was President & CEO of GE Hitachi Lighting, Tokyo from 1995 to February 1999.

P. Todd Herndon has served as Vice President – Finance since January 2011. He was Vice President and Corporate Controller from September 2007 to December 2010. From March 2005 through August 2007, Mr. Herndon served as the Vice President of Finance for North America and from February 2003 through February 2005, he was the General Manager of the B,G&E business within North America. From 1988 through 2003, Mr. Herndon held various financial positions within JWP and SCJ. Mr. Herndon holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Business from Indiana University and a Master of Business Administration from Marquette University.

Lori P. Marin has served as Vice President and Corporate Treasurer since May 2005. Prior to joining us, Ms. Marin served as Managing Director of the Risk Services Group for Aon Corporation from June 2003 until May 2005. From September 1996 until January 2003, Ms. Marin served as Vice President and Treasurer of Keebler Foods Co. Ms. Marin has over 17 years of global treasury experience having also served as Director of Finance for Dominick’s Finer Foods, and over 10 years of experience as a commercial banker, having commenced her career as a First Scholar at The First National Bank of Chicago. Ms. Marin is a Certified Cash Manager and holds a Bachelor of Science in Finance from Washington University in St. Louis and a Master of Business Administration from the University of Chicago.

Clive A. Newman has served as Vice President – Finance Europe since December 2010. He was Vice President – Finance Europe, Middle East, Africa from September 2007 to December 2010. He was Vice President, Corporate Controller from May 2002 until 2007. From 1986 until May 2002, Mr. Newman held various positions at Unilever, most recently as Controller and Vice President – Finance Europe for DiverseyLever from May 2001 until May 2002 and Finance Manager – Beverages for Unilever from 2000 until April 2001. Mr. Newman has over 12 years of experience in the institutional and industrial cleaning and hygiene industry. Mr. Newman holds a Bachelor degree in Economics from Leicester University in the U.K. and is an Associate of the Chartered Institute of Management Accountants.

Christopher J. Slusar has served as Vice President, Corporate Controller since January 2011. He was Assistant Corporate Controller from September 2008 to December 2010. From August 1997 until September 2008, he held various finance positions with the company, most recently as Director, Global Accounting and Reporting. From March 1995 to August 1997, he was employed by Johnson Outdoors where he held business and accounting support roles. From 1991 to March 1995, Mr. Slusar was at KPMG Peat Marwick, most recently as Audit Manager. Mr. Slusar holds a Bachelor degree in Accounting from the University of Wisconsin- Milwaukee and is a Certified Public Accountant.

Manvinder S. Banga has served as a director since August 2010. He is an operating partner with Clayton, Dublier & Rice. Mr. Banga served in a variety of roles over a 33-year career with Unilever, most recently as President, Foods, Home and Personal Care and as a member of the Unilever plc Executive Committee. He has served on the Prime Minister of India’s Council of Trade & Industry since 2004. Mr. Banga also serves as a non-executive director on the boards of Thomson Reuters and Maruti Suzuki Ltd.

Todd C. Brown has served as a director since April 2001. Mr. Brown was a director of CMH from April 2001- May 2003 and of Holdings since May 2002. Mr. Brown served as Vice Chairman of ShoreBank Corporation from August of 2003 until his retirement in December of 2009. From 1985 through June 2003, Mr. Brown served in various positions at Kraft Foods, Inc., most recently as Executive Vice President and President of its e-Commerce Division from January 2001 until June 2003 and President of Kraft Foodservices Division from April 1998 until December 2000.

 

69


Table of Contents

Robert M. Howe has served as a director since September 1997. He was a director of CMH from November 1999 until May 2003 and of Holdings since May 2002. Since November 2002, Mr. Howe has been the Chairman of Montgomery Goodwin Investments, LLC, a private investment and consulting firm. He is also a managing partner of High Note Ventures, a venture development company. From April 2000 to September 2002, Mr. Howe was the Chairman of Scient, Inc., a provider of integrated e-Business strategy and technology services, and previously served as its Chief Executive Officer. From 1991 to 1998, Mr. Howe was with International Business Machines Corporation, last serving as General Manager of its global banking, financial and securities services business. He has also been a director of Symphony Services, an information technology consulting firm, since July 2004.

Winifred J. Marquart has served as a director since February 2011. She has served as President of The Johnson Family Foundation since December, 1994 and was elected to The Johnson Foundation board of trustees in 2004. She has served on the board of directors of Johnson Financial Group, a global financial services company, since July 1999 and the board of trustees at Norfolk Academy since 1998. From 1986 to November 1986, Ms. Marquart was Project Coordinator in Corporate Public Affairs at SCJ. Ms. Marquart is a descendant of Samuel Curtis Johnson, a sister of Helen P. Johnson-Leipold, a director and the Company’s acting Chairman, and S. Curtis Johnson III, the Chairman of the Company who is currently on a leave of absence from this position, and cousin of Clifton D. Louis, another director of the Company.

George K. Jaquette has served as a director since November 2009. He has been with Clayton, Dubilier & Rice for eleven years. He has been involved in a broad range of transactions and was instrumental in the Firm’s investment in, and subsequent sale of VWR, where he also served as a director. Previously, he worked in the principal investment area and investment banking division of Goldman, Sachs & Co. He also worked at K Capital Management, a multi-strategy investment firm. Mr. Jaquette earned a Bachelor degree from Bucknell University and a Master of Business Administration from Harvard Business School.

Philip W. Knisely joined the Board of Director in February 2010. He retired from Danaher Corporation in 2010 where he served for 10 years as Executive Vice President and Corporate Officer. Mr. Knisely was a member of the Office of the Chief Executive managing the performance, corporate strategy, and organization evolution of the corporation. Danaher Corporation (NYSE:DHR) is a leading $12B manufacturer of medical equipment, environmental and professional Instrumentation. He continues in a consulting capacity for Danaher. Prior to joining Danaher, Mr. Knisely was Co-Founder, President and CEO of Colfax Corporation, where he managed portfolio companies totaling $900 million in revenue with $200 million in equity capital investments (NYSE:CFX). He served as President of AMF Industries, a privately held diversified manufacturer firm, from 1988-1995, and before AMF, Mr. Knisely had a ten-year career with Emerson Electric. He received a BSIE from General Motors Institute in 1976 and his MBA in 1978 from the Darden School of Business. Mr. Knisely was a 1977 Shermet Award winner while at Darden and today is a member of the Darden School Foundation Board of Trustees. In 2011, Mr. Knisely became an Advisor to Clayton, Dubilier & Rice and serves as Chairman of Atkore International. Atkore International is a global leader in the design, manufacture and distribution of galvanized steel tubes and pipes, armored wire and cable and building components.

Clifton D. Louis has served as a director since December 1999. Mr. Louis was a director of CMH from November 1999 – May 2003, and again since July 2009; and of Holdings since May 2002. Mr. Louis is the owner of The Vineyard, Inc., a retail wine store, and has been its President and Chief Executive Officer since 1985. Mr. Louis is a descendant of Samuel Curtis Johnson and a cousin of Helen P. Johnson-Leipold, a director and the Company’s acting Chairman, S. Curtis Johnson III, the Chairman of the Company who is currently on a leave of absence from this position, and Winifred J. Marquart, another director of the Company.

Richard J. Schnall has served as a director since November 2009. He has been with Clayton, Dubilier & Rice for fifteen years. Mr. Schnall led CD&R’s purchase and subsequent sale of VWR; the acquisition of HGI Holding, Inc.; the acquisition of U.S. Foodservice from Royal Ahold N.V.; the investment in Sally Beauty; and the public-to-private negotiation for and acquisition of Brakes. As a board member of Alliant, he led negotiations which resulted in its profitable sale. Previously, Mr. Schnall worked in the investment banking divisions of Smith Barney & Co. and Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette, Inc. He is a director of HGI Holding, Inc., Sally Beauty and U.S. Foodservice. He is a graduate of the University of Pennsylvania’s Wharton School and holds Master of Business Administration from Harvard Business School.

 

70


Table of Contents

Board of Directors

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors. Our directors hold office until their successors have been elected and qualified or until the earlier of their resignation or removal.

Pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement, each of CMH and CD&R Investor has the right to representation on the board of directors of any subsidiary of Holdings, including us, in proportion to the relative number of such party’s designees on the Holdings Board. We currently have ten directors, five of which were designated by CMH and four of which were designated by CD&R Investor. Mr. Lonergan, our President and Chief Executive Officer, serves as the tenth director. The composition of our board of directors mirrors the Holdings Board.

Ms. Johnson-Leipold, Ms. Marquart and Messrs. Brown, Howe, and Louis were elected to our board of directors pursuant to our obligations to CMH under the Stockholders Agreement. Messrs. Banga, Jaquette, Knisely, and Schnall were elected to our board of directors pursuant to our obligations to CD&R Investor under the Stockholders Agreement. Each of our directors brings specific experience, qualifications, attributes and skills to our board of directors.

As the acting Chairman of our Company, Ms. Johnson-Leipold has detailed knowledge of our Company and its history, employees, client base, prospects and competitors. Prior to serving as acting Chairman and before joining Johnson Outdoors, Inc., where she currently serves as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Ms. Johnson-Leipold held senior management positions with SCJ, including Vice President – Worldwide Consumer Products. Ms. Johnson-Leipold, together with her relatives, Mr. Johnson, Ms. Marquart and Mr. Louis, has a detailed understanding of our history and culture, including the principles described in “The Diversey Way.

The CMH nominated independent directors, Messrs. Brown and Howe, each bring beneficial experience and attributes to our board. Mr. Brown spent a significant portion of his career with Kraft Foods, Inc., including service as Executive Vice President, and most recently was Vice Chairman of ShoreBank Corporation prior to retiring at the end of 2009. Mr. Brown has served on our board and Holdings’ board since 2001. Mr. Howe has a strong background in information technology and e-commerce from past experience with Scient, Inc. and International Business Machines Corporation. Mr. Howe has served on our board and Holdings’ Board since 2002.

Messrs. Banga, Jaquette, and Schnall are each actively involved in managing the portfolio of investments in public and private companies by CD&R Investor and its affiliates, and each serve on the board of directors for certain of such portfolio companies. All have significant experience and expertise with companies having a distribution and service focus.

The CD&R Investor nominated director, Mr. Knisely, has an extensive career in business and academia that will benefit our board’s discharge of its responsibilities. Mr. Knisely formerly served as Executive Vice President and Corporate Officer of Danaher Corporation and has over 30 years experience in diversified manufacturing operations.

In addition to the members designated by CMH and CD&R Investor, Mr. Lonergan’s day-to-day leadership of our company provides him with intimate knowledge of our operations. Mr. Lonergan also has over 25 years of experience in the consumer products industry.

Our board believes that the qualifications described above bring a broad set of complementary experience, coupled with a strong alignment with the interest of the stockholders of Holdings, to the board’s discharge of its responsibilities.

Although we do not maintain a formal diversity policy governing board nominations, we continually strive to make progress toward board diversity in accordance with our key cultural indicators, which define “The Diversey Way” culture.

 

71


Table of Contents

Audit Committee

The Audit Committee of our board of directors appoints our independent registered public accounting firm, reviews the scope and results of the audits with the auditors and management, approves the scope and results of the audits, monitors the adequacy of our system of internal controls and reviews the annual report, auditors’ fees and non-audit services to be provided by the independent registered public accounting firm. The members of our Audit Committee are Robert M. Howe, chairperson of the Audit Committee, Todd C. Brown and Philip W. Knisely. Our board of directors has determined that Messrs. Howe, Brown and Knisely meets the definition of an audit committee financial expert, as set forth in Item 401(h)(2) of Regulation S-K, and has also determined that each of Messrs. Howe and Brown meet the independence requirements of the SEC.

Code of Ethics

We and our employees operate under “The Diversey Way” statement of values and operating principles, which extends to our customers and users, the general public, our neighbors and the world community. We have adopted a Finance Officers Code of Ethics applicable to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer. In addition and as a best practice, this code has been executed by all other key financial and accounting personnel. Furthermore, we have adopted a general code of business conduct for all of our directors, officers and employees, which is known as the Diversey, Inc. Code of Ethics and Business Conduct. The Finance Officers Code of Ethics, the Diversey, Inc. Code of Ethics and Business Conduct and other information regarding our corporate governance is available on our website (www.diversey.com), or free of charge by writing c/o Investor Relations at the address on the cover page of this annual report on Form 10-K. In addition to any reports required to be filed with the SEC, we intend to disclose on our website any amendments to, or waivers from, the Finance Officers Code of Ethics or the Diversey, Inc. Code of Ethics and Business Conduct that are required to be disclosed pursuant to SEC rules. To date, there have been no waivers of the Finance Officers Code of Ethics or the Diversey, Inc. Code of Ethics and Business Conduct.

 

72


Table of Contents

ITEM 11 – EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Organization of Information

This Compensation Discussion and Analysis (“CD&A”) describes our executive compensation philosophy, programs and policies, and includes analysis on the compensation earned by our Named Executive Officers (“NEOs”) as detailed in the accompanying executive compensation tables. The CD&A covers the following topics:

 

   

Consideration of Shareholder Advisory Vote

 

   

Overview of the Role of the Company’s Compensation Committee (“Compensation Committee”) in Executive Compensation

 

   

Executive Compensation Philosophy and Objectives

 

   

Compensation Elements and Pay Mix

 

   

Determining Compensation Levels

 

   

Executive Compensation Market Benchmarking and Peer Group

 

   

Total Target Compensation Relative to Market Compensation

 

   

Program Components and Policies:

 

   

Base Salary

 

   

Annual Incentives

 

   

Long-Term Incentives

 

   

Executive Severance

 

   

Executive Benefits and Perquisites

 

   

Tax, Regulatory and Accounting Implications

 

   

Assessment of Incentive Risk

 

   

Executive Compensation Tables and Supplemental Narrative Disclosures

 

   

Compensation Committee Report

 

   

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation in Compensation Decisions

 

   

Director Compensation

Consideration of Shareholder Advisory Vote

The Compensation Committee believes that the non-binding shareholder advisory vote on the Company’s executive compensation will provide useful feedback to the Compensation Committee regarding whether it is achieving its goal of designing an executive compensation program that promotes the best interests of the Company by providing its executives with the appropriate compensation and meaningful incentives. The Compensation Committee intends to review the results of the advisory vote, being completed for the first time this year, and will consider this feedback as it completes its annual review of each pay element and the total compensation packages for our NEOs with respect to the next fiscal year.

Overview of the Role of the Compensation Committee in Executive Compensation

Our Compensation Committee charter gives the Compensation Committee responsibility over executive compensation matters. Our Compensation Committee is appointed by our Company’s board of directors (“Board”), and is charged with approving and overseeing all executive compensation programs and policies. The Compensation Committee approves all compensation actions with respect to our NEO compensation.

 

73


Table of Contents

The Compensation Committee relies on management and outside advisors for staff work, contextual information and technical guidance in conducting its affairs. For the past several years, the Compensation Committee has retained W.T. Haigh & Company (“Haigh”), a compensation consulting firm in Cambridge, Massachusetts, to provide independent advice on executive and director compensation and to conduct independent studies when needed. Haigh reports directly to the Compensation Committee and has worked exclusively on executive compensation and does not have other consulting arrangements with the Company.

On November 24, 2009, our Company completed a recapitalization plan and commenced a new partnership with CD&R, a leading private equity firm. Effective on that date, the Board was reconstituted and a new Compensation Committee was established. All references in this CD&A to actions taken by the Compensation Committee in 2010 and 2011 apply to the Compensation Committee that was in place after the recapitalization.

Executive Compensation Philosophy and Objectives

Our executive compensation program is designed to attract, retain, and motivate high performing individuals through an integrated rewards package of compensation and benefits that is competitive with other companies in our marketplace and industry.

We have adopted the following objectives as the foundation for our executive compensation philosophy:

 

   

Ensure that our total rewards program motivates and drives a pay-for-performance culture, including the successful achievement of the financial metrics established as part of the bank-approved financing plan.

 

   

Reward executives appropriately based on their job responsibilities and performance, individual contribution to the business, overall business performance, and local market considerations.

 

   

Ensure total rewards are externally competitive and administered with internal equity in mind.

 

   

Align total rewards to support our strategic objectives and align with shareholder interests. Specifically, in 2010, we structured the terms of incentive compensation to include performance hurdles that enabled our Company to meet debt obligations, with adequate cushion, before annual or long-term incentives are funded for executives. Our goal is to provide for a fair economic sharing between management and shareholders only when performance hurdle requirements have been met and our bank-approved financing plan goals have been achieved.

 

   

Comply with all applicable laws and regulations.

Compensation Elements and Pay Mix

Our executive compensation program includes the following elements, all of which are described in more detail below.

1. Direct Compensation, which includes:

 

   

Base salary

 

   

Annual incentives

 

   

Long-term incentives

We structure our executives’ direct compensation to deliver a substantial portion of value through variable, performance-based annual and long-term incentives. The allocation between annual and long-term incentives is determined based on market benchmarking against our peer group (as described below), with a higher proportion delivered through long-term incentives. The incentive components (both annual and long-term) are intended to motivate and reward sustained profitable growth, reinforce executive accountability and increase enterprise value for our shareholders. This is especially critical in light of our growth goals and strategic priorities that we established for meeting our financial obligations and delivering long-term value to our shareholders. As a result of this emphasis on performance-based incentive pay, we expect direct compensation amounts to vary from year to year.

In 2010 we implemented a new equity-based incentive plan to align the long-term interests of our executives with those of our shareholders. The provisions of our new equity-based incentive program are described in more detail under “Long Term Incentives.”

 

74


Table of Contents

2. Indirect Compensation, which includes:

 

   

Benefits

 

   

Perquisites

Our executives participate in benefit programs available broadly to all of our employees. In addition, we maintain certain executive benefit and perquisite programs that we believe are consistent with market practice. In keeping with our culture, the value of these programs do not make up a significant percentage of total executive compensation.

Determining Compensation Levels

The following are key factors we consider in determining compensation levels for our executives:

 

  1. Performance. We consider the performance of our Company, as well as individual performance and contributions. Performance goals are defined annually, and we utilize a disciplined performance review process to ensure that our executives’ goals align with the achievement of our business plan and with our strategic priorities. Company goals require aggressive growth year over year and have only been fully attained in four of the last eight years.

 

  2. Market competitiveness. We benchmark compensation for our executive positions to comparable jobs in the marketplace to understand what we need to pay to stay competitive. The process for conducting market benchmarking and determining market competitiveness is described in more detail in the material that follows.

 

  3. Cost. We review the cost of our executive rewards program for reasonableness in light of our financial condition and relative to our performance. In addition, as mentioned above, in 2010 we structured the incentive components of our program so that we met our debt obligations with a fair return to shareholders before executives earned incentives.

 

  4. Internal equity. We assess the relative value of our executive positions using factors such as responsibilities and performance, scope and impact, problem solving and leadership. Our goal is to compensate executives fairly and equitably based on each executive’s role and potential impact on our company’s success.

Executive Compensation Market Benchmarking and Peer Group

We are a market leader in our industry with a broad, diversified line of products and related services. As a result, we seek to attract and retain highly qualified executives from companies with a similar business mix and profile, but which are not necessarily direct business competitors. We use the following criteria to assist with the selection of peer companies for purposes of market benchmarking compensation for our executives:

 

   

Manufacturing companies

 

   

Comparable revenues ($1–6 billion)

 

   

Global scope (measured by foreign sales as a percentage of total sales)

 

   

Growth orientation in terms of EBITDA and sales

 

   

Service, business-to-business and technology orientation

 

   

Source for executive talent

 

   

United States public companies (to access data)

Based on these factors, our current peer group consists of the following 20 companies:

Acuity Brands, Inc.

Albemarle

Avery Dennison Corporation

Cabot Corporation

Clorox Company

Corn Products International, Inc.

 

75


Table of Contents

Ecolab Inc.

FMC Corporation

H.B. Fuller Company

Goodrich Corporation

Lubrizol Corporation

Nalco Holding Company

Olin Corporation

Sealed Air Corporation

Sensient Technologies Corporation

Sigma-Aldrich Company

Snap-On Inc.

Westlake Chemical Corporation

W.R. Grace & Co.

W.W. Grainger, Inc.

Our Compensation Committee last reviewed and approved our peer group in October 2010. At that time, we deleted Brunswick Corp. and EMCOR Group which did not fully meet our criteria. We added Albermarle and W.R. Grace which generally met our selection criteria. Based on this list, we are in the mid-range of the peer group in terms of revenue. We intend to continue to review and refine our peer group periodically.

Each year we review executive market total compensation with our Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee uses Haigh to compare our executive compensation levels against compensation levels for similar executive positions in the peer group. In addition, we participate in an executive compensation study conducted by Hewitt Associates that includes similar companies based on various factors, including certain of the same criteria used to define our peer group. We also validate these peer company findings with general industry compensation data for similar sized companies using Mercer and Hewitt surveys. We use the comparisons made in this process to develop competitive market ranges for our executives for purposes of assessing overall market competitiveness.

Total Target Compensation Relative to Market Compensation

The total target compensation of our executives relative to market compensation varies based on performance. In general:

 

   

For attainment of business goals (target performance), we target direct compensation at the 50th percentile of the competitive market range, or slightly above.

 

   

For significant overachievement of business goals, we target direct compensation closer to the 75th percentile of the competitive market range, with a higher relative positioning to market for annual and long-term incentives than for base salary.

 

   

For underachievement of business goals, we target direct compensation below the 50th percentile of the competitive market range as our incentive components are structured to deliver below mid-market incentive levels for underperformance of goals.

The Compensation Committee retains the discretion to provide awards above or below these targets based on individual performance.

Program Components and Policies

Base Salary

Our goal is to pay base salaries in the mid-range of the competitive market. We review the base salaries of our executives annually with any salary increases taking effect April 1 of each year. Any salary increase is generally based on the executive’s performance within specific areas of accountability, as well as market competitiveness and budget considerations.

 

76


Table of Contents

On February 1, 2010 our Compensation Committee approved the following 2010 base salaries for our NEOs:

 

      Base Salary Rate  

Name

   2009      2010  

Edward F. Lonergan

   $ 825,000       $ 850,000   

S. Curtis Johnson III

     650,000         650,000   

Norman Clubb

     n/a         500,000   

Pedro Chidichimo

     415,000         427,450   

John Alexander

     370,000         381,100   

2010 Additional Individual that Qualifies:

  

Joseph F. Smorada

     500,000         500,000   

Annual Incentives

Our Annual Incentive Plan (“AIP”) is designed to recognize and reward outstanding performance, achievements and contributions to fiscal year results and focus attention on specific challenges and opportunities as defined by and aligned with our strategy. The Plan is a goal-based program for executives. Each year, performance goals are established and approved by our Compensation Committee which provides a basis for funding the overall AIP pool globally for all participants. The following were the performance categories and weightings applicable for 2010:

 

   

Management EBITDA (55% weighting)

 

   

Net Sales Growth (15% weighting)

 

   

Working Capital (30% weighting)

Our AIP incentive design includes threshold financial performance hurdles that must be met before any incentives can be earned under this plan. This ensures that adequate funds are available to satisfy outstanding debt and provides for a reasonable and fair distribution of incremental profit between management and shareholders.

Target awards and potential payouts are defined for each executive based on an evaluation of financial results and individual contributions. These amounts are reviewed and approved annually by our Compensation Committee. The following table presents the 2010 annual incentive opportunities for our NEOs:

AIP AWARD OPPORTUNITY (% OF BASE SALARY)

 

Name

   Minimum     Target     Maximum  

Edward F. Lonergan

     0     100     200

S. Curtis Johnson III

     0     80     160

Norman Clubb

     0     65     130

Pedro Chidichimo

     0     65     130

John Alexander

     0     65     130

2010 Additional Individual that Qualifies:

  

Joseph F. Smorada

     0     65     130

Payments are generally made in cash in the first or early second quarter of the fiscal year after approval by the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee determines whether goals have been met under the AIP Plan.

 

77


Table of Contents

Long-Term Incentives

2010 Stock Incentive Plan

On January 11, 2010, the Board approved a new Stock Incentive Plan. The principal objectives of this plan are to:

 

   

Align incentives and interests between management and shareholders

 

   

Promote an “owner” mentality through providing an opportunity to acquire equity ownership in the company

 

   

Focus management on long-term value creation

 

   

Promote teamwork by building a strong affiliation and link to total enterprise success

All NEOs with the exception of Mr. Smorada, who retired on March 31, 2010, are participants in the plan. In addition, approximately 50 other associates participate in the program.

The new program consists of three components:

 

  1. One-time offering to allow participants to purchase shares at the current share price at the time of the offering.

 

  2. Conversion of outstanding cash awards under previously granted LTIP cycles (2008-2010 and 2009-2011) into Deferred Share Units (DSUs) based on the then current share price at time of conversion:

 

   

Consistent with the prior cash LTIP, DSUs are subject to earn-out based on the attainment of the preset EBITDA growth goals approved by the Compensation Committee.

 

   

Amounts earned through December 31, 2009 for the 2008-2010 and 2009-2011 performance cycles were determined and approved by the Compensation Committee on a prorated basis for the number of completed years in each cycle based on performance versus goals established at the beginning of each performance cycle. DSUs granted based on the completed performance cycles remain subject to attainment of threshold levels of EBITDA for the remaining portions of the cycles starting January 1, 2010.

 

   

Amounts earned for the remaining portions of cycles starting on January 1, 2010 are subject to earn-out based on new EBITDA goals established by the Compensation Committee and are capped at 100% of target award levels (prior plan had a 200% of target award cap).

 

  3. Matching grants of stock options based on shares purchased and DSUs at a multiple based on the participant’s tier up to preset limits (as described below in the footnotes of the “Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table”).

The table below presents a summary of stock purchases, LTIP conversions into DSUs and matching stock option grants made in January and February 2010:

 

Name

   # of Purchased
Shares
     Matched Options to
Shares Purchased
     # of DSUs      Matched Options
from DSUs
 

Edward F. Lonergan

     125,000         500,000         622,800         2,491,200   

S. Curtis Johnson III

     500,000         200,000         458,500         458,500   

Norman Clubb

     95,000         285,000         60,000         180,000   

Pedro Chidichimo

     100,000         300,000         196,500         589,500   

John Alexander

     52,500         157,500         147,650         442,950   

As stated above, the grants of DSUs are in replacement of the former cash LTIP program’s three-year performance cycles granted for fiscal 2008 and 2009. Grants of matching options are intended to cover a multi-year period and are forfeitable based on a combination of service, performance and DSU tax withholding provisions. The Compensation Committee does not intend to make additional equity grants to our NEOs for the next three fiscal years.

Please see the “Summary Compensation Table” and the “Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table” below for more information.

 

78


Table of Contents

Executive Severance

Our Compensation Committee has approved an executive severance policy for certain key employees including our NEOs (excluding Mr. Johnson). Key provisions of the executive severance policy are identified below:

 

   

Cash severance (salary continuation) of two times base salary for NEOs.

 

   

Pro rata AIP bonus for fiscal year in which termination occurs.

 

   

Performance bonus (AIP) at the target level for each year during the salary continuation period.

 

   

Pro rata payout of outstanding DSU awards and in-the-money value of vested options.

Severance payments resulting from termination events, as defined in the applicable severance agreements, are paid only if executives comply with all the provisions of the agreements, including Confidentiality Agreement, Trade Secret, Invention, and Copyright Agreement, Non-Competition Agreement and general release. Please refer to “Termination Scenarios for Executive Benefits” for additional details relating to benefits received upon termination from our company.

Executive Benefits and Perquisites

Our NEOs are eligible for company-sponsored benefits available broadly to our employees. Although benefit programs may vary by country, our objective is to have common benefit programs across all operating groups within a country and to provide equitable offerings across pay levels. Our benefit programs typically include healthcare and dental benefits, short-term and long-term disability, life insurance and 401(k) and other retirement plans.

Executive Flexible Spending Account:

Our NEOs are eligible for flexible spending accounts with annual limits to be used for such items as country club and health club dues, financial planning, tax advice and preparation, estate planning, legal fees associated with estate or property matters, automobile lease and automobile payments.

For 2010, the maximum annual amount available to Mr. Lonergan under his flexible spending account was $25,000 and the maximum amount available to each of the other NEOs was $15,000.

Use of Company Resorts:

Through a shared service agreement with SCJ (as defined in Item 13 of this Form 10-K) our executives, including our NEOs, are eligible to use the SCJ-owned property in Aspen, Colorado. None of the named NEOs used this resort in 2010.

Retirement Plans:

Our NEOs participate in company-sponsored retirement plans available broadly to our employees. These plans are described below in the narrative disclosure following the Pension Benefits table.

Executive LTD Plan:

We sponsor an executive long-term disability (“LTD”) plan for U.S. based NEOs to supplement the maximum monthly benefit limits ($12,500) in our broad-based U.S. LTD plan. The covered NEOs are Mr. Lonergan, Mr. Johnson, and Mr. Alexander. Mr. Clubb will be offered participation in 2011. The policy provides an additional $2,500 monthly LTD benefit ($5,000 for Mr. Johnson) for covered NEOs.

Deferred Compensation Plan:

We sponsor a non-qualified deferred compensation plan that allows employees to defer a portion of their base salary and annual performance bonus every year. None of our NEOs have elected to participate in the plan through December 31, 2010.

 

79


Table of Contents

Tax, Regulatory and Accounting Implications

The Company believes it is operating its executive compensation programs in good faith compliance with respect to all tax, regulatory and accounting standards.

Assessment of Incentive Risk

In December 2010, Haigh shared the conclusions of its risk review of our compensation programs with the Compensation Committee. The goal of this audit was to determine whether the general structure of our policies and programs pose any material risks to our company.

Based on this review, the Compensation Committee determined that the performance goals and incentive plan structures would not result in encouraging any excessive risk or inappropriate actions that would not be in the best interests of shareholders.

Executive Compensation Tables and Supplemental Narrative Disclosures

Overall, compensation levels for 2010 and actions taken in 2011 reflect continuing progress versus our financial and strategic growth goals, although AIP levels reflect awards slightly below target for NEOs for 2010 due to the following:

 

   

Net sales growth that did not meet threshold levels and working capital performance that was slightly below target levels.

 

   

This was offset slightly by overachievement of Management EBITDA targets.

DSUs granted for the 2008-2010 performance cycle were vested at 100% based on overachievement of Management EBITDA.

The following tables and narrative disclosure provide additional information about the material components of our NEO compensation and the related actions taken by our Compensation Committee in 2010 and the first quarter of 2011.

Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation of our NEOs including the CEO and President, the CFO and the other three most highly compensated executive officers, who served in such capacities during 2010. Note that the grants of DSUs (shown in “Stock Awards”) are in replacement of the former cash LTIP program’s three-year performance cycles granted for fiscal 2008 and 2009. Grants of matching options (shown in “Option Awards”) are intended to cover a multi-year period and are forfeitable based on a combination of service, performance and DSU tax withholding provisions. The Compensation Committee does not intend to make additional equity grants to our NEOs for the next three fiscal years.

 

80


Table of Contents

2010 SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

 

Name and Principal Position

  Year     Salary     Bonus     Stock
Awards
    Option
Awards
    Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
    Change in
Pension Value
and
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings 1
    All Other
Compensation
    Total  

Edward F. Lonergan
CEO

    2010      $ 843,462      $ 0      $ 6,228,000  2    $ 10,247,851  3    $ 732,700 4    $ 22,559      $ 222,281  5    $ 18,296,853   
    2009        825,000        300,000  6          4,468,500 7      38,419        222,142 8      5,854,061   
    2008        811,038        0            3,952,500 9      145,125        29,973 10      4,938,636   

S. Curtis Johnson III
Chairman

    2010        650,000        0        4,585,000  11      2,256,021  12      448,240 13      126,941        136,330  14      8,202,532   
    2009        650,000        0            2,979,600  15      -220,144        128,671  16      3,538,127   
    2008        650,000        0            3,413,520  17      49,104        13,807 18      4,126,431   

Pedro Chidichimo
President, Global Customer Solutions & Innovation

    2010        425,668        0        1,965,000  19      3,047,427  20      222,274  21      0        367,424  22      6,027,792   
    2009        436,889        0            1,102,087  23      0        325,884  24      1,864,860   
    2008        348,584        0            1,077,500  25      0        424,586  26      1,850,670   

John Alexander
President, Americas

    2010        378,197        0        1,476,500  27      2,057,142  28      242,761 29      187        92,004 30      4,246,791   
    2009        370,000        225,000  31          823,536 32      329        58,507 33      1,477,372   

Norman Clubb
CFO

    2010        480,769        20,000 34      600,000  35      1,593,090  36      302,250 37      0        63,735 38      3,059,844   

2010 Additional Individual that Qualifies:

  

Joseph F. Smorada
CFO

    2010        140,382        0            1,334,588  39      7,487        679,820  40      2,162,276   
    2009        500,000        200,000  41          1,390,350  42      15,655        276,160  43      2,382,165   
    2008        493,349        0            1,588,200  44      103,778        39,476 45      2,224,803   

 

1. Includes the annual change in pension value only. None of the NEOs participate in the Company’s Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan. Please refer to “Pension Benefits” for the specific assumptions used in estimating present value.
2. Includes grant date fair value of $2,898,000 for 289,800 performance Deferred Share Units (DSUs) granted for the 2008-2010 performance cycle and $3,330,000 related to 333,000 DSUs granted for the 2009-2011 performance cycle.
3. Equals the grant date fair value of 2,991,200 total options granted in 2010. 2,491,200 options were granted based on the number of DSUs for the 2008-2010 and 2009-2011 performance cycles subject to additional service based vesting provisions if earned. 500,000 were granted based on number of shares directly purchased and are subject to additional service based vesting provisions.
4. Represents AIP bonus earned during 2010.
5. Consists of $25,000 of flexible spending account, $1,316 of premiums for company provided life insurance, $1,209 of premiums for company paid executive LTD, $9,800 of 401(k) company match, $19,160 of 401(k) pension plan contribution, $163,796 of 401(k) excess contribution, and $2,000 of retiree medical savings account company match.
6. One-time cash bonus for the exceptional commitment made in preparing, managing, and delivering the closing of the financial restructuring of the company.
7. Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation earned during 2009 includes AIP bonus of $1,039,500 and an LTIP payout of $3,429,000 for the 2007-2009 performance cycle.
8. Consists of $25,000 of flexible spending account, $1,723 of premiums for company provided life insurance, $1,209 of premiums for company paid executive LTD, $9,800 of 401(k) company match, $19,160 of 401(k) pension plan contribution, and $165,250 of 401(k) excess contribution.
9. Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation earned during 2008 includes AIP bonus of $1,072,500 and an LTIP payout of $2,880,000 for the 2006-2008 performance cycle.
10. Consists of $25,000 of flexible spending account, $1,250 of flexible credit for benefits, $1,723 of premiums for company provided life insurance, and $2,000 of retiree medical savings account company match.
11. Includes grant date fair value of $2,254,000 for 225,400 DSUs granted for the 2008-2010 performance cycle and $2,331,000 related to 233,100 DSUs granted for the 2009-2011 performance cycle.
12. Equals the grant date fair value of 658,500 total options granted in 2010. 458,500 options were granted based on the number of DSUs for the 2008-2010 and 2009-2011 performance cycles subject to additional service based vesting provisions if earned. 200,000 were granted based on number of shares directly purchased and are subject to additional service based vesting provisions.
13. Represents AIP bonus earned during 2010.
14. Consists of $1,006 of premiums for company provided life insurance, $2,504 of premiums for company paid executive LTD, $9,800 of 401(k) company match, $19,160 of 401(k) pension plan contribution, $101,860 of 401(k) excess contribution, and $2,000 of retiree medical savings account company match.
15. Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation earned during 2009 includes AIP bonus of $613,600 and an LTIP payout of $2,366,000 for the 2007-2009 performance cycle.

 

81


Table of Contents
16. Consists of $1,357 of premiums for company provided life insurance, $2,504 of premiums for company paid executive LTD, $9,800 of 401(k) company match, $19,160 of 401(k) pension plan contribution, $93,850 of 401(k) excess contribution, and $2,000 of retiree medical savings account company match.
17. Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation earned during 2008 includes AIP bonus of $533,520 and an LTIP payout of $2,880,000 for the 2006-2008 performance cycle.
18. Consists of $1,250 of flexible credit for benefits, $1,357 of premiums for company provided life insurance, $9,200 of 401(k) company match, and $2,000 of retiree medical savings account company match.
19. Includes grant date fair value of $966,000 for 96,600 DSUs granted for the 2008-2010 performance cycle and $999,000 related to 99,900 DSUs granted for the 2009-2011 performance cycle.
20. Equals the grant date fair value of 889,500 total options granted in 2010. 589,500 options were granted based on the number of DSUs for the 2008-2010 and 2009-2011 performance cycles subject to additional service based vesting provisions if earned. 300,000 were granted based on number of shares directly purchased and are subject to additional service based vesting provisions.
21. Represents AIP bonus earned during 2010.
22. Consists of $13,565 of flexible spending account, $27,759 of defined contribution pension, and $326,100 of expatriate allowances (including auto allowance).
23. Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation earned during 2009 includes AIP bonus of $340,087 and an LTIP payout of $762,000 for the 2007-2009 performance cycle.
24. Consists of $12,651 of flexible spending account, $29,337 of defined contribution pension, and $283,896 of expatriate allowances (including auto allowance).
25. Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation earned during 2008 includes AIP bonus of $357,500 and an LTIP payout of $720,000 for the 2006-2008 performance cycle.
26. Consists of $8,131 of flexible spending account, $31,701 of defined contribution pension, and $384,754 of expatriate allowances (including auto allowance).
27. Includes grant date fair value of $644,000 for 64,400 DSUs granted for the 2008-2010 performance cycle and $832,500 related to 83,250 DSUs granted for the 2009-2011 performance cycle.
28. Equals the grant date fair value of 600,450 total options granted in 2010. 442,950 options were granted based on the number of DSUs for the 2008-2010 and 2009-2011 performance cycles subject to additional service based vesting provisions if earned. 157,500 were granted based on number of shares directly purchased and are subject to additional service based vesting provisions.
29. Represents AIP bonus earned during 2010.
30. Consists of $15,000 of flexible spending account, $591 of premiums for company provided life insurance, $1,274 of premiums for company paid executive LTD, $9,800 of 401(k) company match, $19,160 of 401(k) pension plan contributions, $44,873 of 401(k) excess contribution, and $1,306 of awards.
31. Represents Signing Bonus.
32. Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation earned during 2009 includes AIP bonus of $315,536 and an LTIP payout of $508,000 for the 2007-2009 performance cycle.
33. Consists of $15,000 of flexible spending account, $773 of premiums for company provided life insurance, $1,274 of premiums for company paid executive LTD, $9,800 of 401(k) company match, $19,160 of 401(k) pension plan contributions, and $12,500 of 401(k) excess contribution.
34. Represents Signing Bonus.
35. Includes grant date fair value of $200,000 for 20,000 DSUs granted for the 2008-2010 performance cycle and $400,000 related to 40,000 DSUs granted for the 2009-2011 performance cycle.
36. Equals the grant date fair value of 465,000 total options granted in 2010. 180,000 options were granted based on the number of DSUs for the 2008-2010 and 2009-2011 performance cycles subject to additional service based vesting provisions if earned. 285,000 were granted based on number of shares directly purchased and are subject to additional service based vesting provisions.
37. Represents AIP bonus earned during 2010.
38. Consists of $14,839 of flexible spending account, $774 of premiums for company provided life insurance, $5,385 of 401(k) company match, $19,160 of 401(k) pension plan contributions, and $23,577 of 401(k) excess contribution.
39. Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation earned during 2010 includes AIP bonus of $69,078, an LTIP payout of $822,221 for the 2008-2010 performance cycle, and $443,289 for the “earned” portion of the 2009-2011 LTIP performance cycle.
40. Consists of $18,750 of flexible spending account, $194 of premiums for company provided life insurance, $479 of premiums for company paid executive LTD, $9,800 of 401(k) company match, $19,160 of 401(k) pension plan contribution, $28,552 of 401(k) excess contribution, and $602,885 of severance.
41. One-time cash bonus for the exceptional commitment made in preparing, managing, and delivering the closing of the financial restructuring of the company.
42. Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation earned during 2009 includes AIP bonus of $399,750, and an LTIP payout of $990,600 for the 2007-2009 performance cycle.
43. Consists of $15,000 of flexible spending account, $1,044 of premiums for company provided life insurance, $1,917 of premiums for company paid executive LTD, $9,800 of 401(k) company match, $19,160 of 401(k) pension plan contribution, $72,000 of 401(k) excess contribution, $154,240 for a Restricted Stock SERP payment, and $2,999 for the use of a Company-owned resort.
44. Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation earned during 2008 includes AIP bonus of $465,000, and an LTIP payout of $1,123,200 for the 2006-2008 performance cycle.
45. Consists of $15,000 of flexible spending account, $1,250 of flexible credit for benefits, $1,044 of premiums for company provided life insurance, $9,200 of 401(k) company match, and $12,982 for a Restricted Stock SERP payment.

Additional Actions Taken in 2011 for our NEOs

On February 10, 2011 our Compensation Committee approved the following base salaries for our NEOs:

 

     Base Salary Rate  

Name

   2010      2011  

Edward F. Lonergan

   $ 850,000       $ 900,000   

S. Curtis Johnson III 1

     650,000         650,000   

Norman Clubb

     500,000         510,000   

Pedro Chidichimo

     427,450         435,999   

John Alexander

     381,100         392,533   

2010 Additional Individual that Qualifies:

     

Joseph F. Smorada

     500,000         n/a   

 

1

S. Curtis Johnson III was Chairman of the Board during the last completed fiscal year. In February 2011, he resigned as a director and took a leave of absence as Chairman of the Company, which is an executive officer position in Diversey. During his leave of absence, Mr. Johnson will not be entitled to receive payments of his base salary or payments with respect to such period under the AIP, but will be entitled to participate in the executive benefit and perquisite programs discussed above to the same extent as he participated in such programs prior to his leave of absence. The Company’s Board has appointed Helen P. Johnson-Leipold as acting Chairman. On March 17, 2011, Mr. Johnson announced his retirement from his position as Chairman effective as of March 31, 2011.

 

82


Table of Contents

Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table

The following table sets forth information relating to plan-based awards granted in 2010 to our NEOs:

2010 GRANTS OF PLAN-BASED AWARDS

 

              Estimated Future Payouts Under
Non-Equity Incentive Plan

Awards
    Estimated Future  Payouts
Under Equity Incentive
Plan Awards
    All Other
Stock
Awards:
Number
of Shares
of Stock
or Units
(#)
    All  Other
Option
Awards:

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options (#)
    Exercise or
Base Price
of Option
Awards
($/Sh)
    Grant Date
Fair Value of
Equity
Incentive
Plan Awards,
and Stock
Options ($)
 

Name

 

Description of Plan

  Grant
Date
    Threshold
($)
    Target
($)
    Maximum
($)
    Threshold
(#)
    Maximum
(#)
         

Edward F. Lonergan

 

2010 Annual Incentive Plan

    n/a      $ —        $ 850,000      $ 1,700,000               
 

2008-2010 DSUs 1

    1/11/2010              0        289,800            $ 2,898,000   
 

2008-2010 Matching Options 2

    1/11/2010                    1,159,200      $ 10.00        3,971,419   
 

2009-2011 DSUs 3

    1/11/2010              0        333,000              3,330,000   
 

2009-2011 Matching Options 4

    1/11/2010                    1,332,000        10.00        4,563,432   
 

Discretionary Purchase Matching Options 5

    2/23/2010                    500,000        10.00        1,713,000   

S. Curtis Johnson III

 

2010 Annual Incentive Plan

    n/a        —          520,000        1,040,000               
 

2008-2010 DSUs 1

    1/11/2010              0        225,400              2,254,000   
 

2008-2010 Matching Options 2

    1/11/2010                    225,400        10.00        772,220   
 

2009-2011 DSUs 3

    1/11/2010              0        233,100              2,331,000   
 

2009-2011 Matching Options 4

    1/11/2010                    233,100        10.00        798,601   
 

Discretionary Purchase Matching Options 5

    2/23/2010                    200,000        10.00        685,200   

Norman Clubb

 

2010 Annual Incentive Plan

    n/a        —          325,000        650,000               
 

2008-2010 DSUs 1

    1/11/2010              0        20,000              200,000   
 

2008-2010 Matching Options 2

    1/11/2010                    60,000        10.00        205,560   
 

2009-2011 DSUs 3

    1/11/2010              0        40,000              400,000   
 

2009-2011 Matching Options 4

    1/11/2010                    120,000        10.00        411,120   
 

Discretionary Purchase Matching Options 5

    2/23/2010                    285,000        10.00        976,410   

Pedro Chidichimo

 

2010 Annual Incentive Plan

    n/a        —          277,843        555,685               
 

2008-2010 DSUs 1

    1/11/2010              0        96,600              966,000   
 

2008-2010 Matching Options 2

    1/11/2010                    289,800        10.00        992,855   
 

2009-2011 DSUs 3

    1/11/2010              0        99,900              999,000   
 

2009-2011 Matching Options 4

    1/11/2010                    299,700        10.00        1,026,772   
 

Discretionary Purchase Matching Options 5

    2/23/2010                    300,000        10.00        1,027,800   

John Alexander

 

2010 Annual Incentive Plan

    n/a        —          247,715        495,430               
 

2008-2010 DSUs 1

    1/11/2010              0        64,400              644,000   
 

2008-2010 Matching Options 2

    1/11/2010                    193,200        10.00        661,903   
 

2009-2011 DSUs 3

    1/11/2010              0        83,250              832,500   
 

2009-2011 Matching Options 4

    1/11/2010                    249,750        10.00        855,644   
 

Discretionary Purchase Matching Options 5

    2/23/2010                    157,500        10.00        539,595   

 

  1. Shortly after closing our transaction and formation of Diversey Holdings, our executives, including our NEOs, converted their long-term incentive cash opportunities under our former LTIP into performance Deferred Share Units (DSUs) for each of the 2008-2010 and 2009-2011 performance cycles. For the 2008-2010 performance cycle, it was determined that performance over the 2008-2009 period was equal to 111% of target based on the original dollar-denominated targets under our original LTIP. This amount was converted into DSUs based on our stock price on the date of grant of $10/share. The 2010 performance period of the three-year cycle was converted at the original target. The maximum number of shares that could be earned pursuant to this award are illustrated for each NEO. However, all shares could be forfeited if certain performance thresholds are not met. In February of 2011, the Compensation Committee determined that the maximum number of shares for each NEO had been earned. This amount is reported in the Summary Compensation Table above.
  2. For each DSU potentially earned under the 2008-2010 performance cycle, “Matching Options” were granted based on the following ratios: Mr. Lonergan, 4 Matching Options for every DSU; For Mr. Johnson, 1 Matching Option for every DSU; For Mssrs. Chidichimo, Alexander, and Clubb, 3 Matching Options for every DSU. The Matching Options are subject to forfeiture based on the same ratio if performance goals are not attained. As described in Note 1 above, the Compensation Committee determined that all Matching Options were earned. In cases where shares earned related to DSUs are withheld to cover our NEOs’ tax liability, additional Matching Options will be forfeited based on the same ratios described above. Although performance and share earn out for the 2008-2010 performance period have been determined as discussed in Notes 1 and 2, shares have not been delivered to the NEOs and related share withholding to cover tax liabilities (and related Matching Option forfeiture) have not been determined at this time. Matching Options earned will vest in four equal installments beginning on the first anniversary of the date the shares were delivered under the DSU plan and becoming 100% vested in 2015.
  3. For the 2009-2011 performance cycle, it was determined that performance over the 2009 period was equal to 133% of target based on the original dollar-denominated targets under our original LTIP. This amount was converted into DSUs based on our stock price on the date of grant of $10/share. The 2010-2011 performance period of the three-year cycle was converted at the original target. The maximum number of shares that could be earned pursuant to this award are illustrated for each NEO. However, all shares could be forfeited if certain performance thresholds are not met. No determination of performance for this performance cycle has been made. The maximum number of shares for each NEO is reported in the Summary Compensation Table above based on the grant date fair value.
  4. As described in more detail in Footnote 2, “Matching Options” were granted related to the DSUs granted for the 2009-2011 performance cycle subject to the similar terms and conditions. Matching Options earned will vest in three equal installments beginning on the first anniversary of the date the shares were delivered under the DSU plan and becoming 100% vested in 2015.
  5. Many of our executives including our NEOs had the opportunity to make a direct discretionary investment in the Company’s Class B stock. Based on each NEO’s individual investment, Matching Options were granted based on the same ratios described for each NEO in more detail in Footnote 2. These Matching Options will vest in four equal installments beginning on the first anniversary date of the grant and becoming 100% vested in 2014.

 

83


Table of Contents

Equity-Based Long-Term Incentives

As stated above, the grants of DSUs are in replacement of the former cash LTIP program’s three-year performance cycles granted for fiscal 2008 and 2009. Grants of matching options are intended to cover a multi-year period and are forfeitable based on a combination of service, performance and DSU tax withholding provisions. No additional equity grants or long-term incentive awards were made to NEOs in 2011. The Compensation Committee does not intend to make additional equity grants to our NEOs for the next three fiscal years.

Outstanding Equity Awards

The following table sets forth the 2010 outstanding equity awards at fiscal year-end:

2010 OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT FISCAL YEAR-END

 

    Option Awards     Stock Awards  

Name

  Number  of
Earned1
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options-
Exercisable
    Number  of
Earned1
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options-
Unexercisable
    Equity Incentive Plan
Awards: Number of
Unearned Securities
Underlying
Unexercised Options
    Option
Exercise
Price
    Option
Expiration
Date
    Number of
Earned2  but
not Vested
Shares or
Units of
Stock
    Market Value
of Earned2
but not
Vested
Shares or
Units of
Stock
    Equity Incentive
Plan Awards:
Number of
Unearned
Shares, Units or
Other
Rights That Have
Not Vested
    Equity Incentive
Plan Awards:
Market or Payout
Value of Unearned
Shares, Units or
Other Rights That
Have Not Vested
 

Edward F. Lonergan

    —          1,659,200        1,332,000      $ 10.00        12/31/2019        289,800      $ 3,941,280        333,000      $ 4,528,800   

S. Curtis Johnson III

    —          425,400        233,100        10.00        12/31/2019        225,400      $ 3,065,440        233,100      $ 3,170,160   

Norman Clubb

    —          345,000        120,000        10.00        12/31/2019        20,000      $ 272,000        40,000      $ 544,000   

Pedro Chidichimo

    —          589,800        299,700        10.00        12/31/2019        96,600      $ 1,313,760        99,900      $ 1,358,640   

John Alexander

    —          350,700        249,750        10.00        12/31/2019        64,400      $ 875,840        83,250      $ 1,132,200   

 

  1. These Options include those awarded based on the discretionary purchase of Shares, as well as those earned based on the 2008-2010 DSU performance cycle.
  2. These Shares have been earned based on the 2008-2010 DSU performance cycle and became vested on March 17, 2011.

Pension Benefits

The following table sets forth the present value of the NEOs’ accumulated benefits under the specified retirement plans:

PENSION BENEFITS

 

Name

  

Plan

   Number of
Years Credited
Service (#)
     Present Value
of Accumulated
Benefit
     Payments
During Last
Fiscal Year
 

Edward F. Lonergan

   Cash Balance Plan      2.9       $ 53,205       $ 0   
  

Supplemental Plan

     2.9         354,093         0   

S. Curtis Johnson III

   Cash Balance Plan      25.4         729,680         0   
  

Supplemental Plan

     25.4         1,763,506         0   

Norman Clubb

   N/A      N/A         N/A         N/A   

Pedro Chidichimo

   N/A      N/A         N/A         N/A   

John Alexander

   Cash Balance Plan      0.2         3,269         0   

2010 Additional Individual that Qualifies:

           

Joseph F. Smorada

   Cash Balance Plan      4.2         0         76,275   
  

Supplemental Plan

     4.2         0         237,365   

A description of Mr. Smorada’s retirement benefits was disclosed in the 8-k filing on January 11, 2010.

 

84


Table of Contents

The pension values included in the above analysis are the current or present value of the benefits expected to be paid in the future. The amount of each future payment is based on the current accrued pension benefit. The actuarial assumptions, with the exception of the expected retirement age, are the same as used for the company’s financial statements. See Note 18 to our consolidated financial statements included in this annual report on Form 10- K. The retirement age is the earliest unreduced retirement age as defined in each plan.

The results shown in this report have been developed based on actuarial assumptions that are considered to be reasonable. Other actuarial assumptions could also be considered to be reasonable and produce different results.

The amounts shown are based on the plan provisions applicable in each plan in which any of the NEOs participate.

The change in pension values shown in the Summary Compensation Table includes the effect of:

 

   

The actual 2010 investment credit in the Cash Balance Plan and Supplemental Plan;

 

   

Changes in assumptions.

Specific Assumptions used in Estimating Present Values

Assumed Retirement Age:

 

   

Cash Balance Plan – The earlier of age 62 with 10 years of service or age 65 with 5 years of service

 

   

Supplemental Plan – Age 65 with 5 years of service

Discount Rate: The applicable discount rate is 5.55% as of December 31, 2010 and 5.65% as of December 31, 2009.

Interest Credit Assumption: Cash balance amounts are projected to the Assumed Retirement Age assuming a crediting rate of 4.50% on all account balances.

Material Terms and Conditions of the Plans:

Cash Balance Plan – This tax-qualified defined benefit plan is generally available to all full-time salaried employees hired prior to January 1, 2009 following the completion of one year of service. Benefits under the plan are determined based on a cash balance account (the “Cash Balance Account”) that defines the lump sum amount that is payable following a participant’s death, termination or retirement. The Cash Balance Account was established as of January 1, 1998 for then current employees as an amount equal to (1) the present value of the participant’s accrued benefit under the prior formula, plus (2) a special transition amount determined based on the participant’s age, service and compensation. Each year, a service credit (prior to December 31, 2008) and an interest credit are added to each participant’s Cash Balance Account.

The Cash Balance Plan was frozen and future service credits were moved from the Cash Balance Plan to the Retirement Savings Plan (“401(k) Plan”), effective January 1, 2009. The service credit equals 5% of a participant’s compensation up to the Social Security Wage Base ($106,800 for both 2010 and 2009) plus 10% of a participant’s compensation in excess of the Social Security Wage Base.

Pension eligible compensation in the Cash Balance Plan and the 401(k) Plan includes base salary, commissions, shift differential, overtime, and bonuses under the AIP and excludes amounts deferred in our nonqualified deferred compensation plan. Eligible compensation is also limited by the compensation limit ($245,000 for 2010 and 2009 and $230,000 for 2008) imposed by Section 401(a) (17) of the Internal Revenue Code (“IRC”).

Prior to December 31, 2009, the Cash Balance Plan interest credit was separately determined for the pre-2004 balance (initial account balance and service credits earned prior to 2004), and for the post-2003 balance (service credits earned after 2003). Effective January 1, 2009, the interest credit for the pre-2004 balance changed from the greater of 75% of the rate of return earned by the Cash Balance Plan trust during the year or 4%, to a safe harbor rate of 4% for 2009 and, beginning in 2010, the average yield on 10-year Treasury Constant Maturities for the preceding year. The interest credit for the post-2003 balance equals the average yield on 10-year Treasury Constant Maturities during the preceding year.

 

85


Table of Contents

All Cash Balance Plan benefit options are actuarially equivalent to the participant’s account balance.

The Cash Balance Plan also includes special benefits for employees who became participants in the Plan on or before June 1, 1998. At benefit commencement, these participants receive the greater of the benefit based on their Cash Balance Account or the benefit based on the Prior Plan Formula. The Prior Plan Formula is a monthly annuity benefit equal to:

 

   

1.75% times a five-year average of participant’s base pay times service, less

 

   

1.67% times the participant’s primary Social Security benefit times service (not to exceed 30 years)

Pension eligible compensation for the Prior Plan Formula benefit is equal to base wages, limited by IRC Section 401(a)(17).

The Prior Plan Formula benefit is payable unreduced at age 62 as a life annuity with 5 years guaranteed. Benefits are reduced 4% per year prior to age 62 for participants who have attained age 50 with 10 years of service. Benefits are actuarially reduced from age 65 for participants who have not attained age 50 with 10 years of service. Annual cost of living increases, limited to $180 per year, are also added to the Prior Plan Formula benefit.

Mr. Johnson is the only NEO eligible for the Prior Plan Formula.

Supplemental Plan – This is a nonqualified defined benefit plan that provides for the difference between the benefits under the Cash Balance Plan and the amounts that would have been paid under the Cash Balance Plan if benefits were determined without regard to Internal Revenue Service limitations on compensation and if the participant did not defer any compensation under our nonqualified deferred compensation plans.

Benefits are generally determined using the same terms and provisions as used in the Cash Balance Plan except there is no Prior Plan Formula benefit and all amounts are paid as a lump sum immediately following termination.

Consistent with the Cash Balance Plan, effective January 1, 2009, there are no future service credits in the Supplemental Plan. Future service credits related to Internal Revenue Service compensation limitations and compensation under the nonqualified deferred compensation plan have moved from the Supplemental Plan to the Excess Retirement Savings Plan (“401(k) Excess Plan”), effective January 1, 2009.

Retirement of J. Smorada

On January 7, 2010, the Company and Holdings announced the retirement of Joseph F. Smorada, the former Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company. Mr. Smorada continued in his capacity as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company until January 11, 2010 and remained with the Company as an Executive Vice President until March 31, 2010. The terms of Mr. Smorada's separation agreement were set forth in our January 11, 2010 report on Form 8-K.

 

86


Table of Contents

Termination Scenarios for Executive Benefits

The following tables quantify the benefits that each NEO would have received upon the specified termination event, assuming a termination as of December 31, 2010:

TERMINATION SCENARIOS

 

     Edward F. Lonergan  

Benefit

   Voluntary      For Cause      Death      Disability      Without
Cause
     Change in
Control
 

Cash Severance

   $ 0       $ 0       $ 0       $ 0       $ 3,400,000       $ 3,400,000   

DSUs 1

     0         0         6,960,480         6,960,480         6,960,480         8,470,080   

Options 2

     0         0         10,768,320         10,768,320         450,000         10,768,320   

Flexible Spending

     0         0         0         0         25,000         25,000   

Cash Balance Plan

     59,271         59,271         59,271         59,271         59,271         59,271   

Supplemental Plan

     465,748         465,748         465,748         465,748         465,748         465,748   

Retiree Welfare Plan

     0         0         0         0         0         0   
                                                     

Total

   $ 525,019       $ 525,019       $ 18,253,819       $ 18,253,819       $ 11,360,499       $ 23,188,419   
                                                     
     S. Curtis Johnson III  

Benefit

   Voluntary      For Cause      Death      Disability      Without
Cause
     Change in
Control
 

Cash Severance

     N/A         N/A         N/A         N/A         N/A         N/A   

DSUs 1

   $ 0       $ 0       $ 5,178,880       $ 5,178,880       $ 5,178,880       $ 6,235,600   

Options 2

     0         0         2,370,600         2,370,600         180,000         2,370,600   

Flexible Spending

     0         0         0         0         15,000         15,000   

Cash Balance Plan

     777,117         777,117         777,117         777,117         777,117         777,117   

Supplemental Plan

     1,935,339         1,935,339         1,935,339         1,935,339         1,935,339         1,935,339   

Retiree Welfare Plan

     258,618         258,618         97,683         258,618         258,618         258,618   
                                                     

Total

   $ 2,971,074       $ 2,971,074       $ 10,359,619       $ 10,520,554       $ 8,344,954       $ 11,592,274   
                                                     
     Norman Clubb  

Benefit

   Voluntary      For Cause      Death      Disability      Without
Cause
     Change in
Control
 

Cash Severance

   $ 0       $ 0       $ 0       $ 0       $ 1,650,000       $ 1,650,000   

DSUs 1

     0         0         634,671         634,671         634,671         816,000   

Options 2

     0         0         1,674,000         1,674,000         256,500         1,674,000   

Flexible Spending

     0         0         0         0         15,000         15,000   

Cash Balance Plan

     N/A         N/A         N/A         N/A         N/A         N/A   

Supplemental Plan

     N/A         N/A         N/A         N/A         N/A         N/A   

Retiree Welfare Plan

     N/A         N/A         N/A         N/A         N/A         N/A   
                                                     

Total

   $ 0       $ 0       $ 2,308,671       $ 2,308,671       $ 2,556,171       $ 4,155,000   
                                                     
     Pedro Chidichimo  

Benefit

   Voluntary      For Cause      Death      Disability      Without
Cause
     Change in
Control
 

Cash Severance

   $ 0       $ 0       $ 0       $ 0       $ 1,410,585       $ 1,410,585   

DSUs 1

     0         0         2,219,520         2,219,520         2,219,520         2,672,400   

Options 2

     0         0         3,202,200         3,202,200         270,000         3,202,200   

Flexible Spending

     0         0         0         0         15,000         15,000   

Cash Balance Plan

     N/A         N/A         N/A         N/A         N/A         N/A   

Supplemental Plan

     N/A         N/A         N/A         N/A         N/A         N/A   

Retiree Welfare Plan

     N/A         N/A         N/A         N/A         N/A         N/A   
                                                     

Total

   $ 0       $ 0       $ 5,421,720       $ 5,421,720       $ 3,915,105       $ 7,300,185   
                                                     

 

87


Table of Contents
     John Alexander  

Benefit

   Voluntary      For Cause      Death      Disability      Without
Cause
     Change in
Control
 

Cash Severance

   $ 0       $ 0       $ 0       $ 0       $ 1,257,630       $ 1,257,630   

DSUs 1

     0         0         1,630,640         1,630,640         1,630,640         2,008,040   

Options 2

     0         0         2,161,620         2,161,620         141,750         2,161,620   

Flexible Spending

     0         0         0         0         15,000         15,000   

Cash Balance Plan

     3,813         0         0         0         3,813         3,813   

Supplemental Plan

     0         0         0         0         0         0   

Retiree Welfare Plan

     0         0         0         0         0         0   
                                                     

Total

   $ 3,813       $ 0       $ 3,792,260       $ 3,792,260       $ 3,048,833       $ 5,446,103   
                                                     

 

1. Except for Change in Control scenario, this represents the DSUs associated with the 2008-2010 performance cycle, along with two-thirds of the DSUs from the 2009-2011 performance cycle, at the 12/31/10 current Share price of $13.60 per share. For Change in Control, represents all DSUs associated with both performance cycles at the 12/31/10 current Share price of $13.60 per share.
2. Except for Without Cause scenario, this represents all Options from purchased Shares and DSUs, at the intrinsic value (12/31/10 current Share price less the exercise price) of $3.60 per share. For Without Cause, represents 25% of the Options associated with the purchased Shares at the intrinsic value of $3.60 per share.

Cash Balance Plan – The benefit payable under all scenarios except death is equal to the greater of the vested Cash Balance Account as of December 31, 2010 and the present value of the vested Prior Plan Formula annuity payable on December 31, 2010.

The benefit payable following death is equal to the greater of the vested Cash Balance account as of December 31, 2010 and the present value of the vested Prior Plan annuity payable to the surviving spouse on December 31, 2010.

The present value calculations for the Cash Balance Plan termination scenarios are based on a 5.55% discount rate.

Supplemental Plan – The benefit payable under all scenarios is equal to the vested Supplemental Plan account balance as of December 31, 2010.

Retiree Welfare – For employees who have a Retiree Medical Savings Account and are eligible to participate in our retiree healthcare plan with subsidized monthly premiums, the benefit payable under all scenarios except for death is equal to the present value of the employer provided subsidies assuming the participant retires as of December 31, 2010. The death benefit payable for these participants is equal to the present value of the employer provided surviving spouse payments assuming the participant dies on December 31, 2010.

For employees who have an enhanced Retiree Medical Savings Account and must pay for the full cost of retiree healthcare, the benefit payable under all scenarios except death is equal to the sum of the projected retiree and spouse Retiree Medical Savings Accounts as of December 31, 2010. For these participants, the benefit payable following death is equal to the projected spouse Retiree Medical Savings Account as of December 31, 2010.

The present value calculations for all retiree welfare benefits are based on a 5.75% discount rate and other assumptions used and disclosed in Note 19 to our financial statements within this Form 10-K.

Mr. Johnson is the only NEO eligible for the subsidized Retiree Welfare benefits.

 

88


Table of Contents

Compensation Committee Report

We have reviewed and discussed the CD&A required by Item 402(b) of Regulation S-K with management and, based on this review and discussions, we recommended to the Board that the CD&A be included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Submitted by the Compensation Committee of the Board:

Todd C. Brown

Helen P. Johnson-Leipold

Philip W. Knisely

Richard J. Schnall

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

The Compensation Committee of our Board establishes our compensation policies and the compensation of our officers and establishes and administers our compensation programs. See “Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence.” The members of our Compensation Committee are Richard J. Schnall, chairman, Todd C. Brown, Helen P. Johnson-Leipold and Philip W. Knisely. Except for Ms. Johnson-Leipold, who was appointed acting Chairman of the Board in February 2011, none of these directors is, or has been, an officer or employee of the Company.

Director Compensation

The table below provides a summary of the Outside Director compensation arrangements for 2010. All outside directors, with the exception of directors from CD&R, receive an annual retainer of $125,000 for 2010 for their services on our Board and no meeting fees. Directors are offered the choice to receive up to 100% of annual retainer in stock (granted at start of year with one year vesting). Non-CD&R directors were given a one-time offer to purchase shares at the then current stock price up to $250,000 (2 x annual retainer).

2010 DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

 

Name

   Fees
Earned
or Paid
in Cash
     Stock
Awards
     Option
Awards
     Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
     Change in
Pension Value
and
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings
     All Other
Compensation
     Total  

Todd C. Brown

   $ 93,750       $ 31,250         —           —           —           —         $ 125,000   

Robert M. Howe1

     67,500         67,500         —           —           —           —           135,000   

Clifton D. Louis

     —           125,000         —           —           —           —           125,000   

Helen P. Johnson-Leipold

     —           125,000         —           —           —           —           125,000   

Philip W. Knisely

     —           125,000         —           —           —           —           125,000   

Manvinder S. Banga

     —           —           —           —           —           —           —     

George K. Jaquette

     —           —           —           —           —           —           —     

Richard J. Schnall

     —           —           —           —           —           —           —     

 

  1 Includes $10,000 for Chairman of Audit Committee

 

89


Table of Contents
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

All of our outstanding shares of common stock are wholly owned by Holdings. None of our directors or executive officers owns shares of our common stock. However, certain of our directors and executive officers own shares of the common stock of Holdings.

The equity ownership of Holdings, assuming the exercise of the Warrant, is as follows: CMH, 49.1%, the CD&R Investor Parties, 45.9%, SNW, 1%, and Unilever Swiss Holding AG, an affiliate of Unilever, 4%. Both SNW and CMH are majority-owned and controlled, either directly or indirectly, by descendants of Samuel Curtis Johnson. In connection with the Transactions, SNW granted an irrevocable proxy to CMH to vote its common stock of Holdings, which, subject to certain limitations, increased CMH’s voting ownership in Holdings from approximately 49.1% to approximately 50.1% and decreased SNW’s voting ownership in Holdings from approximately 1.0% to 0.0%.

The Stockholders Agreement among Holdings, CMH, the CD&R Investor Parties and SNW and the second amended and restated certificate of incorporation of Holdings generally require, with certain exceptions, the approval of CMH and CD&R Investor to effect various transactions and actions by Holdings and its subsidiaries, including the sale or other disposition of shares of Holdings’ class A common stock.

The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of Holdings’ class A common stock, which is the only class of Holdings’ common stock that carries voting rights, and Holdings’ non-voting class B common stock, by each beneficial owner of 5% or more of Holdings’ voting common stock, each of our directors and Named Executive Officers that beneficially owns Holdings’ common stock, and all of our directors and executive officers as a group, in each case, without giving effect to the Warrant, which is not currently exercisable.

 

90


Table of Contents

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner (1)

   Title of Class      Amount
and
Nature of
Beneficial
Ownership
    Percent of
Class
Outstanding
 

Commercial Markets Holdco, LLC

     Class A Common         51,074,706 (2)      51.2

c/o Johnson-Keland Management, Inc.

555 Main Street, Suite 500

Racine, Wisconsin 53403

       

CDR Jaguar Investor Company, LLC

     Class A Common         47,579,500 (3)      47.7

c/o Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, LLC

375 Park Avenue, 18th Floor

New York, New York 10152

       

CDR F&F Jaguar Investor, LLC

     Class A Common         120,500 (3)      0.1

c/o Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, LLC

375 Park Avenue, 18th Floor

New York, New York 10152

       

SNW Co., Inc.

     Class A Common         990,000 (4)      1.0

c/o S. C. Johnson & Son, Inc.

1525 Howe Street

Racine, Wisconsin 53403

       

S. Curtis Johnson III

     Class B Common         500,000 (2)      33.5

Edward F. Lonergan

     Class B Common         125,000        8.4

Pedro Chidichimo

     Class B Common         100,000        6.7

Norman Clubb

     Class B Common         95,000        6.4

John Alexander

     Class B Common         52,500        3.5

Helen P. Johnson-Leipold

     Class B Common         25,000        1.7

Clifton D. Louis

     Class B Common         25,000        1.7

Philip W. Knisely

     Class B Common         25,000        1.7

Robert M. Howe

     Class B Common         20,833        1.4

Todd C. Brown

     Class B Common         8,334        0.6

All directors and officers as a group (19 Individuals)

     Class B Common         1,224,493        82.1

 

(1) Except as otherwise indicated, the mailing address of each person shown is c/o Diversey, Inc., 8310 16th Street, P.O. Box 902, Sturtevant, Wisconsin 53177-0902.
(2) S. Curtis Johnson III has voting and investment power with respect to 252,467 Class A units, or 56.8% of the voting power of CMH. As a result, Mr. Johnson may be deemed to beneficially own the shares of Holdings’ class A common stock in which CMH has beneficial ownership.

The 252,467 Class A units of CMH over which Mr. Johnson has voting and investment power consist of 242,136 Class A units of CMH owned by the Appointive Distributing Trust B, u/a Samuel C. Johnson 1988 Trust Number One, 10,254 Class A units of CMH owned by the Herbert F. Johnson Foundation Trust #1 and 77 Class A units of CMH owned by the S. Curtis Johnson Third Party Gift and Inheritance Trust. Mr. Johnson is the trustee of the H.F. Johnson Distributing Trust B and the Herbert F. Johnson Foundation Trust #1, and the grantor of the S. Curtis Johnson Third Party Gift and Inheritance Trust.

 

91


Table of Contents
(3) Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VIII, L.P., which we refer to as Fund VIII, as the result of its position as the sole member of CD&R Investor, may be deemed to beneficially own the shares of class A common stock in which CD&R Investor has beneficial ownership.

CD&R Friends & Family Fund VIII, L.P., which we refer to as FF Fund VIII, as the result of its position as the sole member of CD&R F&F Jaguar Investor, LLC, which we refer to as CD&R FF Investor, may be deemed to beneficially own the shares of class A common stock in which CD&R FF Investor has beneficial ownership.

CD&R Associates VIII, Ltd., as the general partner of Fund VIII and FF Fund VIII, may be deemed to beneficially own the shares of class A common stock in which the CD&R Investor Parties have beneficial ownership.

CD&R Associates VIII, L.P., as the sole stockholder of CD&R Associates VIII, Ltd., may be deemed to beneficially own the shares of class A common stock in which the CD&R Investor Parties have beneficial ownership.

CD&R Investment Associates VIII, Ltd., as the general partner of CD&R Associates VIII, L.P., may be deemed to beneficially own the shares of class A common stock in which the CD&R Investor Parties have beneficial ownership.

Each of CD&R Associates VIII, Ltd. and CD&R Investment Associates VIII, Ltd. is managed by a three person board of directors, and all board action relating to the voting or disposition of these shares of class A common stock requires approval of a majority of the applicable board. Joseph L. Rice, III, Donald J. Gogel and Kevin J. Conway, as the directors of CD&R Associates VIII, Ltd. and CD&R Investment Associates VIII, Ltd. may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares of class A common stock shown as beneficially owned by the CD&R Investor Parties. Such persons expressly disclaim such beneficial ownership.

Each of Fund VIII, FF Fund VIII, CD&R Associates VIII, Ltd., CD&R Associates VIII, L.P. and CD&R Investment Associates VIII, Ltd. expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares of class A common stock in which the CD&R Investor Parties have beneficial ownership.

 

(4) SNW granted an irrevocable proxy to CMH to vote its common stock of Holdings.

 

92


Table of Contents
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The following summarizes the material terms of various agreements and arrangements that we have entered into with our directors, executive officers and affiliates, including SCJ, CD&R, CD&R Investor and Unilever, and other beneficial owners of our Company.

Relationships with CMH and CD&R Investor

Stockholders Agreement and Stockholder Consent Rights

At the closing of the Transactions, Holdings, CMH, the CD&R Investor Parties and SNW entered into the Stockholders Agreement, which provides for certain governance and other rights.

Corporate Governance

Pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement, the board of directors of Holdings (the “Holdings Board”) is comprised of eleven directors, of which currently, one vacancy exists. Each of CMH and CD&R Investor initially has the right to designate five directors, including two independent directors, to the Holdings Board. The Chief Executive Officer of Holdings is the eleventh director. The rights of CMH and CD&R Investor to designate directors to the Holdings Board are subject to reduction if the ownership interest in Holdings of CMH, SNW, and their respective permitted transferees and assignees of equity purchase rights (“CMH Holders”), or the CD&R Investor and its permitted transferees and assignees of equity purchase rights (“CD&R Holders”), as applicable, declines below certain threshold levels set forth in the Stockholders Agreement. CMH has the right to designate the Chairman of the Holdings Board so long as Holdings has not completed a Qualified IPO (as that term is defined in the Stockholders Agreement) and the CMH Holders own at least 25% of the class A common stock of Holdings. The vacancy in the Holdings Board was a result of the previously disclosed departure of Mr. Richard C. Levin, a CD&R designated director. CD&R will designate his replacement at a future date.

Pursuant to the terms of the Stockholders Agreement, CMH and CD&R Investor will cooperate in good faith to evaluate the performance of the Chief Executive Officer of Holdings and perform succession planning. If Holdings’ EBITDA (as that term is defined in the Stockholders Agreement) for each of two successive full fiscal year periods is more than 10% less than the budgeted EBITDA established for each such fiscal year, then each of CMH and CD&R Investor may terminate the Chief Executive Officer without obtaining the Requisite Approval described below. In such event, an operating partner of CD&R will serve as interim Chief Executive Officer of Holdings for a period of up to 15 months. If no replacement Chief Executive Officer has been hired with the Requisite Approval prior to the first anniversary of the former Chief Executive Officer’s termination or resignation, then the independent directors of Holdings will hire the replacement Chief Executive Officer with input from each of CMH and CD&R Investor.

Stockholder Consent Rights

Pursuant to the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the Stockholders Agreement, Holdings and its subsidiaries, including the Company, are prohibited from taking certain corporate actions without the prior approval of the Holdings Board, CMH and CD&R Investor, (“Requisite Approval”). The Requisite Approval requires the approval of CMH and CD&R Investor for so long as the CMH Holders or the CD&R Holders, as applicable, own at least 20% of the class A common stock of Holdings.

Subject to certain exceptions, the corporate actions requiring the Requisite Approval include acquisitions or dispositions of assets exceeding a threshold amount, the issuance of capital stock, dividend payments, entry into new material lines of business, the incurrence of additional indebtedness, among others.

Transfer Restrictions

Pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement, prior to November 24, 2013, each stockholder of Holdings is prohibited from transferring any shares of Holdings’ common stock other than (a) to certain permitted transferees, (b) transfers constituting no more than 1% of the outstanding common stock of Holdings in the aggregate, (c) transfers in connection with (or after the completion of) a Qualified IPO or (d) transfers with the prior consent of CMH and CD&R Investor and subject to the right of first offer and the tag-along right discussed below.

 

93


Table of Contents

Following November 24, 2013, if Holdings has not completed a Qualified IPO, then each stockholder of Holdings may transfer shares of Holdings’ common stock subject to the right of first offer and the tag-along right. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, prior to November 24, 2015, without the prior written consent of CMH and CD&R Investor, no stockholder may transfer shares of Holdings’ common stock to a purchaser other than certain financial sponsors and entities that purchase the shares as an investment activity.

Right of First Offer

Pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement, if a stockholder proposes to transfer shares of Holdings’ common stock, such transfer is subject to a right of first offer by Holdings to purchase the shares proposed to be transferred on the same terms and conditions as the proposed transfer. If Holdings elects not to purchase all or any of the shares proposed to be transferred, then each other stockholder of Holdings has a right of first offer to purchase its pro rata share of the shares proposed to be transferred on the same terms and conditions as the proposed transfer. The right of first offer will terminate upon the consummation of a Qualified IPO and does not apply to a transfer of less than 1% of the class A common stock of Holdings or a drag-along transaction as discussed below

Tag-Along Right

Pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement, if a stockholder proposes to transfer shares of Holdings’ common stock, each other stockholder will have the right to participate in the transfer on the same terms and conditions up to such stockholder’s pro rata share of the proposed transfer. The Stockholders Agreement permits the stockholder that proposes to transfer its shares to satisfy the tag-along obligations by proceeding with the proposed transfer and, after the closing of such transfer, acquiring the shares of common stock that each other stockholder was entitled to sell pursuant to the tag-along right on the same terms and conditions. The tag-along right will terminate upon the consummation of a Qualified IPO and does not apply to a transfer of less than 1% of the class A common stock of Holdings or a drag-along transaction.

Drag-Along Right

Beginning February 22, 2016, if CMH or CD&R Investor propose to sell at least 90% of the shares of Holdings’ common stock held by the CMH Holders or the CD&R Holders, as applicable, then each other stockholder will be required to sell the same proportion of its shares of Holdings’ common stock on the same terms and conditions, if so requested by the transferring stockholder. In order to exercise the drag-along right, the CMH Holders or CD&R Holders, as applicable, must own at least 30% of the class A common stock of Holdings. The right to initiate a drag-along transaction will terminate upon the consummation of a Qualified IPO.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to the drag-along transaction, CMH or CD&R Investor (for so long as that stockholder, together with its permitted transferees, owns at least 30% of the class A common stock of Holdings), as applicable, will have a call option to acquire all of the shares of common stock proposed to be transferred by the stockholder initiating the drag-along transaction. If the call option is exercised, the shares will be purchased at a price to be determined by three nationally-recognized investment banks using customary valuation methodologies in the manner set forth in the Stockholders Agreement. If CMH or CD&R Investor purchases shares pursuant to a call option and sells all or substantially all of the equity or assets of Holdings within 12 months following the closing of the call option at a higher per share price, the stockholder that exercised the call option will be required to pay to the stockholder whose shares were purchased pursuant to the call option an amount equal to the difference between the call option price and the price received in the subsequent transfer of all or substantially all of Holdings’ equity or assets.

Qualified IPO

After November 24, 2013, CMH or CD&R Investor may cause Holdings to consummate a Qualified IPO, pursuant to which each stockholder will have the right to sell a pro rata portion of its shares of the common stock of Holdings. In order to initiate a Qualified IPO, the CMH Holders or CD&R Holders, as applicable, must own at least 30% of the class A common stock of Holdings.

 

94


Table of Contents

Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to the consummation of a Qualified IPO, CMH or CD&R Investor (for so long as that stockholder, together with its permitted transferees, owns at least 30% of the class A common stock of Holdings), as applicable, will have a call option to acquire all of the shares of common stock owned by the stockholder initiating the Qualified IPO. If the call option is exercised, the shares will be purchased at a price to be determined by three nationally-recognized investment banks using customary valuation methodologies in the manner set forth in the Stockholders Agreement.

Recapitalization Transaction

After November 24, 2013, CMH or CD&R Investor may effect a recapitalization of Holdings, in which cash of Holdings and its subsidiaries, whether on hand or obtained by incurring additional indebtedness, is distributed to all holders of common stock of Holdings on a pro rata basis. In order to initiate such a recapitalization transaction, the CMH Holders or CD&R Holders, as applicable, must own at least 30% of the class A common stock of Holdings. The right to cause a recapitalization transaction will terminate upon the consummation of a Qualified IPO.

Equity Purchase Rights

Pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement, Holdings will grant each of CMH, the CD&R Investor Parties, SNW and their respective permitted transferees the right to purchase their pro rata share of all or any part of certain new equity securities that Holdings proposes to sell or issue. The preemptive rights of the stockholders will terminate upon the consummation of a Qualified IPO.

Non-Competition

Pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement, for so long as the CD&R Holders own at least 20% of the outstanding capital stock of Holdings, CD&R Investor and its affiliates will not purchase equity shares having a voting interest, or make any investment convertible into equity shares having a voting interest, of more than 19.9% of the voting shares of Ecolab, Inc., The Clorox Company, The Proctor & Gamble Company, Unilever, the personal care business of Sara Lee or Reckitt Benckiser Group plc or any of their respective subsidiaries.

Holdings Registration Rights Agreement

At the closing of the Transactions, Holdings, CMH, the CD&R Investor Parties and an affiliate of Unilever entered into the Holdings Registration Rights Agreement under which Holdings granted CMH and CD&R Investor customary demand registration rights, and such stockholders and other stockholders party to the agreement customary piggyback registration rights. The Holdings Registration Rights Agreement also provides registration rights to the holder of the Warrant in accordance with the terms of the Warrant and, following the occurrence of certain events, the shares of Holdings common stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrant held by such holder will be deemed to be registrable securities for the purposes of the Holdings Registration Rights Agreement. In addition, the Holdings Registration Rights Agreement granted to the holder of the Warrant tag-along rights as described above with respect to the shares of Holdings common stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrant as if the holder were a party to the Stockholders Agreement.

Indemnification Agreements

At the closing of the Transactions, Holdings entered into separate indemnification agreements with each of CMH and CD&R Investor. Under these indemnification agreements, Holdings agrees to indemnify CMH, CD&R Investor, certain of their affiliates and certain of their respective employees, partners and representatives for certain losses with respect to the Transactions, including with respect to securities filings, and certain losses arising out of service as a director or officer of Holdings or its subsidiaries, including certain alleged breaches of fiduciary duties by such indemnified parties. The indemnification agreement with CD&R Investor also provides indemnification for losses arising out of the performance of services by CD&R Investor and certain of its affiliates, employees, partners and representatives for Holdings and its subsidiaries.

 

95


Table of Contents

Consulting Agreement

At the closing of the Transactions, we and Holdings entered into a consulting agreement with CD&R (“Consulting Agreement”), pursuant to which CD&R will provide certain management, consulting, advisory, monitoring and financial services to Holdings, us and our subsidiaries. In consideration for such services, Holdings will (1) pay CD&R an annual fee of $5 million, which is subject to increase if an employee of CD&R or any of its affiliates is appointed to an executive management position of Holdings, and (2) reimburse CD&R for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in the course of rendering such services.

In 2010, in connection with the Consulting Agreement, we paid CD&R $5.8 million in fees and expenses. In addition, in 2009, in connection with the Transactions, we paid CD&R a transaction fee of $25 million and $0.3 million in transaction-related expenses.

Relationships with SCJ

Until 1999, we were part of SCJ, a leading manufacturer and marketer of branded consumer products for air care, home cleaning, insect control, home food management and personal care founded by Samuel Curtis Johnson in 1886. In November 1999, our company was separated from SCJ in a tax-free spin-off to descendants of Samuel Curtis Johnson and the other stockholders of SCJ. Following the closing of the Transactions, CMH, subject to certain limitations, owns a 50.1% voting interest in Holdings, assuming the exercise of the Warrant and by virtue of the irrevocable proxy granted by SNW to CMH to vote its equity interests in Holdings. Both SCJ and CMH are majority owned and controlled, either directly or indirectly, by descendants of Samuel Curtis Johnson. In connection with our spin-off from SCJ in November 1999, we entered into a number of agreements relating to the separation and our ongoing relationship with SCJ after the spin-off. A number of these agreements relate to our ordinary course of business, while others pertain to our historical relationship with SCJ and our former status as a wholly-owned subsidiary of SCJ. The material terms of these agreements, giving effect to amendments that were made at the closing of the Transactions, are described below.

Leases

Prior to 2010, we had two operating leases with SCJ for space in SCJ’s Sturtevant, Wisconsin (Waxdale) manufacturing facility: (1) one lease used in connection with our Americas operating segment (“North American lease”); and (2) a lease used in connection with the former Polymer business (“Polymer lease”).

The North American lease covers approximately 174,896 square feet and will expire on May 23, 2013. As discussed in Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this annual report on Form 10-K, the Company has made arrangements to relocate its manufacturing capability out of Waxdale prior to the expiration of this lease and does not intend to renew this lease. See “Item 1A. Risk Factors—The relocation of our manufacturing capability from our primary U.S. manufacturing facility could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.”

The Polymer lease covered approximately 144,000 square feet of manufacturing space and expired on June 30, 2010, following the decommissioning of the facilities associated with our toll manufacturing agreement with BASF.

The North American lease may be terminated by SCJ as a result of an event of default under the lease. We may terminate the North American lease on six months’ prior notice, effective on the 30th day of June following the end of the notice period, with or without cause.

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, we paid SCJ an aggregate of $1.9 million (of which $0.8 million was related to the Polymer lease), $2.3 million (of which $1.1 million was related to the Polymer lease), and $2.2 million (of which $1.0 million was related to the Polymer lease), respectively, under the Waxdale leases and their predecessor agreements. In addition to the Waxdale leases, we lease facilities in Japan from SCJ under a local sublease agreement.

 

96


Table of Contents

License Agreements

Under the BLA renewed with SCJ at the close of the Transactions, we are granted a license to sell certain SCJ products and to use specified trade names and housemarks incorporating “Johnson,” including the right to use the name “Johnson” in combination with our owned trade name “Diversey,” in the institutional and industrial channels of trade and, subject to certain limitations, in specified channels of trade in which both our business and SCJ’s consumer business operate, which we refer to as “cross-over” channels of trade. After the transition of our name from “JohnsonDiversey” to “Diversey” and our ceasing to use the “JohnsonDiversey” housemark, we will have additional rights, subject to certain limitations, to sell products in the cross-over channels of trade. Those rights will become available in a territory 60 days after our exit from the “JohnsonDiversey” housemark in respect of products that are not competitive with certain SCJ consumer products, and two years after our exit from the “JohnsonDiversey” housemark in respect of products that are competitive with such SCJ consumer products.

Under the BLA, SCJ grants us a license to use specified SCJ brand names in connection with various products sold in institutional and industrial channels of trade and the cross-over channels of trade and we have the right to grant sublicenses to our subsidiaries. The license to sell such SCJ licensed products will be exclusive in some countries and categories of products and non-exclusive in others. Our rights and obligations with respect to SCJ licensed products (including our ability to sell competing third party and company-branded products) in a particular territory and channel of trade will differ depending on whether such SCJ product is licensed exclusively to us in that territory in the industrial channels of trade.

We pay SCJ a royalty fee of 6% of net sales of SCJ licensed products under the BLA. We and SCJ have agreed that SCJ will generally manufacture SCJ licensed products at a transfer price that will be calculated to give us an average gross profit margin (inclusive of royalty payments) of 38%, subject to certain minimum transfer price limitations and certain incentives if we achieve certain growth targets. For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, we paid SCJ total royalty fees of $5.9 million, $6.3 million, and $7.4 million, respectively, under the BLA and its predecessor agreement.

The BLA will terminate by its terms on May 2, 2017. Thereafter, the BLA can be renewed, with SCJ’s consent, for successive one-year terms. Our license to use the housemark “JohnsonDiversey” will expire on the earlier of our transition to the “Diversey” name in the relevant region or August 2, 2012. At no time will SCJ be permitted to use “JohnsonDiversey” as a housemark, brand name or trade name. Our license to use the housemark “Johnson Wax Professional” expired on May 2, 2010. SCJ’s use of the “Johnson Wax Professional” trademark and ability to do business using that name will be subject to certain limitations. The BLA will terminate automatically:

 

   

if any subsidiary is spun off from us with a name including “Johnson”;

 

   

if we make any assignment for the benefit of creditors, a trustee or receiver is appointed to administer our business or we are in voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy; or

 

   

with respect to an affected country, if a country or governmental entity nationalizes or acquires a controlling interest in us or our sublicensee.

SCJ has the option to terminate the BLA under certain circumstances, including:

 

   

with respect to the BLA in its entirety or in a particular territory, depending upon the nature of the breach, if we or any of our sublicensees are in a material breach of the BLA and such breach is not cured;

 

   

with respect to a particular region, if we fail to meet minimum regional sales growth targets for three consecutive years in such region;

 

   

with respect to licensed products in certain non-exclusive territories;

 

   

if Holdings, we or any of our sublicensees enter into certain joint ventures, co-marketing arrangements, or other strategic alliances with certain competitors of SCJ; voting shares or other issued and outstanding equity interests of Holdings, we or any of our sublicensees are acquired by certain competitors of SCJ; if the BLA is directly or indirectly assigned, assumed or in any way transferred to certain competitors of SCJ; or if certain competitors of SCJ obtain control over our significant management decisions;

 

97


Table of Contents
   

with respect to a particular product, if SCJ discontinues or sells such product; or

 

   

with respect to the BLA in its entirety or in a particular territory, depending upon the nature of the action, if we or any of our sublicensees promote, market, sell or distribute, directly or indirectly, including through a joint venture, co-marketing arrangement or other strategic alliance, outside of the industrial channels of trade (except to the extent permitted under the BLA in the cross-over channels of trade) in a territory any product that competes with a product that SCJ has exclusively licensed to us in such territory in the industrial channels, and such breach is not cured.

In some circumstances, however, instead of terminating, the BLA will convert into a license to use only the trade name and housemark “JohnsonDiversey” for the licensed period noted above.

We will have the option to terminate the BLA with respect to a particular region in certain circumstances if the products available to us thereunder represent less than 75% of the previous year’s sales in that region.

Supply Agreements

In connection with the BLA we entered into new supply agreements with SCJ pursuant to which SCJ will generally manufacture the products licensed to us under the BLA. At the closing of the Transactions, we entered into a new supply agreement with SCJ pursuant to which SCJ will supply the products licensed to us under the BLA in the United States and Canada (“North American Supply Agreement”). The pricing provisions for products licensed to us under the BLA are those as described above under License Agreements. The North American Supply Agreement will expire on May 2, 2017, subject to renewal, unless terminated earlier, including for breach or default under the agreement, if a specified insolvency-related event involving either party is commenced or occurs, by mutual agreement, or if the BLA is terminated or there are no licensed products available to us under the BLA.

We are in the process of renewing and amending similar agreements containing similar terms and conditions covering other territories. Under some of these agreements, we manufacture and supply raw materials and products to SCJ in several countries, including Japan, the Netherlands and the United States. Under other supply and manufacturing agreements, SCJ manufactures and supplies raw materials and products to us in several countries, including Argentina, Australia, Brazil, Chile, Columbia, Costa Rica, Germany, Greece, Italy, Mexico, Morocco, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Philippines, South Africa, Spain, the United Kingdom and the United States. We expect that each of such existing supply agreements under which our subsidiaries supply raw materials or products to SCJ subsidiaries will be renewed for a one-year term, with renewal rights for additional one-year terms. In general, the agreements will terminate for breach or default under the agreements, if a specified insolvency-related event involving either party is commenced or occurs or by mutual agreement. The parties also expect to amend the corresponding agreements pursuant to which SCJ subsidiaries supply raw materials and products to us so that they are in a similar form to the North American Supply Agreement (excluding the minimum gross profit margin provisions and term), with modifications reasonably satisfactory to the parties.

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, we paid to SCJ an aggregate of $30.1 million, $25.2 million, and $27.7 million, respectively, under these supply and manufacturing agreements for inventory purchases (and their predecessor agreements), and SCJ paid us an aggregate of $1.0 million, $3.0 million, and $1.9 million, respectively, under the agreements for inventory purchases (and their predecessor agreements).

In June 2006, in connection with the divestiture of the Polymer Business, we entered into a toll manufacturing agreement with SCJ, which expired in December 2009. In addition, we separately entered into a toll manufacturing agreement with SCJ covering certain other aspects of our business, which will terminate at the same time as the North American lease. For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, we paid SCJ an aggregate of $4.5 million, $6.5 million, and $6.1 million, respectively, under these toll manufacturing agreements (and their predecessor agreements).

 

98


Table of Contents

Administrative Services and Shared Services Agreements

SCJ has historically provided us with certain business support services under administrative services and shared services agreements in various jurisdictions. At the closing of the Transactions, we amended our administrative services agreement with respect to North America (the “ASA”), that replaced certain existing arrangements. Under the new ASA, SCJ will continue to provide us with a range of support services previously provided to us relating primarily to property administration, medical center services and access to an SCJ child care facility and certain recreational facilities near our Sturtevant, Wisconsin headquarters. The new ASA is generally terminable by either party on six months’ notice, effective on the 30th day of June following the end of the notice period, subject to certain exceptions including certain limitations on each party’s ability to terminate certain services under the ASA until the termination of the North American lease. Unless SCJ otherwise notifies us in accordance with the ASA, the ASA will terminate concurrently with the termination of the North American lease. For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, we paid to SCJ an aggregate of $9.6 million, $11.7 million, and $10.8 million, respectively, under the ASA and its predecessor agreements.

Environmental Agreement

Under an environmental agreement with SCJ, SCJ has agreed to bear financial responsibility for, and indemnify us against, certain specified environmental liabilities existing on June 28, 1997, for sites used in our institutional and industrial businesses. Under the agreement, we are financially responsible for all other environmental liabilities that arise from or are related to the historic, current and future operation of our business and must indemnify SCJ for any losses it incurs associated with these operations. In connection with the sale of the Polymer Business, we assumed all environmental liabilities of Johnson Polymer under this agreement. Under the agreement, SCJ has the authority to manage any environmental projects as to which circumstances make it appropriate for SCJ to manage the project. Amounts paid by us to SCJ under the environmental agreement during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 were not material.

Other Agreements

Under a technology disclosure and license agreement with SCJ ( “TDLA”), each party has granted to the other party certain licenses with the right to grant sublicenses to its subsidiaries, to use the technology used by that party as of the 1999 spin-off in connection with products sold by that party under its brand names and in identified channels of trade. The TDLA also provides guidelines pursuant to which the parties may voluntarily disclose and license their other technologies. Other than with respect to the perpetual licenses of certain technologies used prior to the 1999 spin-off, the TDLA terminates on May 2, 2017 unless renewed or otherwise extended by mutual agreement. Thereafter, the TDLA can be renewed, with SCJ’s consent, for successive two-year terms. No fees or royalties are paid under the TDLA.

After our 1999 separation from SCJ, SCJ continued to operate institutional and industrial businesses in various countries in which we did not have operations at that time. Under a territorial license agreement, we license the intellectual property rights to SCJ to allow it to manufacture and sell our products in those countries. SCJ pays a royalty fee based on its and its sublicensees’ net sales of Company licensed products. This agreement has an expiration date of July 2, 2010, but automatically renews for additional two-year terms unless terminated earlier by the parties on a country by country basis. Since the separation, we have established operations in several countries and have purchased the inventory and other assets relating to the institutional and industrial businesses in those countries from SCJ. The amounts paid by SCJ to us under the territorial license agreement for each of the fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008 were not material.

Relationships with Other Johnson Family Businesses

We have a banking relationship with the Johnson Financial Group, which is majority-owned by the descendants of Samuel Curtis Johnson. Service fees paid to the Johnson Financial Group for each of the fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008 were not material. We had no loans outstanding with Johnson Financial Group for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008.

 

99


Table of Contents

Relationships with Unilever

From the consummation of the DiverseyLever acquisition until the closing of the Transactions, an affiliate of Unilever owned a 33 1/3% equity interest in Holdings.

At the closing of the Transactions, an affiliate of Unilever was granted the Warrant for the purchase of 4.0% of the outstanding voting common stock of Holdings. The terms of this warrant are described below. Pursuant to the Redemption Agreement, except for certain tax and environmental indemnity obligations that survived under the Acquisition Agreement with Unilever, indemnity obligations under the acquisition agreement were generally terminated at the closing of the Transactions. We have made certain pending environmental claims against Unilever. See “Item 1. Business—Environmental Regulation—Environmental Remediation and Proceedings.” There are no tax or environmental claims by Unilever against us arising out of those indemnity obligations.

Warrant

The Warrant entitles the holder of the Warrant to purchase 4,156,863 shares of Holdings’ class A common stock at an initial exercise price of $0.01 per share, subject to adjustment a set forth in the Warrant. The Warrant is exercisable on or after (1) an underwritten public offering of the class A common stock of Holdings, (2) a transfer of shares of the class A common stock of Holdings by CMH or CD&R Investor to which the tag-along right or the drag-along right set forth in the Stockholders Agreement apply or (3) a change of control of Holdings. Moreover, the Warrant is exercisable only in connection with a sale of the shares of class A common stock of Holdings underlying the Warrant (the “Warrant Shares”) to certain persons or entities that are not affiliates of CMH or CD&R Investor. Except as otherwise permitted by the terms of the Warrant, prior to the sixth anniversary of the closing of the Transactions, the Warrant or the Warrant Shares, as the case may be, may not be transferred to a purchaser other than certain financial sponsors and entities that purchase the Warrant or the Warrant Shares as an investment activity. The fair value of this Warrant, measured on the date of the Transactions, was recorded by Holdings in its financial statements at $39.6 million.

A transfer of the Warrant or the Warrant Shares is subject to a right of first offer to purchase the Warrant or the Warrant Shares by CMH, except if such transfer is being made in connection with (1) an underwritten public offering of the class A common stock of Holdings, (2) a transfer of shares of the class A common stock of Holdings by CMH or CD&R Investor to which the tag-along right or the drag-along right set forth in the Stockholders Agreement apply or (3) a change of control of Holdings.

If either CMH or CD&R Investor proposes to sell 90% or more of the shares of class A common stock of Holdings held by it and its permitted transferees and equity purchase assignees in accordance with the drag-along rights set forth in the Stockholders Agreement, then the holder of the Warrant will be required to sell the portion of the Warrant representing the same proportion of the Warrant Shares (or sell such Warrant Shares if elected by the purchaser in the transaction) for the same per share consideration as CMH or CD&R Investor, as the case may be. The holder of the Warrant will be required to provide representations, warranties and indemnification only as to its ownership of the Warrant and the Warrant Shares and authority to transfer the Warrant Shares with respect to such transfer.

The holder of the Warrant is entitled to the benefit of the tag-along rights provided to stockholders of Holdings under the Stockholders Agreement, except that the holder of the Warrant will not be required to provide representations, warranties and indemnification with respect to such transfer other than those that relate to its ownership of and authority to transfer the Warrant Shares.

If Holdings proposes to sell or issue new equity securities, the holder of the Warrant has the right to purchase a warrant with substantially the same terms and conditions as the Warrant that is exercisable for a number of equity securities that is equal to the holder’s pro rata share of all or any part of such new equity securities. These equity purchase rights of the holder of the Warrant will terminate upon the consummation of an initial public offering of Holdings’ common stock with aggregate cash proceeds of at least $100 million, which we refer to as a Qualified IPO.

 

100


Table of Contents

In connection with the valid exercise of the Warrant prior to or after a public offering by Holdings, the Warrant Shares are subject to the restrictions set forth in, and entitled to the benefits of, the Holdings Registration Rights Agreement.

In addition, we are party to certain commercial agreements with Unilever. The material terms of these agreements are described below.

Agency Agreements

In connection with the DiverseyLever acquisition, we and various of our subsidiaries entered into the Prior Agency Agreement with Unilever whereby, subject to limited exceptions, we and various of our subsidiaries act as Unilever’s sales agents in the sale of certain of Unilever’s consumer brand cleaning products to institutional and industrial end-users in most countries where DiverseyLever conducted its business prior to the closing of the acquisition. The Prior Agency Agreement was in effect until December 31, 2007. On January 1, 2008, pursuant to Umbrella Agreement, dated October 11, 2007, between us and Unilever, the Prior Agency Agreement was replaced by (1) the New Agency Agreement, with terms substantially similar to those in the Prior Agency Agreement, covering Ireland, the United Kingdom, Portugal and Brazil, and (2) the License Agreement, under which Unilever agreed to grant 31 of our subsidiaries a license to produce and sell professional size packs of Unilever’s consumer brand cleaning products. Many of the entities covered by the License Agreement have also entered into agreements with Unilever to distribute Unilever’s consumer branded products. Except for some transitional arrangements in certain countries, the Umbrella Agreement became effective January 1, 2008 and, unless terminated or extended, will expire on December 31, 2017. We refer to the New Agency Agreement, the License Agreement and the Umbrella Agreement collectively as the “Unilever Agreements.”

Under the Unilever Agreements, for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, we received an aggregate amount of $26.4 million, $27.2 million, and $35.0 million in agency fees (New Agency Agreement) and paid an aggregate amount of $5.4 million, $5.0 million, and $5.1 million, respectively, in license fees (License Agreement).

Due to pre-existing contractual obligations with SCJ, we and our subsidiaries may not sell certain Unilever products, such as general cleaning products, whether directly or as an agent for Unilever, in certain channels of trade that are not exclusively institutional and industrial. The Unilever Agreements carve out these restricted channels of trade and products from our sales agency and license arrangements and allow Unilever to make sales associated with these channels of trade and products directly or indirectly. Our agreements with SCJ (including the BLA) do not affect our ability to sell products on behalf of Unilever in exclusively institutional and industrial channels of trade.

Unless extended, each of the Unilever Agreements will expire on December 31, 2017. A termination of any Unilever Agreement will result in the termination of each of the other Unilever Agreements. In addition, Unilever can terminate the Unilever Agreements by region if sales drop below 75% of targeted sales for such region for a given year. Unilever may also terminate the Unilever Agreements for specified other reasons, including breach, insolvency and specified changes of control.

Upon the expiration of the Prior Agency Agreement, we and our affiliates would have been entitled to receive an additional fee of approximately $117 million (“the Termination Fee”). After adjustments for various items in accordance with the Umbrella Agreement, the Termination Fee has been carried forward under the Unilever Agreements and will be amortized over a ten-year period. The amortized Termination Fee will be available to us in the event of a sale or discontinuation of brands subject to the Unilever Agreements or in the event of a “no cause” termination of the Unilever Agreements.

Intellectual Property Agreements

In connection with the acquisition of the DiverseyLever business, we entered into various technology license agreements with Unilever, as follows:

 

   

Under a retained technology license agreements Unilever has granted us a license of certain patents, design rights, copyrights and know-how used in the DiverseyLever business, but that were retained by Unilever. Under this agreement, Unilever has granted us, subject to certain terms, a nonexclusive, royalty-free, worldwide, perpetual license of these technologies.

 

101


Table of Contents
   

Under a transferred technology license agreement, we have granted a license to Unilever to use specified intellectual property rights that were transferred to us as part of the acquisition. Under this agreement, we granted to Unilever, under certain terms and conditions and for use in certain markets, a nonexclusive, irrevocable, royalty-free, perpetual license of specified intellectual property rights.

 

   

Under a dispensed products license agreement, Unilever has granted us a license to use the trademarks, patents and know-how relating to the products we and our subsidiaries sell for use in our cleaner dispensing systems. Under this agreement, Unilever granted us a nonexclusive license to use in specified markets, certain trademarks, patents and know-how relevant to the dispensed products we manufacture, for a royalty of 4% of the net sales of the dispensed products. For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, we paid an aggregate of $0.7 million, $0.7 million and $0.8 million, respectively, to Unilever under the dispensed products license agreement.

Supply Agreements

In connection with the DiverseyLever acquisition, we entered into two supply agreements with Unilever, each of which we refer to singly as a “Unilever Supply Agreement” and which we refer to collectively as “Unilever Supply Agreements.” Under these agreements, we and Unilever, through the members of our respective groups, manufacture, pack, store and ship products for each other. Under one of the Unilever Supply Agreements, we act as the supplier and Unilever serves as the customer, and under the other Unilever Supply Agreement the roles are reversed.

The Unilever Supply Agreements provide for the supply of all products that Unilever and the DiverseyLever business supplied to one another during the period immediately preceding the closing date of the acquisition. Prices are based on the provisions relating to pricing and terms of payment that existed between Unilever and the DiverseyLever business prior to closing, subject to revision by agreement of the parties.

Each Unilever Supply Agreement remains in effect as to a particular product until that product will not be supplied any longer. We and Unilever may terminate either Unilever Supply Agreement in part or in its entirety under certain specified conditions or subject to certain restrictions, on the giving of six months’ written notice. For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, we paid Unilever an aggregate of $57.9 million, $64.1 million and $65.0 million, respectively (excluding inventories associated with the sales agency agreement), and Unilever paid us an aggregate of $18.5 million, $18.5 million, and $26.2 million, respectively, under the Unilever Supply Agreements.

Director Independence

Because Holdings is the owner of all of our common equity interests, if our company were a listed issuer it would be a “controlled company” as that term is used in the corporate governance standards of the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) and therefore not required to have a majority of independent directors. Notwithstanding, our board has determined, that Messrs. Brown and Howe are independent within the meaning of, and applying, the NYSE standards. Ms. Johnson-Leipold is our Chairman, an executive officer position of our company, and therefore is not independent under the NYSE standards. Mr. Lonergan is the President and Chief Executive Officer of our Company and is therefore not independent under the NYSE standards. In addition, as discussed under “— Interests of Our Officers and Directors,” Ms. Johnson-Leipold and Mr. Louis may have interests in our transactions with SCJ and other Johnson family businesses. Moreover, as discussed under “— Interests of Our Officers and Directors,” Messrs. Banga, Jaquette, Knisely and Schnall may have interests in the Consulting Agreement with CD&R.

In addition, the terms of our Stockholders Agreement require the parties to the agreement to vote their shares and take other necessary action to cause the Holdings board to include the categories of directors described therein. In addition to nomination

 

102


Table of Contents

rights with respect to directors that are not required to be independent, the Stockholders’ Agreement permits each of CMH and CD&R Investor to nominate up to two individuals who meet the Stockholders’ Agreement’s requirements regarding “Independent Directors” set forth therein. Messrs. Brown and Howe meet the Stockholders Agreement’s requirements regarding “Independent Directors” set forth in the Stockholders Agreement. Because Mr. Knisely is currently employed by CD&R, he does not meet the requirements of an independent director as set forth in the Stockholders Agreement. However, he continues to serve as a director through a waiver of the requirements by the parties to the Stockholders Agreement.

Interests of Our Officers and Directors

Ms. Johnson-Leipold, our acting Chairman, Mr. Johnson, our Chairman, Ms. Marquart, Mr. Louis, and some members of their respective immediate families, are descendants of Samuel Curtis Johnson and shareholders of SCJ and Willow Holdings, LLC. Ms. Johnson-Leipold, Mr. Johnson, Ms. Marquart and Mr. Louis, and members of their respective immediate families, also beneficially own shares of CMH. See “Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.” As a result of these relationships, these individuals may have an interest in our transactions with SCJ and other Johnson family businesses, including Willow Holdings, LLC.

Messrs. Jaquette and Schnall are financial partners and Mr. Banga is an operating partner of CD&R. As a result of these relationships, these individuals may have an interest in our Consulting Agreement and other transactions with CD&R and its affiliated parties.

Review, Approval or Ratification of Transactions with Related Persons

On an annual basis, each director and executive officer is obligated to complete a director and officer questionnaire that requires disclosure of any transactions with our company in which the director or executive officer, or any member of his or her immediate family, has a direct or indirect material interest. Our Board of Directors reviews such transactions to identify impairments to director independence and in connection with disclosure obligations under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K of the Exchange Act. The Company has adopted a Policy for Review of Transactions between the Company and its Directors, Executive Officers and Other Related Persons (the “Policy”) for review of transactions between us (including our subsidiaries) and our directors, executive officers and other related persons. The transactions subject to the Policy include any transaction, arrangement or relationship (including charitable contributions and including any series of similar transaction, arrangements or relationships) with us in which any director, executive officer or other related person has a direct or indirect material interest except:

 

   

transactions available to all employees generally;

 

   

transactions involving less than $100,000 individually or when aggregated with all similar transactions;

 

   

transaction involving compensation or indemnification of executive officers and directors duly authorized by the appropriate Board committee;

 

   

transactions involving reimbursement for routine expenses in accordance with Company policy; and

 

   

purchases of any products on the same terms available to all employees generally.

Our General Counsel performs the initial review of all transactions subject to the Policy. Factors to be considered by the General Counsel in reviewing the transaction include:

 

   

whether the transaction is in conformity with the Code of Ethics and Business Conduct and is in the best interests of the company;

 

   

whether the transaction would be in the ordinary course of our business;

 

   

whether the transaction is on terms comparable to those that could be obtained in arm’s length dealings with an unrelated third party;

 

   

the disclosure standards set forth in Item 404 of Regulation S-K under the Exchange Act or any similar provision; and

 

103


Table of Contents
   

the effect, if any, on the status of any independent director.

After reviewing the terms of the proposed transaction and taking into account the factors set forth above, the General Counsel will either:

 

   

approve the transaction if it is to be entered into in the ordinary course of our business, is for an aggregate amount of $120,000 or less, does not involve a director or a shareholder owning in excess of 5 percent of our voting securities or a member of their immediate family, and is on terms comparable to those that could be obtained in arm’s length dealings with an unrelated third party;

 

   

disallow the transaction if it is not in the best interests of the company; or

 

   

submit the transaction to the Audit Committee for its review and prior approval.

At each regularly scheduled Audit Committee meeting, the General Counsel reports each known transaction to be entered into by us and to be considered by the Audit Committee, including the proposed aggregate value of each transaction and any other relevant information. After review, the Audit Committee determines whether to approve, ratify or disallow each such transaction in accordance with the Policy.

For purposes of the Policy, a “related person” is:

 

   

an executive officer, director or director nominee of the company;

 

   

a person who is an immediate family member (including a person’s spouse, parents, stepparents, children, stepchildren, siblings, fathers and mothers-in-law, sons and daughters-in-law, brothers and sisters-in-law, and anyone (other than members) who share such person’s home) of an executive officer, director or director nominee;

 

   

a shareholder owning in excess of 5 percent of our voting securities or an immediate family member of such 5 percent shareholder; or

 

   

an entity which is owned or controlled by a related person or an entity in which a related person has a substantial ownership interest.

 

104


Table of Contents
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, served as our principal accountants for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009. During those periods, we incurred the following fees for services rendered by Ernst & Young LLP:

Audit Fees. Audit fees represent fees for professional services rendered in connection with the audit of our annual consolidated financial statements and reviews of our quarterly financial statements, advice on accounting matters that arose during the audit and audit services provided in connection with other global statutory or regulatory filings. Audit fees and expenses were $4,597,000 and $141,000, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2010 and $6,354,000 and $197,000, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2009. The audit fees for 2010 and 2009 include $175,000 and $309,000, respectively, of fees related to additional audit services performed relating to audits of current and prior years that were incurred and paid in 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Audit-Related Fees. Audit-related fees represent fees for professional services rendered in connection with certain accounting consultations, employee benefit plan audits, financial and tax due diligence work, and other accounting certifications. Audit-related fees were $485,000 for the year ended December 31, 2010 and $141,000 for the year ended December 31, 2009.

Tax Fees. Tax fees include fees for professional services rendered in connection with general tax advice, tax planning and tax compliance. Tax fees were $1,621,000 for the year ended December 31, 2010 and $1,490,000 for the year ended December 31, 2009.

All Other Fees. These fees include fees for all other professional services rendered by Ernst & Young LLP. All other fees were $28,000 for the year ended December 31, 2010 and $34,000 for the year ended December 31, 2009.

The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors has determined that the provision by Ernst & Young LLP of non-audit services to us in the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, is compatible with maintaining the independence of Ernst & Young LLP. In accordance with its charter, the Audit Committee approves in advance all audit and non-audit services to be rendered by Ernst & Young LLP. In determining whether to approve such services, the Audit Committee considers the following:

 

   

the independence rule of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States);

 

   

whether the services are performed principally for the Audit Committee;

 

   

the effect of the service, if any, on audit effectiveness or on the quality and timeliness of our financial reporting process;

 

   

whether the service would be performed by a specialist (e.g., technology specialist) who also provides audit support and whether that would hinder independence;

 

   

whether the service would be performed by audit personnel and, if so, whether it will enhance the knowledge of our business;

 

   

whether the role of those performing the service would be inconsistent with the auditor's role (e.g., a role where neutrality, impartiality and auditor skepticism are likely to be subverted);

 

   

whether the audit firm's personnel would be assuming a management role or creating a mutuality of interest with management;

 

   

whether the auditors would be in effect auditing their own numbers;

 

   

whether the audit firm has unique expertise in the service; and

 

   

the size of the fee(s) for the non-audit service(s).

During fiscal years 2010 and 2009, all professional services provided by Ernst & Young LLP were pre-approved by the Audit Committee in accordance with our policies.

 

105


Table of Contents

PART IV

 

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

The following documents are filed as part of this annual report on Form 10-K:

 

  (1) Financial Statements:

See the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements on page F-1.

 

  (2) Financial Statement Schedules:

See Item 15(c) of this report.

 

  (3) Exhibits:

The exhibits required by Item 15 are listed in the Exhibit Index on page E-1.

INFORMATION TO BE FURNISHED WITH REPORTS FILED PURSUANT TO SECTION 15(d) OF THE ACT BY REGISTRANTS WHICH HAVE NOT REGISTERED SECURITIES PUSUANT TO SECTION 12 OF THE ACT.

Other than this annual report on Form 10-K, no other annual reports or proxy soliciting materials have been or will be sent to our security holders.

 

106


Table of Contents
Item 15 (c) Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

Diversey, Inc.

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

     Balance at
Beginning
of Year
     Charges
to Costs
and
Expenses
     Charges
to Other
Accounts
(1)
    Deductions
(2)
    Balance at
End of
Year
 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

            

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2010

   $ 20,645       $ 5,707       $ (1,813   $ (4,651   $ 19,888   

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2009

     20,487         8,684         1,788        (10,314     20,645   

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2008

     25,646         7,388         (4,570     (7,977     20,487   

Tax Valuation Allowance

            

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2010

     259,364         30,242         2,691        (20,499     271,798   

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2009

     273,630         42,846         13,898        (71,010     259,364   

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2008

     250,043         40,153         15,741        (32,307     273,630   

 

(1) Includes the effects of changes in currency translation and business acquisitions
(2) Represents amounts written off from the allowance for doubtful accounts, net of recoveries, or the release of tax valuation allowances in jurisdictions where a change in facts and circumstances lead to the usage or a change in judgment relating to the usage or a change in judgment related to the usage of net operating loss or tax carryforwards.

 

107


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized on March 17, 2011.

 

Diversey, Inc.
By  

/s/ Norman Clubb

 

Norman Clubb, Executive Vice President

and Chief Financial Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below on March 17, 2011 by the following persons on the behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated.

 

 

/s/ Edward F. Lonergan

Edward F. Lonergan

  

Director, President and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

/s/ Norman Clubb

Norman Clubb

  

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

 

/s/ P. Todd Herndon

P. Todd Herndon

  

Vice President – Finance

(Principal Accounting Officer)

 

/s/ Helen P. Johnson-Leipold

Helen P. Johnson-Leipold

   Director and acting Chairman

/s/ Manvinder S. Banga *

Manvinder S. Banga

   Director

/s/ George K. Jaquette *

George K. Jaquette

   Director

/s/ Richard J. Schnall *

Rick. Schnall

   Director

/s/ Clifton D. Louis*

Clifton D. Louis

   Director

/s/ Robert M. Howe *

Robert M. Howe

   Director

/s/ Winifred J. Marquart *

Winifred J. Marquart

   Director

/s/ Todd C. Brown *

Todd C. Brown

   Director

/s/ Philip W. Knisely*

Philip W. Knisely

   Director

 

* Norman Clubb, by signing his name hereto, does hereby sign this Form 10-K on behalf of each of the above-named officers and directors of Diversey, Inc., pursuant to a power of attorney executed on behalf of each such officer and director.

 

By  

/s/ Norman Clubb

  Norman Clubb, Attorney-in-fact

 

108


Table of Contents

DIVERSEY, INC.

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description of Exhibit

  2.1    Investment and Recapitalization Agreement, dated as of October 7, 2009, by and among JohnsonDiversey Holdings, Inc., CDR Jaguar Investor Company, LLC, SNW Co., Inc. and Commercial Markets Holdco, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to Diversey, Inc.’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on October 14, 2009 (the “October 14, 2009 Form 8-K”))
  3.1    Certificate of Incorporation of Diversey, Inc. (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 3.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 of Diversey, Inc. filed with the SEC on July 31, 2002 (Reg. No. 333-97427) (the “2002 Form S-4”))
  3.2    Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation of Diversey, Inc. (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 3.2 to Diversey, Inc.’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 2, 2010)
  3.3    Bylaws of Diversey, Inc. (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 3.20 to the 2002 Form S-4)
  4.1    Indenture, dated as of November 24, 2009, among JohnsonDiversey, Inc., the subsidiary guarantors from time to time party thereto and Wilmington Trust FSB, as trustee, relating to the 8.25% senior notes due 2019 of Diversey, Inc. (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 4.3 to Diversey, Inc.’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 1, 2009 (the “December 1, 2009 Form 8-K”))
10.1    Redemption Agreement, dated as of October 7, 2009, by and among JohnsonDiversey Holdings, Inc., JohnsonDiversey, Inc., Commercial Markets Holdco, Inc., Unilever, N.V., Marga B.V. and Conopco, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the October 14, 2009 Form 8-K)
10.2    Amendment No. 1 to the Redemption Agreement, dated November 20, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Diversey, Inc.’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 25, 2009)
10.3    Stockholders Agreement, dated as of November 24, 2009, among JohnsonDiversey Holdings, Inc., Commercial Markets Holdco, Inc., SNW Co., Inc., the CD&R Investor Parties and any stockholder of Diversey Holdings, Inc. who becomes a party thereto (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.1 to the December 1, 2009 Form 8-K)
10.4    Indemnification Agreement, dated as of November 24, 2009, among JohnsonDiversey, Inc., JohnsonDiversey Holdings, Inc., the CD&R Investor Parties, Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VIII, L.P., CD&R Friends & Family Fund VIII, L.P., CD&R and Clayton Dubilier & Rice, Inc. (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.2 to the December 1, 2009 Form 8-K)
10.5    Indemnification Agreement, dated as of November 24, 2009, among JohnsonDiversey, Inc., JohnsonDiversey Holdings, Inc. and Commercial Markets Holdco, Inc. (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.3 to the December 1, 2009 Form 8-K)
10.6    Consulting Agreement, dated November 24, 2009, among JohnsonDiversey, Inc., JohnsonDiversey Holdings, Inc. and Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, Inc. (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.4 to the December 1, 2009 Form 8-K)
10.7    Credit Agreement, dated as of November 24, 2009, among, inter alia, JohnsonDiversey, Inc., as a borrower, JohnsonDiversey Holdings, Inc., the lenders and issuers party thereto, as lenders, Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the other parties thereto (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.8 to the December 1, 2009 Form 8-K)
10.8    Guaranty, dated as of November 24, 2009, made by JohnsonDiversey, Inc., JohnsonDiversey Holdings, Inc. and certain of their U.S. subsidiaries in favor of the Guarantied Parties (as defined therein) (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.9 to the December 1, 2009 Form 8-K)

 

E-1


Table of Contents
  10.9    Guaranty, dated as of November 24, 2009, made by certain subsidiaries of JohnsonDiversey, Inc. organized outside of the United States in favor of the Guarantied Parties (as defined therein) (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.10 to the December 1, 2009 Form 8-K)
10.10    First Amendment to Credit Agreement and Foreign Guaranty, dated as of March 7, 2011 among, inter alia, the Company as a borrower, Holdings, Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent for the Lenders and Issuers and the other parties thereto.
10.11    Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of November 24, 2009, by the Grantors (as defined therein) in favor of the Principal Agent (as defined therein) (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.11 to the December 1, 2009 Form 8-K)
10.12    Asset and Equity Interest Purchase Agreement, dated May 1, 2006, by and among JD Polymer, LLC, JohnsonDiversey Holdings II B.V. and BASF Aktiengesellschaft (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Diversey, Inc. filed with the SEC on May 11, 2006 (the “May 11, 2006 Form 10-Q”))
10.13    First Amendment to Asset and Equity Interest Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2006, by and among JD Polymer, LLC, JohnsonDiversey Holdings II B.V. and BASF Aktiengesellschaft (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to Diversey, Inc.’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July 7, 2006)
10.14    Umbrella Agreement in Respect of Professional Products among Unilever N.V., Unilever PLC and JohnsonDiversey, Inc., dated as of October 11, 2007 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Diversey, Inc. filed with the SEC on November 8, 2007 (the “November 8, 2007 Form 10-Q”))*
10.15    Form of Amended and Restated Master Sales Agency Agreement among Unilever N.V., Unilever PLC and JohnsonDiversey, Inc. (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.2 to the November 8, 2007 Form 10-Q)*
10.16    Form of Master Sub-License Agreement in Respect of Professional Products among Unilever N.V., Unilever PLC and JohnsonDiversey, Inc. (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.3 to the November 8, 2007 Form 10-Q)*
10.17    Amendment No. 1 to Umbrella Agreement, dated as of November 24, 2009, among JohnsonDiversey, Inc., Unilever and Unilever PLC (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.5 to the December 1, 2009 Form 8-K)
10.18    Amendment No. 1 to Master Sales Agency Agreement, dated as of November 24, 2009, among JohnsonDiversey, Inc., Unilever and Unilever PLC (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.6 to the December 1, 2009 Form 8-K)
10.19    Amendment No. 1 to Master Sub-License Agreement, dated as of November 24, 2009, among JohnsonDiversey, Inc., Unilever and Unilever PLC (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.7 to the December 1, 2009 Form 8-K)
10.20    Lease Amendment, Assignment and Assumption Agreement dated as of May 1, 2006 by and among S.C. Johnson & Son, Inc., JohnsonDiversey, Inc. and JD Polymer, LLC (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.1 to the May 11, 2006 Form 10-Q)
10.21    Lease Assignment and Assumption Agreement dated as of May 1, 2006 by and among S.C. Johnson & Son, Inc., Diversey, Inc. and JD Polymer, LLC (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.1 to the May 11, 2006 Form 10-Q)
10.22    Amended and Restated Lease Agreement between S.C. Johnson & Son, Inc. and Diversey, Inc., dated as of November 24, 2009 (Waxdale Lease)*
10.23    Amended and Restated Agreement between S.C. Johnson & Son, Inc. and Diversey, Inc., dated as of November 24, 2009 (Brand License Agreement) (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.31 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 18, 2010)*

 

E-2


Table of Contents
10.24    Amended and Restated Supply Agreement between Diversey, Inc. and S.C. Johnson & Son, Inc., dated as of November 24, 2009 (S.C. Johnson & Son, Inc. as manufacturer) (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.32 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 18, 2010)*
10.25    Stock Purchase Agreement by and among JWP Investments, Inc., Sorex Holdings, Ltd. and Whitmire Holdings Inc. dated as of June 9, 2004 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 2.1 to Diversey Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on June 25, 2004)
10.26    Amended and Restated Performance Bonus Opportunity Plan for Key Executives and Officers (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.54 to Diversey Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 22, 2007 (the “March 22, 2007 Form 10-K”))**
10.27    Long-Term Cash Incentive Plan, effective as of January 1, 2006 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.56 to the March 22, 2007 Form 10-K)**
10.28    Profit Sharing Plan, effective as of January 1, 2007 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.57 to the March 22, 2007 Form 10-K)**
10.29    Agreement between JohnsonDiversey, Inc. (formerly known as S.C. Johnson Commercial Markets, Inc.) and S. Curtis Johnson III, dated December 6, 2001 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.30 to the 2002 Form S-4)**
10.30    Level I Employment Agreement between JohnsonDiversey, Inc. and Edward F. Lonergan, dated September 15, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Diversey, Inc.’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 18, 2008 (the “September 18, 2008 Form 8-K”))**
10.31    Level I Employment Agreement between JohnsonDiversey, Inc. and Scott D. Russell, dated September 15, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the September 18, 2008 Form 8-K)**
10.32    Level I Employment Agreement between JohnsonDiversey, Inc. and Pedro Chidichimo, dated September 15, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the September 18, 2008 Form 8-K)**
10.33    Level I Employment Agreement between JohnsonDiversey, Inc and Norman Clubb, dated January 4, 2010 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.1 to Diversey Inc.’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 7, 2010) **
10.34    Employment Agreement between JohnsonDiversey, Inc. (formerly known as S.C. Johnson Commercial Markets, Inc.) and David S. Andersen, dated November 8, 1999 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.36 to the 2002 Form S-4)**
10.35    Form of Level I Employment Agreement provided to certain executive officers of JohnsonDiversey, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Diversey Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on November 6, 2008 (the “November 6, 2008 Form 10-Q”))**
10.36    Form of Level II Employment Agreement provided to certain officers of JohnsonDiversey, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the November 6, 2008 Form 10-Q)**
10.37    Form of Level III Employment Agreement provided to certain officers of JohnsonDiversey, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the November 6, 2008 Form 10-Q)**
10.38    Separation Agreement between Diversey, Inc. and Nabil Shabshab dated October 18, 2010**
10.39    Separation Agreement between Diversey, Inc. and James Larson dated October 18, 2010**
10.40    Separation and Release Agreements between JohnsonDiversey, Inc. and Edward J. Kennedy, both dated November 17, 2008 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.36 to the March 27, 2009 Form 10-K)**
10.41    Separation and Release Agreements between JohnsonDiversey, Inc. and Joseph F. Smorada, the former Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Diversey, Inc. and JohnsonDiversey Holdings, Inc. (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.1 to Diversey Inc.’s Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 19, 2010) **

 

E-3


Table of Contents
10.42    Stock Incentive Plan and ancillary forms and agreements of JohnsonDiversey Holdings, Inc., dated as of January 11, 2010 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.69 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 18, 2010)
10.43    Director Stock Incentive Plan and ancillary forms and agreements of JohnsonDiversey Holdings, Inc., dated as of February 18, 2010 (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 10.70 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 18, 2010)
14.1    JohnsonDiversey, Inc. Finance Officers Ethics Policy (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 14.1 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Diversey, Inc. filed with the SEC on April 3, 2003)
21.1    Subsidiaries of Diversey, Inc.
24.1    Power of Attorney
31.1    Principal Executive Officer’s Certifications Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
31.2    Principal Financial Officer’s Certifications Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32.1    Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

* Portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. The omitted material has been filed separately with the SEC.
** Management contract or compensatory plan.

 

E-4


Table of Contents

DIVERSEY, INC.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Fiscal Years Ended December 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008

 

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, December  31, 2009 and December 31, 2008

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Stockholder’s Equity for the fiscal years ended December  31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008

     F-6   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, December  31, 2009 and December 31, 2008

     F-7   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-8   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholder of Diversey, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Diversey, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholder’s equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(c). These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Diversey, Inc. and subsidiaries at December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Diversey, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 17, 2011 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Chicago, Illinois

March 17, 2011

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholder of Diversey, Inc.

We have audited Diversey, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). Diversey, Inc.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Diversey, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Diversey, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholder’s equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010, and our report dated March 17, 2011, expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Chicago, Illinois

March 17, 2011

 

F-3


Table of Contents

DIVERSEY, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(dollars in thousands, except share data)

 

     December 31, 2010     December 31, 2009  

ASSETS

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 157,754      $ 249,440   

Restricted cash

     20,407        39,654   

Accounts receivable, less allowance of $19,888 and $20,645 respectively

     563,006        556,720   

Accounts receivable – related parties

     6,433        21,943   

Due from parent - current

     9,129        92,247   

Inventories

     263,247        255,989   

Deferred income taxes

     24,532        30,288   

Other current assets

     163,020        170,253   

Current assets of discontinued operations

     —          60   
                

Total current assets

     1,207,528        1,416,594   

Property, plant and equipment, net

     410,507        415,645   

Capitalized software, net

     52,980        53,298   

Due from parent - non current

     55,112        —     

Goodwill

     1,246,103        1,253,704   

Other intangibles, net

     194,175        220,769   

Other assets

     142,919        148,309   

Noncurrent assets of discontinued operations

     —          3,919   
                

Total assets

   $ 3,309,324      $ 3,512,238   
                

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY

    

Current liabilities:

    

Short-term borrowings

   $ 24,205      $ 27,661   

Current portion of long-term borrowings

     9,498        9,811   

Accounts payable

     327,831        380,378   

Accounts payable – related parties

     23,794        35,900   

Accrued expenses

     459,496        470,037   

Current liabilities of discontinued operations

     —          6,174   
                

Total current liabilities

     844,824        929,961   

Pension and other post-retirement benefits

     226,682        248,414   

Long-term borrowings

     1,192,146        1,353,631   

Deferred income taxes

     113,638        110,546   

Other liabilities

     151,910        160,361   

Noncurrent liabilities of discontinued operations

     —          4,522   
                

Total liabilities

     2,529,200        2,807,435   

Commitments and contingencies

    

Stockholder's equity:

    

Common stock – $1.00 par value; 200,000 shares authorized; 24,422 shares issued and outstanding

     24        24   

Class A 8% cumulative preferred stock – $100.00 par value; 1,000 shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding

     —          —     

Class B 8% cumulative preferred stock – $100.00 par value; 1,000 shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding

     —          —     

Capital in excess of par value

     744,313        744,313   

Accumulated deficit

     (213,739     (262,416

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     249,526        222,882   
                

Total stockholder’s equity

     780,124        704,803   
                

Total liabilities and stockholder’s equity

   $ 3,309,324      $ 3,512,238   
                

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

DIVERSEY, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(dollars in thousands)

 

     Fiscal Year Ended  
     December 31, 2010     December 31, 2009     December 31, 2008  

Net sales:

      

Net product and service sales

   $ 3,101,277      $ 3,083,711      $ 3,280,857   

Sales agency fee income

     26,400        27,170        35,020   
                        
     3,127,677        3,110,881        3,315,877   

Cost of sales

     1,800,419        1,828,933        1,990,082   
                        

Gross profit

     1,327,258        1,281,948        1,325,795   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     1,005,927        988,095        1,067,732   

Research and development expenses

     65,655        63,328        67,077   

Restructuring expenses (credits)

     (2,277     32,914        57,291   
                        

Operating profit

     257,953        197,611        133,695   

Other (income) expense:

      

Interest expense

     119,358        96,936        105,400   

Interest income

     (5,116     (4,555     (7,680

Notes redemption and other costs

     —          25,402        —     

Other (income) expense, net

     2,732        (4,699     5,671   
                        

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

     140,979        84,527        30,304   

Income tax provision

     66,258        76,129        57,531   
                        

Income (loss) from continuing operations

     74,721        8,398        (27,227

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes of $0, ($1,704) and $6,224

     (10,361     (529     15,465   
                        

Net income (loss)

   $ 64,360      $ 7,869      $ (11,762
                        

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

DIVERSEY, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY

(dollars in thousands)

    Comprehensive
Income/(Loss)
    Common
Stock
    Capital in Excess
of Par Value
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
    Total
Stockholder’s
Equity
 

Balance, December 28, 2007

    $ 24      $ 743,698      $ (80,933   $ 295,478      $ 958,267   

Comprehensive loss –

           

Net loss

  $ (11,762     —          —          (11,762     —          (11,762

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax

    (107,062     —          —          —          (107,062     (107,062

Unrealized losses on derivatives, net of tax

    (2,554     —          —          —          (2,554     (2,554

Adjustment to reflect funded status of pension plans, net of tax

    (75,172     —          —          —          (75,172     (75,172
                 

Total comprehensive loss

  $ (196,550          
                 

Capital contributions

      —          400        —          —          400   

Dividends declared

      —          —          (43,435     —          (43,435

Adjustment for ASC Topic 715 - remeasurement date

      —          —          (2,242     (1,944     (4,186
                                         

Balance, December 31, 2008

    $ 24      $ 744,098      $ (138,372   $ 108,746      $ 714,496   
                                         

Comprehensive income –

           

Net income

  $ 7,869        —          —          7,869        —          7,869   

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax

    71,004        —          —          —          71,004        71,004   

Unrealized gains on derivatives, net of tax

    5,127        —          —          —          5,127        5,127   

Adjustment to reflect funded status of pension plans, net of tax

    38,005        —          —          —          38,005        38,005   
                 

Total comprehensive income

  $ 122,005             
                 

Capital contributions

      —          215        —          —          215   

Dividends declared

      —          —          (131,913     —          (131,913
                                         

Balance, December 31, 2009

    $ 24      $ 744,313      $ (262,416   $ 222,882      $ 704,803   
                                         

Comprehensive income –

           

Net income

  $ 64,360        —          —          64,360        —          64,360   

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax

    13,700        —          —          —          13,700        13,700   

Unrealized losses on derivatives, net of tax

    (125     —          —          —          (125     (125

Adjustment to reflect funded status of pension plans, net of tax

    13,069        —          —          —          13,069        13,069   
                 

Total comprehensive income

  $ 91,004             
                 

Dividends declared

      —          —          (15,683     —          (15,683
                                         

Balance, December 31, 2010

    $ 24      $ 744,313      $ (213,739   $ 249,526      $ 780,124   
                                         

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

DIVERSEY, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(dollars in thousands)

     Fiscal Year Ended  
     December 31, 2010     December 31, 2009     December 31, 2008  

Cash flows from operating activities:

      

Net income (loss)

   $ 64,360      $ 7,869      $ (11,762

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities :

      

Depreciation and amortization

     98,763        93,030        104,277   

Amortization of intangibles

     18,065        19,067        23,959   

Amortization of debt issuance costs

     18,091        15,711        4,984   

Accretion of original issue discount

     3,777        290        —     

Interest accrued on long-term receivables- related parties

     —          (2,551     (2,749

Deferred income taxes

     7,392        7,474        (6,058

(Gain) loss on disposal of discontinued operations

     842        (176     (10,471

(Gain) loss from divestitures

     3        208        (1,282

Loss on property, plant and equipment disposals

     153        726        736   

Impairment of investment

     5,900        —          —     

Other

     5,363        6,367        6,430   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects from acquisitions and divestitures of businesses

      

Restricted cash

     —          (27,404     (49,463

Accounts receivable securitization

     (17,524     (24,997     (10,200

Accounts receivable

     21,422        33,048        21,948   

Due from parent

     28,006        (91,811     (73

Inventories

     (11,317     13,952        (2,430

Other current assets

     3,837        (25,268     (13,364

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     (57,353     61,257        (13,208

Other assets

     (15,288     (30,562     13,689   

Long-term, acquisition-related receivables from Unilever

     —          86,079        —     

Other liabilities

     (23,974     11,088        (5,766

Long-term, acquisition-related payables to Unilever

     —          (30,630     —     
                        

Net cash provided by operating activities

     150,518        122,767        49,197   

Cash flows from investing activities:

      

Capital expenditures

     (76,838     (68,689     (98,015

Expenditures for capitalized computer software

     (17,824     (25,605     (23,196

Proceeds from property, plant and equipment disposals

     3,506        8,216        3,048   

Acquisitions of businesses and other intangibles

     (3,914     (1,737     (7,584

Dividends from unconsolidated affiliates

     1,046        —          —     

Net proceeds from (costs of) divestiture of businesses

     (161     (1,348     127,564   
                        

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     (94,185     (89,163     1,817   

Cash flows from financing activities:

      

Proceeds from (repayments of) short-term borrowings, net

     (5,200     (1,804     10,985   

Proceeds from long-term borrowings

     —          1,363,330        —     

Repayments of long-term borrowings

     (133,840     (1,055,377     (13,820

Payment of debt issuance costs

     (4,254     (71,590     (123

Dividends paid

     (15,761     (132,198     (43,352
                        

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     (159,055     102,361        (46,310

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     11,036        5,657        6,043   
                        

Change in cash and cash equivalents

     (91,686     141,622        10,747   

Beginning balance

     249,440        107,818        97,071   
                        

Ending balance

   $ 157,754      $ 249,440      $ 107,818   
                        

Supplemental cash flows information

      

Cash paid during the year:

      

Interest , net

   $ 97,713      $ 88,780      $ 92,912   

Income taxes

     38,358        35,019        39,568   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

DIVERSEY, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(currencies in thousands, except where stated)

 

(1) Description of the Company

Diversey, Inc., formerly known as JohnsonDiversey, Inc., (the “Company”) is a leading global marketer and manufacturer of cleaning, hygiene, operational efficiency, appearance enhancing products and equipment and related services for the institutional and industrial cleaning and sanitation market. The Company is a wholly owned subsidiary of Diversey Holdings, Inc. (“Holdings”), formerly known as JohnsonDiversey Holdings, Inc.

Prior to November 5, 1999, the Company was a wholly owned subsidiary of S.C. Johnson & Son, Inc. (“SCJ”). On November 5, 1999, ownership of the Company, including all of its assets and liabilities, was spun-off in a tax-free reorganization. In connection with the spin-off, Commercial Markets Holdco LLC, a limited liability company (“CMH”), obtained substantially all of the shares of the Company from SCJ.

Prior to May 3, 2002, CMH contributed its shares in the Company to Johnson Professional Holdings, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of CMH.

On May 3, 2002, the Company acquired the DiverseyLever business from Conopco, Inc., a subsidiary of Unilever N.V. and Unilever PLC (together, “Unilever”). At the closing of the acquisition, the Company changed its name to JohnsonDiversey, Inc., and Johnson Professional Holdings, Inc. changed its name to JohnsonDiversey Holdings, Inc. (“Holdings”). In connection with the acquisition, Unilever acquired a 33 1/3% interest in Holdings, and the remaining 66 2/3% continued to be held by CMH.

On November 24, 2009, pursuant to a series of agreements signed on October 7, 2009, the Company’s parent, Holdings, issued new shares of common stock to a private investment fund managed by Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, Inc. (“CD&R”), and to SNW Co., Inc. (“SNW”), a wholly owned subsidiary of SCJ, and redeemed all the equity interests of Unilever in Holdings through the payment of cash and the issuance of a warrant to purchase shares of stock in Holdings. At the closing of these transactions, the equity ownership of Holdings, assuming the exercise of the warrant, was as follows: CMH, 49.1%, CD&R, 45.9%, SNW, 1%, and Unilever, 4% (see Note 26). In connection with these transactions, SNW granted an irrevocable proxy to CMH to vote its common stock of Holdings, which, subject to certain limitations, increased CMH’s voting ownership in Holdings from approximately 49.1% to approximately 50.1% and decreased SNW’s voting ownership in Holdings from approximately 1.0% to 0.0%.

On March 1, 2010, the Company changed its name from “JohnsonDiversey, Inc.” to “Diversey, Inc.,” and our parent, JohnsonDiversey Holdings, Inc., changed its name to “Diversey Holdings, Inc.”

 

(2) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and all of its majority owned and controlled subsidiaries and are prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”). All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

Except where noted, the consolidated financial statements and related notes, excluding the consolidated statements of cash flows, reflect the results of continuing operations, which exclude the divestiture of DuBois Chemicals (“DuBois”) (see Note 6).

Year-End

Beginning with fiscal year 2008, the Company changed its fiscal year-end date from the Friday nearest December 31 to December 31.

Operations included the calendar years ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 and 52 weeks and five days in the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.

The Company uses estimates and assumptions in accounting for the following significant matters, among others:

 

   

Allowances for doubtful accounts

   

Inventory valuation

   

Valuation of acquired assets and liabilities

   

Useful lives of property and equipment and intangible assets

   

Goodwill and other long-lived asset impairment

   

Contingencies

   

Accounting for income taxes

   

Stock-based compensation

   

Customer rebates and discounts

   

Environmental remediation costs

   

Pensions and other post-retirement benefits

Actual results may differ from previously estimated amounts, and such differences may be material to the consolidated financial statements. The Company periodically reviews estimates and assumptions, and the effects of revisions are reflected in the period in which the revision is made. No significant revisions to estimates or assumptions were made during the periods presented in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

Unless otherwise indicated, all monetary amounts are stated in thousand dollars.

Segment Reporting

The Financial Standards Accounting Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards CodificationTM (“ASC”) Topic 280, Segment Reporting, defines operating segments as components of an enterprise for which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance.

In June 2008, the Company announced plans to reorganize its operating segments to better address consolidation and globalization trends among its customers and to enable the Company to more effectively deploy resources. Effective January 2010, the Company completed its reorganization from a five region model to the new three region model, having implemented the following:

 

   

Three regional presidents were appointed to lead the three regions;

   

The three regional presidents report to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”), who is its chief operating decision maker;

   

Financial information is prepared separately and regularly for each of the three regions; and

   

The CEO regularly reviews the results of operations, manages the allocation of resources and assesses the performance of each of these regions.

Prior to the reorganization, the Company’s operations were organized in five regions: Europe/Middle East/Africa (“Europe”), North America, Latin America, Asia Pacific and Japan. The new three region model is composed of the following:

 

   

The existing Europe region;

   

A new Americas region combining the former North and Latin American regions; and

   

A new Greater Asia Pacific region combining the former Asia Pacific and Japan regions.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Segment reclassification and restatement. In 2010, as a result of integrating certain of the Company’s equipment business into the Americas and Europe segments, associated revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities have been reclassified from Eliminations/Other to the Americas and Europe segments. This reclassification is consistent with changes in the Company’s organizational reporting and reflects the chief operating decision maker’s approach to assessing performance and asset allocation.

Accordingly, Note 28 reflects segment information in conformity with the three region model as well as the equipment business reclassification, and prior period segment information has been restated for comparability and consistency.

Revenue Recognition

Revenues are recognized when all the following criteria are met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; delivery has occurred or ownership has transferred to the customer; the price to the customer is fixed and determinable; and collectibility is reasonably assured. Revenues are reflected in the consolidated statements of operations net of taxes collected from customers and remitted to governmental authorities.

In arriving at net sales, the Company estimates the amounts of sales deductions likely to be earned by customers in conjunction with incentive programs such as volume rebates and other discounts. Such estimates are based on written agreements and historical trends and are reviewed periodically for possible revision based on changes in facts and circumstances.

The Company’s sales agency fee income pertains to fees earned under the sales agency agreements with Unilever (see Note 3).

Customer Rebates and Discounts

Rebates and discounts granted to customers are accounted for on an accrual basis as a reduction in net sales in the period in which the related sales are recognized.

Volume rebates are generally supported by customer contracts, which typically extend from one- to five-year periods. In the case where rebate rates are not contractually fixed, the rates used in the calculation of accruals are estimated based on forecasted annual volumes.

Accrued customer rebates and discounts, which are included within accrued expenses on the consolidated balance sheets, were $126,441 and $120,536 at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively.

Cost of Sales

Cost of sales includes material costs, packaging costs, production costs, distribution costs, including shipping and handling costs, and other factory overhead costs. Cost of sales also includes charges for obsolete & slow moving inventory, quality control, purchasing and receiving, warehousing and internal transfer costs.

The Company records fees billed to customers for shipping and handling as revenue.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling expenses include advertising and promotion costs, marketing and sales overhead costs. General and administrative expenses include information technology costs, legal costs, human resource costs, and other administrative and general overhead costs.

Advertising Costs

The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. Total advertising expense was $1,665, $1,467 and $2,412 for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Original Issue Discount and Capitalized Debt Issuance Costs

The Company amortizes the original issue discount and related capitalized debt issuance costs on its loans under the effective interest method, which is based on a schedule of anticipated cash flows over the terms of the various debt instruments. Under this method, periodic amortization changes in relation to changes in expected cash flows. During fiscal 2010, as a result of early optional principal payments of $125,000 on a portion of the Company’s indebtedness, the Company wrote off a portion of original issue discounts and capitalized debt issuance costs, resulting in an increase of $6,880 in interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments, with maturities of 90 days or less at the date of purchase, to be cash equivalents. The cost of cash equivalents approximates fair value due to the short-term nature of the investments.

Restricted Cash

Restricted cash represents cash transferred to separate irrevocable trusts for the settlement of certain obligations associated with the November 2005 Restructuring Program (see Note 14).

Accounts Receivable

The Company does not require collateral on sales and evaluates the collectibility of its accounts receivable based on a number of factors. For accounts substantially past due, an allowance for doubtful accounts is recorded based on a customer’s ability and likelihood to pay based on management’s review of the facts. In addition, the Company considers the need for allowance based on the length of time receivables are past due compared to its historical experience. The Company writes off accounts receivable when the Company determines that the accounts receivable are uncollectible, typically upon customer bankruptcy or the customer’s non-response to continuous collection efforts.

Inventories

Inventories are carried at the lower of cost or market. As of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, the cost of certain domestic inventories determined by the last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) method was $19,111 and $21,005, respectively. This represented 7.1% and 8.1% of total inventories, respectively. For the balance of the Company’s inventories, cost is determined using the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method. If the FIFO method of accounting had been used for all inventories, they would have been $4,672 and $3,289 higher than reported at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively.

The components of inventory are as follows:

 

     December 31, 2010      December 31, 2009  

Raw materials and containers

   $ 56,412       $ 53,198   

Finished goods

     206,835         202,791   
                 

Total inventories

   $ 263,247       $ 255,989   
                 

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost. Major replacements and improvements are capitalized, while maintenance and repairs which do not improve or extend the life of the respective assets are expensed as incurred. Depreciation is generally computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which typically range from 20-40 years for buildings, 4-10 years for machinery and equipment, and 5-20 years for improvements.

When properties are disposed of, the related costs and accumulated depreciation are removed from the respective accounts, and any gain or loss on disposition is reflected in selling, general and administrative expense.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Capitalized Software

The Company capitalizes certain internal and external costs to acquire or create computer software for internal use. Internal costs include payroll costs, incurred in connection with the development or acquisition of software for internal use. Accordingly, certain costs of this internal-use software are capitalized beginning at the software application development phase, which is after technological feasibility is established.

Capitalized software costs are amortized using the straight-line method over the expected useful life of the software, which is generally 3 to 5 years.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over fair value of identifiable net assets acquired from business acquisitions. Goodwill is not amortized, but is reviewed for impairment on an annual basis and between annual tests if indicators of impairment are present. The Company conducts its annual impairment test for goodwill on the first day of the fourth quarter. Based on the Company’s business approach to decision-making, planning and resource allocation, the Company has determined that it has five reporting units for purposes of evaluating goodwill for impairment. These reporting units are discrete business components of the Company’s three operating segments.

The Company uses a two-step process to test goodwill for impairment. First, the reporting unit's fair value is compared to its carrying value. Fair value is estimated using a combination of a discounted cash flow approach and a market approach. If a reporting unit's carrying amount exceeds its fair value, an indication exists that the reporting unit's goodwill may be impaired, and the second step of the impairment test would be performed. The second step of the goodwill impairment test is used to measure the amount of the potential impairment loss. In the second step, the implied fair value of the reporting unit's goodwill is determined by allocating the reporting unit's fair value to all of its assets and liabilities other than goodwill in a manner similar to a purchase price allocation. The implied fair value of the goodwill that results from the application of this second step is then compared to the carrying amount of the goodwill and an impairment charge would be recorded for the difference if the carrying value exceeds the implied fair value of the goodwill.

The Company performed the required annual impairment test for fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008 and found no impairment of goodwill. There can be no assurance that future goodwill impairment tests will not result in a charge to earnings.

On March 11, 2011, Japan suffered a significant natural disaster. While immediate losses are not expected to be material, the future impact to operating results and related risk of asset impairment is not currently determinable.

Other Intangibles

Purchased intangible assets are carried at cost less accumulated amortization. Definite-lived intangible assets, which primarily include customer lists, contractual arrangements, certain trademarks, patents and licenses, and technical know-how, have been assigned an estimated finite life and are amortized on a straight-line basis over periods ranging from 1 to 37 years. Indefinite-lived intangible assets, which primarily include certain trademarks, are evaluated annually for impairment and between annual tests if indicators of impairment are present.

The Company tests the carrying value of other intangible assets with indefinite lives by comparing the fair value of the intangible assets to the carrying value. Fair value is estimated using a relief of royalty approach, a discounted cash flow methodology using market-based royalty rates.

The Company conducts its annual impairment test for indefinite-lived intangible assets as of the first day of the fourth quarter. The Company performed the required impairment tests for fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008 and found no impairment of indefinite-lived intangible assets. There can be no assurance that future indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment tests will not result in a charge to earnings.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Property, plant and equipment and other long-lived assets, including amortizable intangible assets, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. If the sum of the expected undiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying value of the related asset or group of assets, a loss is recognized for the difference between the fair value and carrying value of the asset or group of assets. Such analyses necessarily involve significant judgment. In

 

F-12


Table of Contents

fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008, the Company recorded impairment charges of $5,416, $1,198 and $6,347, respectively, which are recorded as part of selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. Except for $469 related to impairment of customer lists, patents and trademarks in 2010, and $396 related to impairment of customer lists, contracts, licenses, and other intangibles in 2009, impairment charges for 2010, 2009 and 2008 were associated with the Company’s restructuring activities. The impairment charges are summarized as follows:

 

Impaired Asset Type

   Amount
of loss
    

Operating segment

  

Method for determining fair value

Fiscal Year 2010

        

Building, machinery and plant equipment

   $ 4,274       Europe    Market price

Land and building

     463       Americas    Market price

Customer lists

     228       Americas    Market price

Patents and trademarks

     241       Greater Asia Pacific    Market price

Other long-lived assets

     210       Various    Various
              
   $ 5,416         
              

Fiscal Year 2009

        

Buildings and leasehold improvements

   $ 700       Greater Asia Pacific    Market price

Customer lists, contracts, licenses and other intangibles

     396       Americas    Market price

Other long-lived assets

     102       Various    Various
              
   $ 1,198         
              

Fiscal Year 2008

        

Land and building

   $ 2,617       Greater Asia Pacific    Market price

Land, building and fixed assets

     2,521       Europe    Market price

Other long-lived assets

     1,209       Various    Various
              
   $ 6,347         
              

Investments

Investments in debt and equity securities are carried at cost or the equity method when appropriate, and are included in other assets. Investments are reviewed for impairment quarterly; an impairment charge is recorded if the fair value of the investment is less than its carrying value, and the impairment is other than temporary. In fiscal 2010, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $5,900 on one of its investments; this charge is included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

Accrued Employee-Related Expenses

The Company accrues employee costs relating to payroll, payroll taxes, vacation, bonuses and incentives when incurred. Such accruals were $146,833 and $161,972 as of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively.

Environmental Remediation Costs

The Company accrues for losses associated with environmental remediation obligations when such losses are probable and reasonably estimable. Recoveries of environmental remediation costs from other parties are recorded as assets when their receipt is deemed probable. The accruals are adjusted as further information becomes available or circumstances change.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Foreign Currency Translations and Transactions

The functional currency of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries is generally the local currency. Accordingly, balance sheet accounts are translated to U.S. Dollars using the exchange rates in effect at the respective balance sheet dates and income statement amounts are translated to U.S. Dollars using the monthly weighted-average exchange rates for the periods presented. The aggregate effects of the resulting translation adjustments are included in accumulated other comprehensive income (see Note 25).

Gains and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are generally recorded as a component of other (income) expense, net (see Note 16).

Hyperinflationary accounting

Effective January 11, 2010, the Venezuelan government devalued its currency (Bolivar) and moved to a two- tier exchange structure. The official exchange rate moved from 2.15 to 2.60 for essential goods and to 4.30 for non-essential goods and services. The Company’s goods meet the non-essential classification.

Beginning with fiscal year 2010, the Company accounted for its Venezuelan subsidiary as hyperinflationary and used the exchange rate at which it expects to be able to remit dividends to translate its earnings and balance sheet. In association with the conversion, the Company recorded a pretax loss of $3,874, as a component of other (income) expense, net, in 2010.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company measures and recognizes the compensation expense for all share-based awards made to employees and directors based on estimated fair values, in accordance with ASC 718, Compensation – Stock Compensation. As described in Note 22, the Company adopted a new management incentive plan in January 2010. The fair value of stock options granted is calculated using a Black-Scholes valuation model and compensation expense is recognized net of forfeitures on a straight line basis over the vesting period, currently ranging from three to four years.

Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company utilizes certain derivative financial instruments to enhance its ability to manage foreign currency exposures. Derivative financial instruments are entered into for periods consistent with the related underlying exposures and do not represent positions independent of those exposures. The Company does not enter into forward foreign currency exchange contracts for speculative purposes. The contracts are entered into with major financial institutions with no credit loss anticipated for the failure of counterparties to perform.

The Company recognizes all derivative financial instruments in the consolidated financial statements at fair value regardless of the purpose or intent for holding the instrument. Changes in the fair value of derivative financial instruments are either recognized periodically in the consolidated statements of operations or in stockholder’s equity as a component of comprehensive income or loss depending on whether the derivative financial instrument qualifies for hedge accounting, and if so, whether it qualifies as a fair value hedge or cash flow hedge. Generally, changes in fair values of derivatives accounted for as fair value hedges are recorded in the consolidated statements of operations along with the portions of the changes in the fair values of the hedged items that relate to the hedged risks. Changes in fair values of derivatives accounted for as cash flow hedges, to the extent they are effective as hedges, are recorded in other comprehensive income or loss, net of deferred taxes. Hedge ineffectiveness to the extent that elements of the hedges are ineffective will be reported in the consolidated statements of operations. Hedge ineffectiveness was insignificant for all periods reported. Changes in fair value of derivatives not qualifying as hedges are reported in the consolidated statements of operations.

Accounting for Income Taxes

Current and noncurrent tax assets and liabilities are based upon an estimate of income taxes refundable or payable for each of the jurisdictions in which the Company is subject to tax. In the ordinary course of business, there is inherent uncertainty in quantifying income tax positions. The Company assesses income tax positions and records tax provisions/benefits for all years subject

 

F-14


Table of Contents

to examination based upon management’s evaluation of the facts, circumstances and information available at the reporting dates. For those income tax positions where it is more likely than not that an income tax benefit will be sustained, the Company records the largest amount of income tax benefit with a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. For those income tax positions where it is not more likely than not that an income tax benefit will be sustained, no income tax benefit is recognized in the financial statements. When applicable, associated interest and penalties are recognized as a component of income tax expense. Accrued interest and penalties are included within the related tax asset or liability on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Deferred income taxes are provided for temporary differences arising from differences in basis of assets and liabilities for tax and financial reporting purposes. Deferred income taxes are recorded on temporary differences using enacted statutory income tax rates in effect for the year in which the temporary differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in statutory income tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in earnings in the period that includes the enactment date. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. See Note 17 for further information on income taxes.

New Accounting Pronouncements

Business Combinations (ASC Topic 805)

In December 2010, the FASB issued an Accounting Standard Update (“ASU”) related to Disclosure of Supplementary Pro Forma Information for Business Combinations. The amendments in this ASU specify that if a public entity presents comparative financial statements, the entity should disclose revenue and earnings of the combined entity as though the business combination(s) that occurred during the current year had occurred as of the beginning of the comparable prior annual reporting period only. The amendments also expand the supplemental pro forma disclosures to include a description of the nature and amount of material, nonrecurring pro forma adjustments directly attributable to the business combination included in the reported pro forma revenue and earnings. The amendments are effective prospectively for business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2010. The Company will adopt this standard effective the beginning of its fiscal year 2011, and expects that the adoption of this standard will not significantly impact the consolidated financial statements.

Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (ASC Topic 350)

In December 2010, the FASB issued an ASU describing when to Perform Step 2 of the Goodwill Impairment Test for Reporting Units with Zero or Negative Carrying Amounts. The amendments in this ASU modify Step 1 of the goodwill impairment test for reporting units with zero or negative carrying amounts. For those reporting units, an entity is required to perform Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test if it is more likely than not that a goodwill impairment exists. In determining whether it is more likely than not that goodwill impairment exists, an entity should consider whether there are any adverse qualitative factors indicating that impairment may exist. The qualitative factors are consistent with the existing guidance and examples, which require that goodwill of a reporting unit be tested for impairment between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. For public entities, the amendments in this ASU are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2010. Early adoption is not permitted. The Company will adopt this standard effective the beginning of its fiscal year 2011, and expects that the adoption of this standard will not significantly impact the consolidated financial statements.

Foreign Currency Matters (ASC Topic 830)

In May 2010, the FASB issued an ASU to codify the SEC staff’s views on certain foreign currency issues related to investments in Venezuela. Among other things, this announcement provides background on the two acceptable inflation indices for Venezuela, states that Venezuela is now considered highly inflationary and calendar year entities that have not previously

 

F-15


Table of Contents

accounted for their Venezuelan investment as such should be applying highly inflationary accounting beginning January 1, 2010. As discussed above, the Company has accounted for its Venezuelan subsidiary as highly inflationary effective since January 2010; this update did not impact the consolidated financial statements.

Revenue Recognition (ASC Topic 605)

In October 2009, the FASB issued an ASU on its standard on Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements to enable vendors to account for products or services (deliverables) separately rather than as a combined unit. This guidance establishes a selling price hierarchy for determining the selling price of a deliverable, specifically: (a) vendor-specific objective evidence; (b) third-party evidence; or (c) estimates. It also eliminates the residual method of allocation and requires that consideration be allocated at the inception of the arrangement to all deliverables using the relative selling price method. In addition, this guidance significantly expands required disclosures related to a vendor’s multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements. This ASU is effective prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010. The Company adopted this guidance at the beginning of the third quarter of 2010 and its adoption did not impact the consolidated financial statements.

Fair Value Measurements (ASC Topic 820)

In January 2010, the FASB issued additional guidance to improve fair value disclosures and increase the transparency in financial reporting. These enhancements include: (1) a reporting entity should disclose separately the amounts of significant transfers in and out of Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements and describe the reasons for the transfers; and (2) in the reconciliation for fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs, a reporting entity should present separately information about purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements. This new guidance is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009. The Company adopted this guidance at the beginning of fiscal year 2010 and its adoption did not impact the consolidated financial statements.

Transfers and Servicing (ASC Topic 860)

In June 2009, the FASB eliminated the concept of a “qualifying special-purpose entity” and changed the requirements for derecognizing financial assets. As a result of this amendment to U.S. GAAP, many types of transferred financial assets that previously qualified for de-recognition in the balance sheet no longer qualify, including certain securitized accounts receivable. In particular, this amendment introduced the concept of a participating interest as a unit of account and reiterates the requirement that in order for a transfer of accounts receivable to qualify as a sale, effective control must be transferred; if the accounts receivable transferred meet the definition of a participating interest, the transfer qualifies for sale accounting. Because the accounts receivable transferred under our securitization arrangements do not meet the definition of a participating interest, the arrangement fails to meet the requirements of a complete transfer of control, and cannot continue to be treated as a sale. The Company adopted this guidance at the beginning of fiscal year 2010. As a result of the adoption of this standard, the Company restored the securitized accounts receivable in its balance sheet and recognized short-term borrowings. See Note 7 for additional information.

Consolidation (ASC Topic 810)

Variable Interest Entities (“VIEs”): In June 2009, the FASB amended the evaluation criteria used to identify the primary beneficiary of a VIE, potentially changing significantly the decision on whether or not a VIE should be consolidated. This statement requires companies to qualitatively assess the determination of the primary beneficiary of a VIE based on whether the entity (1) has the power to direct matters that most significantly impact the activities of the VIE, and (2) has the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. Additionally, the new standard requires ongoing reassessments of whether an enterprise is the primary beneficiary. The Company adopted this guidance at the beginning of fiscal year 2010, and its adoption did not impact the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”)

In February 2010, the SEC issued a statement that reaffirms its support for the potential use of IFRS in the preparation of financial statements by U.S. registrants. It announced a work plan by which it is expected to make a determination in 2011 whether or not it will mandate the conversion to IFRS. As of October 2010, the SEC continues to anticipate making the determination in 2011 of whether, when, and how to incorporate IFRS into the U.S. domestic financial reporting system. The Company is currently assessing the potential impact of IFRS on its financial statements and will continue to review progress of the work plan.

 

(3) Master Sales Agency Terminations and Umbrella Agreement

In connection with the May 2002 acquisition of the DiverseyLever business, the Company entered into a master sales agency agreement (the “Prior Agency Agreement”) with Unilever, whereby the Company acts as an exclusive sales agent in the sale of Unilever’s consumer brand products to various institutional and industrial end-users. At acquisition, the Company assigned an intangible value to the Prior Agency Agreement of $13,000, which was fully amortized at May 2007.

In October 2007, the Company and Unilever entered into the Umbrella Agreement (the “Umbrella Agreement”), to replace the Prior Agency Agreement, which includes; (i) a new agency agreement with terms similar to the Prior Agency Agreement, covering Ireland, the United Kingdom, Portugal and Brazil, and (ii) a Master Sub-License Agreement (the “License Agreement”) under which Unilever has agreed to grant 31 of the Company’s subsidiaries a license to produce and sell professional size packs of Unilever’s consumer brand cleaning products. The entities covered by the License Agreement have also entered into agreements with Unilever to distribute Unilever’s consumer branded products. Except for some transitional arrangements in certain countries, the Umbrella Agreement became effective January 1, 2008, and, unless otherwise terminated or extended, will expire on December 31, 2017.

An agency fee is paid by Unilever to the Company in exchange for its sales agency services. An additional fee was payable by Unilever to the Company in the event that conditions for full or partial termination of the Prior Agency Agreement were met. At various times during the life of the Prior Agency Agreement, the Company elected, and Unilever agreed, to partially terminate the Prior Agency Agreement in several territories resulting in payment by Unilever to the Company of additional fees, which are recognized in the consolidated statements of operations over the life of the Umbrella Agreement. In association with the partial terminations, the Company recognized sales agency fee income of $623, $637 and $743 during fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

An additional fee is payable by Unilever to the Company in the event that conditions for full or partial termination of the License Agreement are met. The Company elected, and Unilever agreed, to partially terminate the License Agreement in several territories resulting in payment by Unilever to the Company of additional fees. In association with the partial terminations, the Company recognized sales income of $157 during the year ended December 31, 2010.

Under the License Agreement, the Company recorded net product and service sales of $127,711, $133,368 and $151,335 during fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

 

(4) Acquisitions

Intangible Acquisition

In June 2008, the Company purchased certain intangible assets relating to a cleaning technology for an aggregate purchase price of $8,020. The purchase price includes a $1,000 non-refundable deposit made in July 2007; $5,020 paid at closing; and $2,000 of future payments that are contingent upon, among other things, achieving commercial production. Assets acquired include primarily intangible assets, consisting of trademarks, patents, technical know-how, customer relationships and a non-compete agreement. The Company paid the sellers $1,000 in both September 2008 and December 2008 having met certain contingent requirements.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

In conjunction with the acquisition, the Company and the sellers entered into a consulting agreement, under which the Company was required to pay to the sellers $1,000 in fiscal 2009. The Company paid the sellers $500 in both January 2009 and July 2009 as the sellers met the contingent requirements. In December 2010, the Company and the sellers amended the consulting agreement and the Company recorded additional consideration of $400, which was capitalized and allocated to the purchase price as technical know-how.

In addition to the purchase price discussed above, the Company previously maintained an intangible asset in its consolidated balance sheets in the amount of $4,700, representing a payment from the Company to the sellers in a previous period in exchange for an exclusive distribution license agreement relating to this technology. This distribution agreement was terminated as a result of the acquisition and the value of this asset was considered in the final allocation of the purchase price.

At December 31, 2010, the Company’s allocation of the purchase price was as follows:

 

     Fair Value      Useful Life  

Trademarks

   $ 540         Indefinite   

Patents

     40         18 years   

Technical know-how

     12,230         20 years   

Customer relationships

     420         10 years   

Non-compete

     600         10 years   

Joint Venture

In December 2010, the Company and Atlantis Activator Technologies LLC (“Atlantis”), an Ohio-based limited liability company, formed a joint venture, Proteus Solutions, LLC (“Proteus”), to develop and market products for laundry and other applications. The Company contributed $3,400 and Atlantis contributed intellectual property, with each holding a 50% interest in Proteus. The Company expects to provide operational funding and management resources to Proteus following formalization of the business plan. The joint venture is not expected to generate operating results until the second half of fiscal 2011. At December 31, 2010, the Company’s investment in Proteus is included at cost in other assets in the consolidated balance sheets.

 

(5) Divestitures

Auto-Chlor Master Franchise and Branch Operations

In December 2007, in conjunction with its November 2005 Plan (see Note 14), the Company executed a sales agreement for its Auto-Chlor Master Franchise and substantially all of its remaining Auto-Chlor branch operations in North America, a business that marketed and sold low-energy dishwashing systems, kitchen chemicals, laundry and housekeeping products and services to foodservice, lodging, healthcare, and institutional customers, for $69,800.

The transaction closed on February 29, 2008, resulting in a net book gain of approximately $1,292 after taxes and related costs. The gain associated with these divestiture activities is included as a component of selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. In fiscal years 2010 and 2009, the Company recorded adjustments related to closing costs and pension-related settlement charges, reducing the gain by $154 and $208, respectively. Any additional post-closing adjustments are not anticipated to be significant.

Net sales associated with this business were approximately $9,882 for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008.

 

F-18


Table of Contents
(6) Discontinued Operations

DuBois Chemicals

On September 26, 2008, the Company and JohnsonDiversey Canada, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, sold substantially all of the assets of DuBois Chemicals (“DuBois”) to DuBois Chemicals, Inc. and DuBois Chemicals Canada, Inc., subsidiaries of The Riverside Company (collectively, “Riverside”), for approximately $69,700, of which, $5,000 was escrowed subject to meeting certain fiscal year 2009 performance measures and $1,000 was escrowed subject to resolution of certain environmental representations by the Company. The purchase price was also subject to certain post-closing adjustments that were based on net working capital targets. Finalization of the working capital adjustment in the first quarter of 2009 did not require any purchase price adjustment. In July 2009, the Company met certain environmental representations and Riverside released the $1,000 escrow to the Company. The Company and Riverside finalized certain performance related adjustments during the second quarter of 2010 which did not require any purchase price adjustment.

DuBois is a North American based manufacturer and marketer of specialty chemicals, control systems and related services primarily for use by industrial manufacturers. DuBois was a non-core asset of the Company and a component of the Americas operating segment. The sale resulted in a gain of approximately $14,774 ($10,696 after tax) being recorded in the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, net of related costs. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009, the Company reduced the gain by $900 ($342 after tax income) as a result of additional one-time costs and pension-related settlement charges, partially offset by proceeds from the environmental escrow. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, the Company reduced the gain by $91 ($91 after tax loss) as a result of additional one-time costs and pension-related settlement charges. Any additional post-closing adjustments are not anticipated to be significant.

Net sales from discontinued operations relating to DuBois were $72,134 which includes $7,193 of intercompany sales for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008.

Income from discontinued operations relating to DuBois was comprised of the following:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended  
     December 31, 2010     December 31, 2009     December 31, 2008  

Income from discontinued operations before taxes and gain from sale

   $ —        $ —        $ 6,630   

Tax provision on income from discontinued operations

     —          —          (1,912

Gain (loss) on sale of discontinued operations before taxes

     (91     (900     14,774   

Tax benefit (provision) on gain (loss) from sale of discontinued operations

     —          1,242        (4,078
                        

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

   $ (91   $ 342      $ 15,414   
                        

The asset purchase agreement relating to the DuBois disposition refers to ancillary agreements governing certain relationships between the parties, including a distribution agreement and supply agreement, each of which is not considered material to the Company’s consolidated financial results.

Polymer Business

On June 30, 2006, Johnson Polymer, LLC (“Johnson Polymer”) and Diversey Holdings II B.V. (“Holdings II”), an indirectly owned subsidiary of the Company, completed the sale of substantially all of the assets of Johnson Polymer, certain of the equity interests in, or assets of, certain Johnson Polymer subsidiaries and all of the equity interests owned by Holdings II in Johnson Polymer B.V. (collectively, the “Polymer Business”) to BASF Aktiengesellschaft (“BASF”) for approximately $470,000 plus an additional $8,119 in connection with the parties' estimate of purchase price adjustments that are based upon the closing net asset value of the Polymer Business. Further, BASF paid the Company $1,500 for the option to extend the tolling agreement (described below) by up to six months. In December 2006, the Company and BASF finalized purchase price adjustments related to the net asset value and the Company received an additional $4,062.

The Polymer Business developed, manufactured, and sold specialty polymers for use in the industrial print and packaging industry, industrial paint and coatings industry, and industrial plastics industry. The Polymer Business was a non-core asset of the Company and had been reported as a separate operating segment. The sale resulted in a gain of approximately $352,907 ($235,906 after tax), net of related costs.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

The Company recorded additional closing costs, reducing the gain by $192 ($226 after tax loss), during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009, the Company recorded certain pension-related adjustments and additional closing costs, reducing the gain by $239 ($167 after tax loss). During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, the Company recorded certain pension-related adjustments and additional closing costs, reducing the gain by $751 ($751 after tax loss). Any additional post-closing adjustments are not anticipated to be significant.

The asset and equity purchase agreement relating to the disposition of the Polymer Business refers to ancillary agreements governing certain relationships between the parties, including a supply agreement and tolling agreement, each of which is not considered material to the Company’s consolidated financial results.

Supply Agreement

A ten-year global agreement provides for the supply of polymer products to the Company by BASF. Unless either party provides notice of its intent not to renew at least three years prior to the expiration of the ten-year term, the term of the agreement will extend for an additional five years. The agreement requires that the Company purchase a specified percentage of related products from BASF during the term of agreement. Subject to certain adjustments, the Company has a minimum volume commitment during each of the first five years of the agreement.

Tolling Agreement

A three-year agreement provided for the toll manufacture of polymer products by the Company, at its manufacturing facility in Sturtevant, Wisconsin, for BASF. The agreement, after a nine month extension, terminated on March 2010. The agreement specified product pricing and provides BASF the right to purchase certain equipment retained by the Company.

In association with the tolling agreement, the Company agreed to pay $11,400 in compensation to SCJ, a related party, primarily related to pre-payments and the right to extend terms on the lease agreement at the Sturtevant, Wisconsin manufacturing location. The Company amortized $9,200 of the payment into the results of the tolling operation over the term of the tolling agreement, with the remainder recorded as a reduction of the gain on discontinued operations.

The Company considered its continuing involvement with the Polymer Business, including the supply agreement and tolling agreement, concluding that neither the related cash inflows nor cash outflows were direct, due to the relative insignificance of the continuing operations to the disposed business.

Income from discontinued operations relating to the Polymer Business was comprised of the following:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended  
     December 31,
2010
    December 31,
2009
    December 31,
2008
 

Loss on sale of discontinued operations before taxes

   $ (751   $ (239   $ (192

Tax benefit (provision) on sale of discontinued operations

     —          72        (34

Income (loss) from tolling operations

     (9,519     (1,094     477   

Tax benefit (provision) on income (loss) from tolling operations

     —          390        (200
                        

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

   $ (10,270   $ (871   $ 51   
                        

 

(7) Accounts Receivable Securitization

JWPR Corporation

Prior to November 2010, the Company and certain of its subsidiaries entered into an agreement (the “Receivables Facility”) as amended, whereby they sell, on a continuous basis, certain trade receivables to JWPR Corporation (“JWPRC”), a wholly-owned, consolidated, special purpose, bankruptcy-remote subsidiary of the Company. JWPRC was formed in March 2001 for the sole purpose of buying and selling receivables generated by the Company and certain of its subsidiaries party to the Receivables Facility. JWPRC sold an undivided interest in the accounts receivable to a nonconsolidated financial institution (the “Conduit”) for an amount equal to the value of all eligible receivables (as defined under the receivables sale agreement between JWPRC and the Conduit) less the applicable reserve. The total potential for securitization of trade receivables under the Receivables Facility at December 31, 2009 was $50,000. In November 2010, JWPRC terminated this Receivables Facility.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

JDER Limited

Also, prior to November 2010, certain subsidiaries of the Company entered into agreements to sell, on a continuous basis, certain trade receivables originated in the United Kingdom, France and Spain to JDER Limited (“JDER”), a wholly-owned, consolidated, special purpose, bankruptcy-remote indirect subsidiary of the Company (the “European Receivables Facility”). JDER was formed in September 2009 for the sole purpose of buying and selling receivables originated by subsidiaries subject to the European Receivables Facility. JDER sold an undivided interest in the accounts receivable to a nonconsolidated financial institution (the “European Conduit”) for an amount equal to the value of the eligible receivables less the applicable reserve. The total amount available for securitization of trade receivables under the European Receivables Facility is €50,000. In November 2010, JDER terminated the European Receivables Facility.

Effective January 1, 2010, the accounting treatment for the Company’s receivables securitization facilities (see Note 2) required that accounts receivable sold to the Conduit and to the European Conduit be included in accounts receivable, with a corresponding increase in short-term borrowings.

As a result of the facility terminations, JDER repurchased the remaining receivables transferred to the European Conduit, and transferred its retained interest in receivables back to the subsidiaries that originated them; JWPRC did not have any receivables outstanding with the Conduit. Accordingly, $2,826 of unamortized fees were written off and included in interest expense in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. Prior to the write-off, the Company had recorded amortization of debt issuance costs in the amount of $1,060 in 2010, which is included in interest expense in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.

As of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, the Company had a retained interest of $0 and $60,048, respectively, in the receivables of JWPRC, and of $0 and $110,445, respectively, in the receivables of JDER. The retained interest is included in the accounts receivable balance and is reflected in the consolidated balance sheets at estimated fair value. Prior to the effective date of the change in accounting treatment, as of December 31, 2009, the European Conduit held $18,703, of accounts receivable that were not included in the accounts receivable balance in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.

Costs associated with the sale of beneficial interests in the receivables vary on a monthly basis and are generally related to the commercial paper rate and administrative fees associated with the overall program facility. Such costs were $1,643, $1,680 and $2,195 for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and December 28, 2008, respectively, and are included in interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations.

 

(8) Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment, net, consisted of the following:

 

     December 31, 2010     December 31, 2009  

Land and improvements

   $ 59,023      $ 57,456   

Buildings and leasehold improvements

     219,735        214,758   

Equipment

     696,542        681,930   

Capital leases

     3,817        4,090   

Construction in progress

     38,675        28,955   
                
     1,017,792        987,189   

Less–Accumulated depreciation

     (607,285     (571,544
                

Property, plant and equipment, net

   $ 410,507      $ 415,645   
                

 

F-21


Table of Contents
(9) Capitalized Software

Capitalized software, net, consisted of the following:

 

     December 31, 2010     December 31, 2009  

Capitalized software

   $ 277,621      $ 257,296   

Less–Accumulated amortization

     (224,641     (203,998
                
   $ 52,980      $ 53,298   
                

Amortization expense related to capitalized software was $18,009, $16,428 and $15,736 for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively

 

(10) Goodwill

Changes in the balance of the goodwill account from January 1, 2009 to December 31, 2010 were as follows:

 

     December 31, 2010     December 31, 2009  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 1,253,704      $ 1,208,686   

Impact of foreign currency fluctuations

     (7,601     45,018   
                

Balance at end of year

   $ 1,246,103      $ 1,253,704   
                

The Company had no accumulated impairment losses at December 31, 2010 and 2009.

 

(11) Other Intangibles

Other intangibles consisted of the following:

 

     Weighted-Average
Useful Lives
     December 31, 2010     December 31, 2009  

Definite-lived intangible assets:

       

Trademarks and patents

     10 years       $ 47,815      $ 49,813   

Customer lists, contracts, licenses and other intangibles

     14 years         199,804        202,311   

Indefinite-lived intangible assets:

       

Trademarks

     —           126,401        134,950   

Licenses and other intangibles

     —           2,441        2,441   
                   
        376,461        389,515   

Less–Accumulated amortization

        (182,286     (168,746
                   

Other intangibles, net

      $ 194,175      $ 220,769   
                   

Amortization expense for other intangibles was $18,065, $19,067 and $22,901 for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively. Included in these amounts are impairment charges of $469, $396 and $0, respectively (see Note 2).

 

F-22


Table of Contents

The aggregate amounts of anticipated amortization of intangible assets for each of the next five fiscal years and thereafter are as follows:

 

Year

      

2011

   $ 12,656   

2012

     6,899   

2013

     5,563   

2014

     4,653   

2015

     4,237   

Thereafter

     31,325   
        
   $ 65,333   
        

 

(12) Indebtedness and Credit Arrangements

In connection with the recapitalization and refinancing transactions (see Note 26), the Company entered into new debt arrangements, the proceeds of which were primarily used to repurchase or redeem the Company’s previously outstanding senior subordinated notes and to repay borrowings under the Company’s previous senior secured credit facilities.

The Company’s indebtedness and credit arrangements consisted of the following:

 

     December 31, 2010      December 31, 2009  

Short-term borrowings:

     

Revolving facility 1

   $ —         $ —     

Other lines of credit

     24,205         27,661   
                 

Long-term borrowings:

     

Term Loans 1

   $ 814,806       $ 981,092   

Diversey Senior Notes 2

     400,000         400,000   
                 
     1,214,806         1,381,092   

Less: Unamortized discount

     13,162         17,650   

Less: Current maturities of long-term debt

     9,498         9,811   
                 
   $ 1,192,146       $ 1,353,631   
                 

1Term Loans and Revolving Facility

On November 24, 2009, the Company entered into new senior secured credit facilities (“Senior Secured Credit Facilities”). The Senior Secured Credit Facilities include three term loan facilities, one in U.S. dollars, one in Canadian dollars, and one in euros. The Senior Secured Credit Facilities also include a $250,000, multicurrency, revolving credit facility available in U.S. dollars, euros, Canadian dollars and/or British pounds, and include a letter of credit sub-limit of $50,000 and a swingline loan sub-limit of $30,000 (“Revolving Facility”).

The net proceeds of the Term Loans, after deducting the original issue discount of $15,000, but before offering expenses and other debt issuance costs, were $985,000. The Term Loans will mature on November 24, 2015, and will amortize in quarterly installments of 1.00% per annum with the balance due at maturity.

Borrowings under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities bear interest based on LIBOR, EURIBOR, the BA rate or Base Rate (all as defined in the credit agreement to the Senior Secured Credit Facilities), plus an agreed upon margin that adjusts based on the Company’s leverage ratio, and subject to a floor rate. At December 31, 2010, the U.S. dollar denominated borrowings bear interest at 5.25%, which is LIBOR plus 325 basis points, subject to a minimum LIBOR floor of 2.00%. The Canadian dollar denominated borrowings bear interest at 5.25%, which is the BA rate plus 325 basis points, subject to a minimum BA floor of 2.00%. The euro denominated borrowings bear interest at 6.25%, which is EURIBOR plus 400 basis points, subject to a EURIBOR floor of 2.25%. At December 31, 2009, the U.S. dollar and Canadian dollar denominated borrowings carried interest at 5.50% and the euro denominated borrowings carried interest at 6.50%. Interest is generally payable quarterly in arrears.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

The Revolving Facility will mature on November 24, 2014. At December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, there were no outstanding borrowings under the Revolving Facility. As of December 31, 2010, we had $3,720 in letters of credit outstanding under the revolving portion of the Senior Secured Credit Facilities and therefore had the ability to borrow an additional $246,280 under this revolving facility.

All obligations under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities are secured by substantially all the assets of Holdings, the Company and each subsidiary of the Company (but limited to the extent necessary to avoid materially adverse tax consequences to the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole and by restrictions imposed by applicable law).

Amendment to the Senior Secured Credit Facilities credit agreement. The Senior Secured Credit Facilities were amended in March 2011. This amendment reduced the interest rate payable with respect to the Term Loans, thereby reducing borrowing costs over the remaining life of the credit facilities. The spread on the U.S. dollar and Canadian dollar denominated borrowings was reduced from 325 basis points to 300 basis points, and the minimum LIBOR and BA floors were reduced from 2.00% to 1.00%. The spread on the euro denominated borrowing was reduced from 400 basis points to 350 basis points and the EURIBOR floor was reduced from 2.25% to 1.50%.

In addition, the amendment changed various financial covenants and credit limits to provide us with greater flexibility to operate our business. These changes include the ability to issue incremental term loan facilities and the ability to issue dividends to Holdings to fund cash interest payments on the Holdings Senior Notes.

2 Diversey Senior Notes

On November 24, 2009, the Company issued $400,000 of 8.25% senior notes due 2019 (“Original Senior Notes”). The net proceeds of the offering, after deducting the original issue discount of $3,320, but before offering expenses and other debt issuance costs, were $396,680. As required by the exchange and registration rights agreement entered into in connection with the issuance and sale of the Original Senior Notes, the Company filed a registration statement on Form S-4 with the SEC, which registration statement, as amended, was declared effective on July 12, 2010, and conducted an offer to exchange the outstanding Original Senior Notes for new notes that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (“Diversey Senior Notes”). This exchange offer closed on August 13, 2010, with all of the Original Senior Notes having been tendered for exchange.

The Company will pay interest on May 15 and November 15 of each year, beginning on May 15, 2010. The Diversey Senior Notes will mature on November 15, 2019.

The Diversey Senior Notes are unsecured and are effectively subordinated to the Senior Secured Credit Facilities to the extent of the value of the Company’s assets of the Company’s subsidiaries that secure such indebtedness. The indenture governing the Diversey Senior Notes contains certain covenants and events of default that the Company believes are customary for indentures of this type.

Notes redemption and other costs

In connection with the redemption of the previously outstanding senior subordinated notes and the termination of the previously outstanding term loan B, the Company incurred the following expenses in 2009:

 

Redemption premium on senior subordinated notes

   $ 11,748   

Write-off of balance of unamortized debt issuance costs of redeemed notes

     10,073   

Termination of interest rate swaps

     3,188   

Other transaction related fees

     393   
        
   $ 25,402   
        

Capitalized debt issuance costs

In connection with the refinancing of the Company, the Company capitalized approximately $69,384 of debt issuance costs. These costs are being amortized under the effective interest method over the life of the related debt instruments. As of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, the unamortized balances of debt issuance costs of $42,760 and $54,158 respectively are included in other assets, and $9,294 and $9,760 respectively are included in other current assets.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

In 2010 the amortization of these costs approximated $14,150 and is included in interest expense.

Unamortized discount

The unamortized discount at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 are summarized as follows:

 

     Term
Loans
    Senior
Notes
    Total  

Original Issue Discount

   $ 15,000      $ 3,320      $ 18,320   

Amortization in 2009

     (256     (34     (290

Effects of foreign exchange translation

     (380     —          (380
                        

Unamortized discount, December 31, 2009

     14,364      $ 3,286      $ 17,650   

Amortization in 2010

     (3,565     (212     (3,777

Effects of foreign exchange translation

     (711     —          (711
                        

Unamortized discount, December 31, 2010

   $ 10,088      $ 3,074      $ 13,162   
                        

Effective interest rates

     5.70% -6.91%        8.37  

These discounts are being amortized under the effective interest method over the terms of the related debt instruments.

Scheduled Maturities of Long-term Borrowings

The schedule of principal payments for indebtedness and credit arrangements at December 31, 2010, is as follows:

 

Year

      

2011

   $ 9,498   

2012

     9,498   

2013

     9,498   

2014

     9,498   

2015

     776,814   

Thereafter

     400,000   
        
   $ 1,214,806   
        

Financial Covenants

Under the terms of its Senior Secured Credit Facilities, the Company is subject to specified financial covenants and other limitations that require the Company to meet the following targets and ratios:

Maximum Leverage Ratio. The Company is required to maintain a leverage ratio for each financial covenant period of no more than the maximum ratio specified for that financial covenant period. The maximum leverage ratio is the ratio of: (i) the Company’s consolidated indebtedness (excluding up to $55,000 of indebtedness incurred under the Company’s Receivables Facilities (see Note 7) less cash and cash equivalents as of the last day of a financial covenant period to (ii) the Company’s consolidated EBITDA (“Credit Agreement EBITDA” as defined in the Senior Secured Credit Facilities) for the same financial covenant period. EBITDA is generally defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, plus the addback of specified expenses. The Senior Secured Credit Facilities require that the Company’s maximum leverage ratio not exceed a declining range from 4.75 to 1 for the financial covenant period ending nearest December 31, 2010, to 3.50 to 1 for the financial covenant periods ending nearest September 30, 2014 and thereafter.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

Minimum Interest Coverage Ratio. The Company is required to maintain an interest coverage ratio for each financial covenant period of no less than the minimum ratio specified for that financial covenant period. The minimum interest coverage ratio is the ratio of: (i) the Company’s consolidated Credit Agreement EBITDA for a financial covenant period to (ii) the Company’s cash interest expense for that same financial covenant period calculated in accordance with the Senior Secured Credit Facilities. The Senior Secured Credit Facilities require that the Company’s minimum interest coverage ratio not exceed an increasing range from 2.75 to 1 for the financial covenant period ending nearest December 31, 2010, to 3.25 to 1 for the financial covenant period ending nearest September 30, 2012 and thereafter.

Failure to comply with these financial ratio covenants would result in a default under the credit agreement for our Senior Secured Credit Facilities and, absent a waiver or amendment from our lenders, would permit the acceleration of all outstanding borrowings under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities.

Capital Expenditures. Capital expenditures are generally limited to $150,000 per fiscal year (with certain exceptions). To the extent that the Company makes capital expenditures of less than the limit in any fiscal year, however, it may carry forward into the subsequent year the difference between the limit and the actual amount expended, provided that the amounts carried forward from the previous year will be allocated to capital expenditures in the current fiscal year only after the amount allocated to the current fiscal year is exhausted. As of December 31, 2010, the Company was in compliance with the limitation on capital expenditures for fiscal year 2010.

The Senior Secured Credit Facilities contain additional covenants that restrict the Company’s ability to declare dividends and to redeem and repurchase capital stock. It also limits the Company’s ability to incur additional liens, engage in sale-leaseback transactions, incur additional indebtedness and make investments, among other restrictions.

As of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, the Company was in compliance with all covenants under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities.

Indenture for the Diversey Senior Notes

The indenture for the Diversey Senior Notes of the Company restricts the Company’s ability and the ability of its restricted subsidiaries to, among other things, incur additional indebtedness; pay dividends on, redeem or repurchase capital stock; issue or allow any person to own preferred stock of restricted subsidiaries; in the case of non-guarantor subsidiaries, guarantee indebtedness without also guaranteeing the Diversey Senior Notes; in the case of restricted subsidiaries, create or permit to exist dividend or payment restrictions with respect to the Company; make investments; incur or permit to exist liens; enter into transactions with affiliates; merge, consolidate or amalgamate with another company; and transfer or sell assets.

As of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, the Company was in compliance with all covenants under the indenture for the Diversey Senior Notes.

Cross Defaults

The Company’s failure to comply with the terms of the Senior Secured Credit Facilities or the indenture for the Diversey Senior Notes or the Company’s inability to comply with financial ratio tests or other restrictions could result in an event of default under the indenture for the Diversey Senior Notes or the Senior Secured Credit Facilities. Additionally, a payment default or default that permits or results in the acceleration of indebtedness aggregating $45,000 or more, including, without limitation, indebtedness under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, the indenture for the Diversey Senior Notes and indebtedness under foreign lines of credit, is also an event of default under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, the indenture for the Diversey Senior Notes and the indenture for the Holdings Senior Notes (see Note 26). Further, specified defaults under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities and the indenture for the Diversey Senior Notes constitute defaults under some of the Company’s foreign lines of credit and the Company’s license agreements with SCJ. A default, if not cured or waived, may permit acceleration of the Company’s indebtedness or result in a termination of its license agreements.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

(13) Financial Instruments

The Company sells its products in more than 175 countries and approximately 83% of the Company's revenues are generated outside the United States. The Company's activities expose it to a variety of market risks, including the effects of changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. These financial risks are monitored and managed by the Company as an integral part of its overall risk management program.

The Company maintains a foreign currency risk management strategy that uses derivative instruments (foreign currency forward contracts) to protect its interests from fluctuations in earnings and cash flows caused by the volatility in currency exchange rates. Movements in foreign currency exchange rates pose a risk to the Company's operations and competitive position, since exchange rate changes may affect the profitability and cash flow of the Company, and business and/or pricing strategies of competitors.

Certain of the Company's foreign business unit sales and purchases are denominated in the customers’ or vendors’ local currency. The Company purchases foreign currency forward contracts as hedges of foreign currency denominated receivables and payables and as hedges of forecasted foreign currency denominated sales and purchases. These contracts are entered into to protect against the risk that the future dollar-net-cash inflows and outflows resulting from such sales, purchases, firm commitments or settlements will be adversely affected by changes in exchange rates.

At December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, the Company held 23 and 26 foreign currency forward contracts as hedges of foreign currency denominated receivables and payables with aggregate notional amounts of $163,092 and $236,934, respectively. Because the terms of such contracts are primarily less than three months, the Company did not elect hedge accounting treatment for these contracts. The Company records the changes in the fair value of those contracts within other (income) expense, net, in the consolidated statements of operations. Total net realized and unrealized (gains) losses recognized on these contracts were $(2,523), $14,219 and $(12,521) for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively.

As of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, the Company held 194 and 100 foreign currency forward contracts as hedges of forecasted foreign currency denominated sales and purchases with aggregate notional amounts of $62,983 and $38,817, respectively. The maximum length of time over which the Company typically hedges cash flow exposures is twelve months. To the extent that these contracts are designated and qualify as cash flow hedging instruments, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative instrument is recorded in other comprehensive income and reclassified as a component to net income (loss) in the same period or periods during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. Net unrealized losses on cash flow hedging instruments of $409 and $196 were included in accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax, at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively. There was no ineffectiveness related to cash flow hedging instruments during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010 or December 31, 2009. Unrealized gains and losses existing at December 31, 2010, which are expected to be reclassified into the consolidated statements of operations from other comprehensive income during fiscal year 2011, are not expected to be significant.

The Company was party to three interest rate swaps with expiration dates in May 2010. These swaps were purchased to hedge the Company’s floating interest rate exposure on term loan B with a final maturity of December 2011. Under the terms of these swaps, the Company paid fixed rates of 4.825%, 4.845% and 4.9% and received three-month LIBOR on the notional amount for the life of the swaps. All interest rate swaps were designated and qualified as cash flow hedging instruments and, therefore, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative instrument was recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income and reclassified as a component to net income (loss) in the same period or periods during which the hedged exposure affected earnings. The net unrealized loss included in accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax, was $6,496 for the year ended December 31, 2008. In conjunction with the Refinancing (see Note 26), which included the repayment of term loan B, the Company terminated these swaps and paid $3,188 to various counterparties. The payments were recognized as interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009.

(14) Restructuring Liabilities

November 2005 Restructuring Program

On November 7, 2005, the Company announced a restructuring program (“November 2005 Plan”), which included redesigning the Company’s organizational structure, the closure of a number of manufacturing and other facilities, outsourcing the majority of

 

F-27


Table of Contents

information technology support worldwide, outsourcing certain financial services in Western Europe and a workforce reduction of approximately 15%. As of December 31, 2010, the Company has terminated 2,823 employees in the execution of this plan. Our November 2005 Plan activity is expected to continue through fiscal 2011, with the associated reserves expected to be substantially paid out through our restricted cash balance.

The activities associated with the November 2005 Plan for each of the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008 were as follows:

 

     Employee-
Related
    Other     Total  

Liability balances as of December 28, 2007

   $ 44,068      $ 2,158      $ 46,226   

Liability recorded as restructuring expense 1

     57,484        (193     57,291   

Cash paid 2

     (42,817     (630     (43,447
                        

Liability balances as of December 31, 2008

     58,735        1,335        60,070   

Liability recorded as restructuring expense

     32,663        251        32,914   

Cash paid 2

     (44,499     (117     (44,616
                        

Liability balances as of December 31, 2009

     46,899        1,469        48,368   

Net adjustments to restructuring liability

     (2,209     (68     (2,277

Cash paid 2

     (22,766     (220     (22,986
                        

Liability balances as of December 31, 2010

   $ 21,924      $ 1,181      $ 23,105   
                        

 

1

Liability recorded as restructuring expense includes certain reclassification between Employee-Related and Other not affecting the total.

2

Cash paid includes the effects of foreign exchange and certain reclassifications between Employee-Related and Other not affecting the total.

In connection with the November 2005 Plan, the Company recorded long-lived asset impairment charges of $4,947, $802 and $6,347 in the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively. The impairment charges are included in selling, general and administrative costs. Any additional impairment charges related to this plan are not anticipated to be significant.

Total plan-to-date expenses, net, associated with the November 2005 Plan, by reporting segment, are summarized as follows:

 

     Total Plan      Fiscal Year Ended  
     To-Date      December 31, 2010     December 31, 2009     December 31, 2008  

Europe

   $ 149,034       $ (851   $ 25,740      $ 32,196   

Americas

     41,132         (871     (750     13,459   

Greater Asia Pacific

     18,750         101        5,226        10,388   

Other

     25,473         (656     2,698        1,248   
                                 
   $ 234,389       $ (2,277   $ 32,914      $ 57,291   
                                 

In December 2009 and December 2008, the Company transferred $27,404 and $49,463 of cash, respectively, to irrevocable trusts for the settlement of certain obligations associated with the November 2005 Restructuring Plan. The Company expects to utilize the majority of the remaining balance of these funds, $20,407 at December 31, 2010, classified as restricted cash in its consolidated balance sheet, by the end of fiscal 2011.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

(15) Exit or Disposal Activities

In June 2010, the Company announced plans to transition certain accounting functions in its corporate center and certain Americas locations to a third party provider. The Company expects to execute the plan between July 2010 and December 2011. The Company also affirmed its decision to cease manufacturing operations at Waxdale, its primary U.S. manufacturing facility, and to move some production to other locations in North America, as well as pursue contract manufacturing for a portion of its product lines. The timeline to transition out of Waxdale is not certain, but is expected to be largely completed during the first semester of fiscal 2012. In connection with these plans, the Company recognized liabilities of $5,972 for the involuntary termination of employees during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, most of which are associated with the Americas operating segment. In addition, the company recorded $3,035 of period costs associated with these activities. These expenses are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

(16) Other (Income) Expense, Net

The components of other (income) expense, net in the consolidated statements of operations, include the following:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended  
     December 31, 2010     December 31, 2009     December 31, 2008  

Foreign currency (gain) loss

   $ 3,898      $ (18,835   $ 18,127   

Forward contracts (gain) loss

     (2,523     14,219        (12,521

Hyperinflationary foreign currency (gain) loss

     3,962        —          —     

Other, net

     (2,605     (83     65   
                        
   $ 2,732      $ (4,699   $ 5,671   
                        

(17) Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes consists of an amount for taxes currently payable, an amount for tax consequences deferred to future periods and adjustments related to our consideration of uncertain tax positions, including interest and penalties. The Company records deferred income tax assets and liabilities reflecting future tax consequences attributable to tax net operating loss carryforwards, tax credit carryforwards and differences between the financial statement carrying value of assets and liabilities and the tax bases of those assets and liabilities. Deferred taxes are computed using enacted tax rates expected to apply in the year in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. The effect on deferred income tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rate is recognized in earnings in the period that includes the enactment date.

The income tax provision for the Company has been calculated as if the entities included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements file separately from their parent holding company, Holdings.

Income Tax Expense

The provision for income taxes for continuing operations was comprised of:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended  
     December 31, 2010     December 31, 2009     December 31, 2008  

Current tax expense (benefit):

      

Federal

   $ 6,892      $ 12,397      $ 7,968   

State

     336        (537     66   

Foreign

     53,181        39,535        30,631   

Deferred tax expense (benefit):

      

Federal

     (1,748     (474     537   

Foreign

     7,597        25,208        18,329   
                        
   $ 66,258      $ 76,129      $ 57,531   
                        

 

F-29


Table of Contents

A reconciliation of the difference between the statutory U.S. federal income tax expense to the Company’s income tax expense for continuing operations is as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended  
     December 31, 2010     December 31, 2009     December 31, 2008  

Statutory U.S. federal income tax expense

   $ 49,343      $ 29,584      $ 10,607   

State income tax expense (benefit), net of federal taxes

     152        191        (588

Effect of foreign operations

     (5,526     1,512        (599

Nondeductible goodwill

     —          —          4,990   

Nondeductible expenses

     8,176        10,479        3,590   

Increase in valuation allowance

     15,682        17,926        22,639   

Increase (decrease) in foreign earnings deemed remitted

     (3,340     7,853        3,750   

Increase in unrecognized tax benefits

     2,264        10,456        13,080   

Other

     (493     (1,872     62   
                        

Income tax expense

   $ 66,258      $ 76,129      $ 57,531   
                        

Deferred Income Tax Assets and Liabilities

The differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their financial statement carrying value that give rise to significant portions of deferred income tax assets or liabilities include the following:

 

     December 31, 2010     December 31, 2009  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Employee benefits

   $ 72,875      $ 87,918   

Inventories

     6,436        5,812   

Accrued expenses

     55,371        49,000   

Net operating loss carryforwards

     100,855        112,277   

Other, net

     278        6,772   

Tangible assets

     1,572        —     

Foreign tax credits

     122,007        99,202   

Valuation allowance

     (271,798     (259,364
                
   $ 87,596      $ 101,617   
                

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Tangible assets

   $ —        $ 2,292   

Intangible assets

     121,405        117,023   

Foreign earnings deemed remitted

     55,297        62,560   
                
   $ 176,702      $ 181,875   
                

The valuation allowance at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 was determined in accordance with the provisions of ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes. Based on the continued tax losses in the U.S. and certain foreign jurisdictions, the Company continued to conclude that it was not more likely than not that certain deferred tax assets would be fully realized. Accordingly, the Company recorded a charge for an additional U.S. valuation allowance of $25,772, $9,096 and $10,992 for continuing operations for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, and the Company recorded a charge for additional valuation allowance for foreign subsidiaries of $8,830 and $11,647 for continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Based on improved profitability in certain foreign jurisdictions in 2010, the Company concluded that it was more likely than not that certain deferred tax assets, which previously were offset by a valuation allowance, would be realized. Accordingly,

 

F-30


Table of Contents

the Company recorded income tax benefit for a net reduction in valuation allowance for foreign subsidiaries of $10,090 for continuing operations for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010. The Company does not believe the valuation allowances recorded in fiscal years 2005 through 2010 are indicative of future cash tax expenditures.

As of December 31, 2010, the Company has foreign net operating loss carryforwards, as per the tax returns, totaling $306,650 that expire as follows: fiscal 2011 – $7,733; fiscal 2012 – $5,332; fiscal 2013 – $37,028; fiscal 2014 – $4,300; fiscal 2015 – $23,746; fiscal 2016 and beyond – $95,666; and no expiration – $132,845.

As of December 31, 2010, the Company has foreign tax credit carryforwards, as per the tax returns, totaling $77,595 that expire as follows: fiscal 2012 – $190; fiscal 2013 – $372; fiscal 2014 – $9,037; fiscal 2015 – $10,394; fiscal 2016 and beyond – $50,347; and no expiration – $7,255. The Company also has U.S. federal and state net operating loss carryforwards, as per the tax returns, totaling $3,212 and $511,496, respectively. The federal net operating loss carryforward expires in 2030. The state net operating loss carryforwards expire in various amounts over one to twenty years. Valuation allowances of $271,798 and $259,364 as of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively, have been provided for deferred income tax benefits related to the foreign, federal and state loss carryforwards, tax credits, and other net deferred tax assets where it is not more likely than not that amounts would be fully realized.

As of December 31, 2010, the Company had gross unrecognized tax benefits for uncertain tax positions of $125,626, including positions impacting only the timing of tax benefits, of which $64,379, if recognized, would favorably affect the effective income tax rate in future periods (after considering the impact of valuation allowances). The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to the underpayment of income taxes as a component of income tax expense. As of the end of the 2010 fiscal year, the Company had accrued interest and penalties of $24,510 related to unrecognized tax benefits, of which $3,059 was recorded as income tax expense during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010.

The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to U.S. federal income tax as well as income tax of multiple state and foreign jurisdictions. In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to examination by taxing authorities throughout the world. The Company has substantially completed tax audits for all U.S. federal income tax matters for years through 2006, although the U.S. income tax authorities could challenge the U.S. income tax losses carried forward to subsequent periods. The Company has generally concluded all other income tax matters globally for years through 2004.

The Company is currently under audit by various state and foreign tax authorities. The statute of limitations for tax assessments will expire in many jurisdictions during 2011. Based on the anticipated outcomes of these tax audits and the potential lapse of the statute of limitations in these jurisdictions, it is reasonably possible there could be a reduction of $19,596 in unrecognized tax benefits during 2011.

The following table represents a tabular reconciliation of total gross unrecognized tax benefits for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2010:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended  
     December 31, 2010     December 31, 2009  

Unrecognized tax benefits – beginning of year

   $ 126,760      $ 112,702   

Gross increases – tax positions in prior period

     1,872        2,525   

Gross decreases – tax positions in prior period

     (4,876     (1,763

Gross increases – current-period tax positions

     9,352        14,071   

Settlements

     (339     —     

Lapse of statute of limitations

     (4,588     (3,383

Currency translation adjustment

     (2,555     2,608   
                

Unrecognized tax benefits – end of year

   $ 125,626      $ 126,760   
                

 

F-31


Table of Contents

Other Income Tax Information

Pretax income from foreign continuing operations was $205,940, $150,575 and $89,479, for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively. Federal and state income taxes are provided on foreign subsidiary income distributed to or taxable in the U.S. during the year. As of December 31, 2010, federal and state taxes have not been provided for the repatriation of unremitted earnings of certain foreign subsidiaries, which are considered to be permanently reinvested. A determination of the unrecognized deferred tax liability associated with permanently reinvested foreign subsidiary earnings is not practicable.

(18) Defined Benefit Plans

Employees around the world participate in various local pension and other defined benefit plans. These plans provide benefits that are generally based on years of credited service and a percentage of the employee’s eligible compensation, either earned throughout that service or during the final years of employment. Some smaller plans also provide long-service payments.

Global Defined Benefit Pension Plans

The following table provides a summary of the changes in the Company’s plans’ benefit obligations, assets and funded status during fiscal years 2010 and 2009, and the amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets, in respect of those countries where the pension liabilities exceeded a certain threshold (approximately $5,000).

 

     Fiscal Year Ended  
     December 31, 2010     December 31, 2009  
     North
America
Plans
    Japan
Plans
    Rest of
World
Plans
    North
America
Plans
    Japan
Plans
    Rest of
World
Plans
 

Change in benefit obligations:

            

Benefit obligation at beginning of period

   $ 198,243      $ 72,686      $ 491,052      $ 198,939      $ 78,445      $ 446,443   

Service cost

     2,026        263        10,172        1,589        1,288        11,266   

Interest cost

     10,515        1,438        21,758        11,797        1,278        21,712   

Plan participant contributions

     422        —          3,154        356        —          3,674   

Actuarial (gain) loss

     7,752        1,150        (1,193     8,555        1,165        26,624   

Benefits paid

     (22,018     (5,511     (15,717     (18,740     (7,653     (16,199

(Gain) loss due to exchange rate movements

     2,816        9,698        (7,065     6,793        (1,710     20,694   

Plan amendments

     —          —          —          (11,046     (45     (1,668

Curtailments, settlements and special termination benefits

     —          (3     (7,792     —          (82     (21,494
                                                

Benefit obligation at end of period

   $ 199,756      $ 79,721      $ 494,369      $ 198,243      $ 72,686      $ 491,052   
                                                

Change in plan assets:

            

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of period

   $ 175,026      $ 27,209      $ 397,708      $ 157,978      $ 28,745      $ 319,232   

Actual return on plan assets

     23,597        316        35,821        27,354        1,267        36,175   

Employer contribution

     4,701        5,360        27,726        2,559        5,470        36,590   

Plan participant contributions

     422        —          3,154        356        —          3,674   

Benefits paid

     (22,018     (5,511     (15,717     (18,740     (7,653     (16,199

Gain (loss) due to exchange rate movements

     2,218        3,718        (4,285     5,519        (620     18,236   
                                                

Fair value of plan assets at end of period

   $ 183,946      $ 31,092      $ 444,407      $ 175,026      $ 27,209      $ 397,708   
                                                

Net amount recognized:

            

Funded status

   $ (15,810   $ (48,629   $ (49,962   $ (23,216   $ (45,477   $ (93,344
                                                

Net amount recognized in consolidated balance sheets consists of:

            

Noncurrent asset

   $ 730      $ —        $ 39,557      $ —        $ —        $ 21,832   

Current liability

     (295     —          (2,699     (420     —          (2,925

Noncurrent liability

     (16,245     (48,629     (86,820     (22,796     (45,477     (112,251
                                                

Net amount recognized

   $ (15,810   $ (48,629   $ (49,962   $ (23,216   $ (45,477   $ (93,344
                                                

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income consist of:

            

Net actuarial (gain) loss

   $ 60,052      $ 32,054      $ 46,047      $ 71,081      $ 29,331      $ 44,869   

Prior service (credit) cost

     (10,164     (38     (20,840     (11,046     (37     (10,901

Transition obligation

     —          141        757        —          159        1,261   
                                                

Total

   $ 49,888      $ 32,157      $ 25,964      $ 60,035      $ 29,453      $ 35,229   
                                                

 

F-32


Table of Contents

Weighted average assumptions used to determine the benefit obligations at end of year were as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended  
     December 31, 2010     December 31, 2009  
     North
America
Plans
    Japan
Plans
    Rest of
World
Plans
    North
America
Plans
    Japan
Plans
    Rest of
World
Plans
 

Weighted-average discount rate

     5.44     1.68     4.67     5.75     1.96     4.72

Weighted-average rate of increase in future compensation levels

     N/A        Scale        2.60     4.24     Scale        2.73

Weighted-average inflation rate

     N/A        0.50     2.20     2.50     0.50     2.19

Adoption of ASC Topic 715

The Company adopted measurement date provisions of ASC Topic 715 at the beginning of fiscal year 2008, resulting in an increase in pension liabilities of $4,534, of which, $973 was recorded as part of retained earnings and $3,561 was recorded as part of accumulated other comprehensive income.

Curtailments, Settlements and Special Termination Benefits

During fiscal 2010, the Company recognized a net curtailment and settlement gain of $11,442 related primarily to the announced freezing of its pension plan in The Netherlands. The company recorded this gain in selling, general, and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

During fiscal 2010, the Company recognized a settlement of defined benefits to former U.S. employees resulting in a related loss of $5,771. The Company recorded $2,858 of this loss as a component of discontinued operations, and $2,913 in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

During fiscal 2010, the Company recognized a curtailment and settlement of defined benefits to former Japan employees, resulting in a related loss of $754. The Company recorded this loss in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

During fiscal 2010, in connection with restructuring activities and changes in defined benefit plans in Austria, France, Ireland, Italy, Switzerland and Turkey, the Company recognized net curtailment and settlement gains of $997. The Company recorded the gain in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

During fiscal year 2009, the Company recognized a settlement of defined benefits to former U.S. employees resulting in a related loss of $4,236. The Company recorded $1,863 of this loss as a component of discontinued operations, and $2,373 in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

During fiscal year 2009, in association with restructuring activities, the Company recognized special termination losses of $1,020 related to SERA pension benefits in the United Kingdom. The Company recorded this loss in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

During fiscal year 2009, the Company recognized a curtailment and settlement of defined benefits to former Japan employees, resulting in a related loss of $1,825. The Company recorded this loss in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

During fiscal year 2009, in connection with restructuring activities and changes in defined benefit plans in Austria, Germany, Ireland, Italy and Turkey, the Company recognized net curtailment and settlement gains of $4,199. The Company recorded the gain in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

The projected benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets for pension plans with a projected benefit obligation in excess of plan assets at December 31, 2010 were as follows:

 

     December 31, 2010      December 31, 2009  
     North
America
Plans
     Japan
Plans
     Rest of
World
Plans
     North
America
Plans
     Japan
Plans
     Rest of
World
Plans
 

Projected benefit obligation

   $ 64,851       $ 79,721       $ 360,488       $ 198,243       $ 72,686       $ 376,723   

Fair value of plan assets

     48,310         31,092         270,969         175,026         27,209         261,547   

The projected benefit obligation, accumulated benefit obligation, and fair value of plan assets for pension plans with an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 were as follows:

 

     December 31, 2010      December 31, 2009  
     North
America
Plans
     Japan
Plans
     Rest of
World
Plans
     North
America
Plans
     Japan
Plans
     Rest of
World
Plans
 

Projected benefit obligation

   $ 64,851       $ 79,721       $ 257,997       $ 198,243       $ 72,686       $ 282,854   

Accumulated benefit obligation

     59,016         79,167         239,055         189,201         72,576         263,126   

Fair value of plan assets

     48,310         31,092         169,505         175,026         27,209         180,400   

The components of net periodic benefit cost for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively, were as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended  
     December 31, 2010     December 31, 2009     December 28, 2008  
     North
America
Plans
    Japan
Plans
    Rest of
World
Plans
    North
America
Plans
    Japan
Plans
    Rest of
World
Plans
    North
America
Plans
    Japan
Plans
    Rest of
World
Plans
 

Service cost

   $ 2,027      $ 263      $ 10,172      $ 1,589      $ 1,288      $ 11,266      $ 9,378      $ 1,240      $ 14,798   

Interest cost

     10,515        1,438        21,758        11,797        1,278        21,712        13,743        1,457        24,237   

Expected return on plan assets

     (12,918     (984     (23,606     (12,271     (915     (21,243     (16,326     (1,035     (26,056

Amortization of net loss

     3,081        2,248        2,687        3,447        2,412        2,962        2,795        1,878        (1,034

Amortization of transition obligation

     —          31        169        —          31        202        —          30        213   

Amortization of prior service (credit) cost

     (882     (3     (2,434     —          5        (962     (14     5        (967

Curtailments, settlements and special termination benefits

     5,771        754        (12,439     4,236        1,825        (3,179     481        3,010        648   
                                                                        

Net periodic pension (credit) cost

   $ 7,594      $ 3,747      $ (3,693   $ 8,798      $ 5,924      $ 10,758      $ 10,057      $ 6,585      $ 11,839   
                                                                        

Weighted average assumptions used to determine net periodic costs were as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended  
     December 31, 2010     December 31, 2009     December 31, 2008  
     North
America
Plans
    Japan
Plans
    Rest of
World
Plans
    North
America
Plans
    Japan
Plans
    Rest of
World
Plans
    North
America
Plans
    Japan
Plans
    Rest of
World
Plans
 

Weighted-average discount rate

     5.75     1.96     4.72     6.18     1.75     4.76     6.01     2.05     4.95

Weighted-average rate of increase in future compensation levels

     4.24     scale        2.73     4.32     N/A        2.54     4.25     2.05     2.84

Weighted-average expected long-term rate of return on plan assets

     7.83     3.36     6.16     7.90     3.19     6.39     7.90     3.62     6.45

The amortization of any prior service cost is determined using a straight-line amortization of the cost over the average remaining service period of employees expected to receive benefits under the plan.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

The amounts in accumulated other comprehensive income as of December 31, 2010, that are expected to be recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost during the next fiscal year, are as follows:

 

     North
America
Plans
    Japan
Plans
    Rest of
World
Plans
 

Actuarial loss

   $ 2,708      $ 2,036      $ 1,058   

Prior service (credit)

     (882     (3     (1,673

Transition obligation

     —          33        150   

Expected pension benefit disbursements for each of the next five years and the five succeeding years are as follows:

 

     North
America
Plans
     Japan
Plans
     Rest of
World
Plans
 

Year

        

2011

   $ 17,635       $ 5,271       $ 16,683   

2012

     11,314         4,881         18,446   

2013

     11,930         5,275         21,662   

2014

     12,441         4,260         18,184   

2015

     12,624         5,254         19,765   

Next five years thereafter

     69,175         24,362         108,498   

Defined Benefit Pension Plan Investments

Overall Investment Strategy

The Company's overall investment strategy is to hold 1-2% of plan assets in cash to maintain liquidity to meet near-term benefit payments and invest the remaining 98% in a wide diversification of asset types, fund strategies and fund managers. The target allocations for invested plan assets are 40% equity securities, 50% fixed income securities, and 10% real estate/other types of investments. Equity securities are diversified across investment manager styles and objectives (i.e. value, growth) including investments in companies with both small to large capitalizations primarily located in the United States, Canada and Europe. Fixed income securities include readily marketable government issues and agency obligations, marketable corporate bonds and mortgage, asset, and government backed securities and guaranteed insurance contracts of companies from diversified industries primarily located in the United States, Canada, Japan and Europe. Other types of investments include investments in hedge funds, joint ventures and swaps that follow several different strategies.

Fair Value Measurements

Effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2009, the Company adopted ASC Topic 715-20, Employer’s Disclosures about Postretirement Benefit Plan Assets. ASC Topic 715-20 establishes a framework for measuring fair value. That framework provides a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy under ASC Topic 715-20 are described as follows:

 

Level 1     inputs to the valuation methodology are unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the plan has the ability to access.
Level 2     inputs to the valuation methodology include:

 

   

Quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets;

 

   

Quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in inactive markets;

 

   

Inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability;

 

F-35


Table of Contents
   

Inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means

 

  Level 3 – inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement

The asset or liability’s fair value measurement level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Valuation techniques used need to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs.

Description of the valuation methods used for assets measured at fair value

Corporate bonds, government bonds and municipal bonds are valued using a bid evaluation, an estimated price at which a dealer would pay for a security (typically in an institutional round lot). These evaluations are based on quoted prices, if available, or proprietary models which pricing vendors establish for these purposes.

Guaranteed investment contracts and mortgage, asset or government backed securities are valued using a bid evaluation or a mid evaluation. A bid evaluation is an estimated price at which a dealer would pay for a security (typically in an institutional round lot). A mid evaluation is the average of the estimated price at which a dealer would sell a security and the estimated price at which a dealer would pay for a security (typically in an institutional round lot). Often times these evaluations are based on proprietary models which pricing vendors establish for these purposes.

Equities are valued at the closing price reported on the active market on which the individual securities are traded.

Hedge funds and joint venture interests are valued at the net asset value using information from investment managers.

Swaps are valued using a mid evaluation, or the average of the estimated price at which a dealer would sell a security and the estimated price at which a dealer would pay for a security (typically in an institutional round lot). Often times these evaluations are based on proprietary models which pricing vendors establish for these purposes.

Real estate is valued at the net asset value using information from investment managers.

Real estate investment trusts are valued at the closing price reported on the active market on which the investments are traded.

The preceding methods described may produce a fair value calculation that may not be indicative of net realizable value or reflective of future fair values. Furthermore, although the plan believes its valuation methods are appropriate and consistent with other market participants, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair value of certain financial instruments could result in a different fair value measurement at the reporting date.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth by level, within the fair value hierarchy, the investments of the pension assets at fair value, as of December 31, 2010:

 

    North America     Japan     Rest of the World  
    Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  

Fixed Income

                       

Government & Municipal Bonds

    $—       $ 33,130      $ —        $ 33,130      $ —        $ 3,065      $ —        $ 3,065      $ —        $ 53,440      $ —        $ 53,440   

US Corporate Bonds

    —          22,818        —          22,818        —          93        —          93        —          3,693        —          3,693   

Canadian Corporate Bonds

    —          17,082        —          17,082        —          —          —          —          —          80        —          80   

Eurozone Corporate Bonds

    —          2,865        —          2,865        —          —          —          —          —          72,309        —          72,309   

UK Corporate Bonds

    —          1,912        —          1,912        —          —          —          —          —          24,407        —          24,407   

Swiss Corporate Bonds

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          32,298        —          32,298   

Other Corporate Bonds

    —          2,731        —          2,731        —          138        —          138        —          17,376        —          17,376   

GICs / Mortgage, Asset or Govt Backed Securities

    —          1,483        —          1,483        —          17,929        —          17,929        —          603        —          603   

Equities

                       

US Equities

    26,837        14,212        —          41,049        2,272        —          —          2,272        53,576        —          —          53,576   

Canadian Equities

    198        22,301        —          22,499        246        —          —          246        1,723        —          —          1,723   

Eurozone Equities

    761        —          —          761        708        —          —          708        28,293        —          —          28,293   

UK Equities

    676        —          —          676        460        —          —          460        15,684        —          —          15,684   

Swiss Equities

    370        —          —          370        186        —          —          186        18,472        —          —          18,472   

Other Equities

    16,607        7,817        —          24,424        5,032        —          —          5,032        48,918        —          —          48,918   

Other

                       

Hedge Funds/Joint Venture Interests/Swaps

    —          —          516        516        —          —          —          —          1,122        7,408        15,287        23,817   

Real Estate

                       

Real Estate Interests

    —          —          4,795        4,795        —          —          —          —          —          519        16,804        17,323   

Real Estate Investment Trusts

    —          —          —          —          —          61        —          61        20,858        3,773        69        24,700   

Cash

                       

Cash/Cash Equivalents

    6,835        —          —          6,835        902        —          —          902        7,695        —          —          7,695   
                                                                                               

Total Investments

  $ 52,284      $ 126,351      $ 5,311      $ 183,946      $ 9,806      $ 21,286      $ —        $ 31,092      $ 196,341      $ 215,906      $ 32,160      $ 444,407   
                                                                                               

The following table sets forth a summary of changes in the fair value of the Level 3 pension assets for the year ending December 31, 2010:

 

    North America     Japan     Rest of World  
    Corporate
Bonds
    Hedge
/Joint
Venture
    Real Estate
/Other
    Total     Corporate
Bonds
    Hedge /
Joint
Venture
    Real Estate
/Other
    Total     Corporate
Bonds
    Hedge /Joint
Venture
    Real Estate
/Other
    Total  

Balance, beginning of year

  $ 655      $ 650      $ 5,853      $ 7,158      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 13,554      $ 17,177      $ 30,731   

Gains/(Losses) due to exchange rate movements

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (561     (1,090     (1,651

Gains/(Losses) on assets sold during the year

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Gains/(Losses) on assets still held at end of year

    —          (70     1,488        1,418        —          —          —          —          —          2,040        105        2,145   

Purchases, sales, issuance, and settlements

    —          (64     (2,600     (2,664     —          —          —          —          —          177        657        834   

Transfers in and/or out of Level 3

    (655     —          54        (601     —          —          —          —          —          77        24        101   
                                                                                               

Balance, end of year

  $ —        $ 516      $ 4,795      $ 5,311      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 15,287      $ 16,873      $ 32,160   
                                                                                               

The following table sets forth by level, within the fair value hierarchy, the investments of the pension assets at fair value, as of December 31, 2009:

 

    North America     Japan     Rest of the World  
    Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  

Fixed Income

                       

Government & Municipal Bonds

    $—        $ 24,229      $ —        $ 24,229      $ —        $ 3,215      $ —        $ 3,215      $ —        $ 99,009      $ —        $ 99,009   

US Corporate Bonds

    —          23,554        —          23,554        —          —          —          —          —          6,381        —          6,381   

Canadian Corporate Bonds

    —          14,690        —          14,690        —          —          —          —          —          256        —          256   

Eurozone Corporate Bonds

    —          2,646        655        3,301        —          —          —          —          —          33,503        —          33,503   

UK Corporate Bonds

    —          2,624        —          2,624        —          —          —          —          —          8,351        —          8,351   

Swiss Corporate Bonds

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          27,425        —          27,425   

Other Corporate Bonds

    —          2,443        —          2,443        —          317        —          317        —          3,854        —          3,854   

GICs / Mortgage, Asset or Govt Backed Securities

    —          6,549        —          6,549        —          14,117        —          14,117        —          501        —          501   

Equities

                       

US Equities

    26,771        19,116        —          45,887        2,118        —          —          2,118        52,901        —          —          52,901   

Canadian Equities

    491        14,616        —          15,107        211        —          —          211        2,532        —          —          2,532   

Eurozone Equities

    663        —          —          663        772        —          —          772        26,539        —          —          26,539   

UK Equities

    585        —          —          585        438        —          —          438        20,912        —          —          20,912   

Swiss Equities

    457        —          —          457        158        —          —          158        17,775        —          —          17,775   

Other Equities

    17,170        6,594        —          23,764        5,399        —          —          5,399        31,387        —          —          31,387   

Other

                       

Hedge Funds/Joint Venture Interests/Swaps

    —          609        650        1,259        —          —          —          —          57        7,459        13,554        21,070   

Real Estate

                       

Real Estate Interests

    —          —          5,853        5,853        —          —          —          —          —          436        17,177        17,613   

Real Estate Investment Trusts

    —          —          —          —          —          64        —          64        17,687        3,734        —          21,421   

Cash

                       

Cash/Cash Equivalents

    4,057        4        —          4,061        400        —          —          400        6,278        —          —          6,278   
                                                                                               

Total Investments

    $50,194      $ 117,674      $ 7,158      $ 175,026      $ 9,496      $ 17,713      $ —        $ 27,209      $ 176,068      $ 190,909      $ 30,731      $ 397,708   
                                                                                               

 

F-37


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth a summary of changes in the fair value of the Level 3 pension assets for the year ending December 31, 2009:

 

    North America     Japan     Rest of World  
    Corporate
Bonds
    Hedge
/Joint
Venture
    Real Estate
/Other
    Total     Corporate
Bonds
    Hedge
/Joint
Venture
    Real Estate
/Other
    Total     Corporate
Bonds
    Hedge /
Joint
Venture
    Real Estate
/Other
    Total  

Balance, beginning of year

  $ 241      $ 816      $ 3,151      $ 4,208      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 969      $ 21,056      $ 22,025   

Gains/(Losses) on assets sold

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Gains/(Losses) on assets still held at end of year

    16        (146     628        498        —          —          —          —          —          (573     (4,306     (4,879

Purchases, sales, issuance, and settlements

    639        (20     2,074        2,693        —          —          —          —          —          13,158        427        13,585   

Transfers in and/or out of Level 3

    (241     —          —          (241     —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —     
                                                                                               

Balance, end of year

  $ 655      $ 650      $ 5,853      $ 7,158      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 13,554      $ 17,177      $ 30,731   
                                                                                               

Long-Term Rate of Return Assumptions

The expected long-term rate of return assumptions were chosen from the range of likely results of compound average annual returns over a long-term time horizon. Historical returns and volatilities are modeled to determine the final asset allocations that best meet the objectives of asset/liability studies. These asset allocations, when viewed over a long-term historical view of the capital markets, yield an expected return on assets as follows:

 

North America

   Expected
Return
 

Canada

     7.25

United States

     7.50

Japan

      

Japan

     3.41

Rest of World

      

Austria

     7.86

Belgium

     6.25

Germany

     5.25

Ireland

     7.00

Netherlands

     6.25

Switzerland

     5.00

United Kingdom

     7.39

(19) Other Post-Employment Benefits

In addition to providing pension benefits, the Company provides for a portion of healthcare, dental, vision and life insurance benefits for certain retired employees, primarily at its North American segment. Covered employees retiring from the Company on or after attaining age 50 and who have rendered at least ten years of service to the Company are entitled to post-retirement healthcare, dental and life insurance benefits. These benefits are subject to deductibles, co-payment provisions and other limitations. Contributions made by the Company, net of Medicare Part D subsidies received in the U.S., are reported below as benefits paid. The Company may change or terminate the benefits at any time. The Company has elected to amortize the transition obligation over a 20-year period. The status of these plans, including a reconciliation of benefit obligations, a reconciliation of plan assets and the funded status of the plans follows:

 

F-38


Table of Contents
     Fiscal Year Ended  
     December 31, 2010     December 31, 2009  

Change in benefit obligations:

    

Benefit obligation at beginning of period

   $ 80,421      $ 82,881   

Service cost

     1,306        1,723   

Interest cost

     4,632        5,051   

Plan participants’ contributions

     1,371        1,979   

Actuarial (gain)

     (2,140     (5,044

Benefits paid

     (5,640     (6,486

Loss due to exchange rate movements

     36        317   
                

Benefit obligation at end of period

   $ 79,986      $ 80,421   
                

Change in plan assets:

    

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of period

   $ —        $ —     

Employer contribution

     4,269        4,507   

Plan participants’ contribution

     1,371        1,979   

Benefits paid

     (5,640     (6,486
                

Fair value of plan assets at end of period

   $ —        $ —     
                

Net amount recognized:

    
                

Funded status

   $ (79,986   $ (80,421
                

Net amount recognized in consolidated balance sheets consists of:

    

Current liability

   $ (4,998   $ (4,818

Noncurrent liability

     (74,988     (75,603
                

Net amount recognized

   $ (79,986   $ (80,421
                

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income consist of:

    

Net actuarial loss

   $ 2,681      $ 4,783   

Prior service credit

     (1,938     (2,128
                

Total

   $ 743      $ 2,655   
                

The accumulated post-retirement benefit obligations were determined using a weighted-average discount rate of 5.43% and 5.84% at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively. The components of net periodic benefit cost for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008 were as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended  
     December 31, 2010     December 31, 2009     December 31, 2008  

Service cost

   $ 1,306      $ 1,723      $ 1,940   

Interest cost

     4,632        5,051        5,230   

Amortization of net loss

     (89     76        189   

Amortization of prior service credit

     (204     (201     (185

Curtailments, settlements and special termination benefits

     —          —          150   
                        

Net periodic benefit cost

   $ 5,645      $ 6,649      $ 7,324   
                        

 

F-39


Table of Contents

The amounts in accumulated other comprehensive income as of December 31, 2010, that are expected to be recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost during the next fiscal year, are as follows:

 

Actuarial (gain) loss

   $ (67

Prior service (credit) cost

     (205

Transition (asset) obligation

     —     

Adoption of ASC Topic 715

The Company adopted the measurement date provisions of ASC Topic 715 at the beginning of fiscal year 2008, resulting in a decrease in post-employment liabilities of $444, of which, $1,173 decreased retained earnings and $1,617 increased accumulated other comprehensive income.

Healthcare Cost Trend Rates

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, healthcare cost trend rates were assumed to be 4% for international plans, and for U.S. plans 8% for 2010 then downgrading to 5% by 2016. In Canada, the Company used 9.0% in 2010, downgraded to 5% by 2018. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009, healthcare cost trend rates were assumed to be 4% for international plans, and for U.S. plans 8% for 2009, then downgrading to 5% in 2013. For Canada, we assumed 9.5% in 2009 and downgraded to 5% by 2018. The assumed healthcare cost trend rate has a significant effect on the amounts reported for the healthcare plans. A one percentage point change on assumed healthcare cost trend rates would have the following effect for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010:

 

     One Percentage  Point
Increase
     One Percentage  Point
Decrease
 

Effect on total of service and interest cost components

   $ 478       $ (433

Effect on post-retirement benefit obligation

     6,211         (5,615

The amortization of any prior service cost is determined using a straight-line amortization of the cost over the average remaining service period of employees expected to receive benefits under the plan.

Expected post-retirement benefits (net of Medicare Part D subsidies) for each of the next five years and succeeding five years are as follows:

 

Year

      

2011

   $ 4,998   

2012

     5,114   

2013

     5,245   

2014

     5,540   

2015

     5,426   

Next five years thereafter

     28,625   

(20) Other Employee Benefits

Discretionary Profit-Sharing Plan

The Company has a discretionary profit-sharing plan covering certain employees. Under the plan, the Company expensed $6,984, $6,611 and $5,117 for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

Defined Contribution Plans

The Company has various defined contribution benefit plans which cover certain employees. The Company has expanded use of such plans in select countries where they have been used to supplement or replace defined benefit plans.

In the Company’s U.S. operations, participants can make voluntary contributions in accordance with the provisions of their respective plan, which includes a 40l(k) tax-deferred option. The Company provides matching contributions for these plans. In addition, during fiscal year 2009, the Company began contributing a defined amount based on a percentage of each employee’s earnings in the U.S. This defined contribution plan replaced the previous Cash Balance Pension Plan in the United States. In association with these plans, the Company expensed $10,643 and $10,703 during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively. The Company’s other operating segments expensed $14,894 and $8,185 related to defined contribution plans during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively.

(21) Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company adopted ASC Topic 820 at the beginning of fiscal year 2008 for all financial assets and liabilities and nonfinancial assets and liabilities that are measured at least annually. To increase the consistency and comparability in fair value measurements and related disclosures, ASC Topic 820 establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes observable and unobservable inputs used to measure fair value into three broad levels:

 

Level 1     Quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical assets and liabilities. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to Level 1 inputs.
Level 2     Observable prices that are based on inputs not quoted in active markets, but corroborated by market data.
Level 3     Unobservable inputs for which there is little or no market data available. The fair value hierarchy gives the lowest priority to Level 3 inputs.

The following fair value hierarchy table presents information regarding assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

 

     Balance at
December 31, 2010
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Assets:

           

Foreign currency forward contracts

   $ 2,017       $ —         $ 2,017       $ —     
                                   

Liabilities:

           

Foreign currency forward contracts

   $ 1,985       $ —         $ 1,985       $ —     
                                   

The book values and estimated fair values of financial instruments that are not carried at fair value are reflected below:

 

     December 31, 2010      December 31, 2009  
     Book Value      Fair Value      Book Value      Fair Value  

Short-term borrowings

   $ 24,205       $ 24,205       $ 27,661       $ 27,661   

Current portion of long term borrowings

     9,498         9,569         9,811         9,885   

Long-term borrowings

     1,192,146         1,246,348         1,353,631         1,381,066   

 

F-41


Table of Contents

The fair values of long-term borrowings, including current portion, were estimated using quoted market prices and therefore represent Level 2 fair value. The book values of short-term borrowings approximate fair value due to the short-term nature of the lines of credit (see Note 12).

The fair values of the Company’s financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables and trade payables, approximate their respective book values.

(22) Stock-Based Compensation

Cash-Based Long-Term Incentive Program

The Company has a Long-Term Incentive Program (“LTIP”) that provides for the accumulation of long-term cash awards based on three-year financial performance periods. The awards are earned through service. Compensation expense related to the services rendered was $5,393, $22,956 and $17,996 for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively. Payments to be made to employees under this long-term incentive program in 2011of $7,078 are recorded as a current obligation, while payments expected in future periods of $5,455 are recorded as a long-term obligation in the Company’s December 31, 2010 consolidated balance sheet.

Adoption of a New Stock-Based Long-Term Incentive Plan

During fiscal year 2010, Holdings and the Company approved a new Stock Incentive Plan (“SIP”), which replaced the LTIP for the officers and most senior managers of the Company. The SIP provides for the purchase or award of new class B common stock of Holdings (“Shares”) and options to purchase new Shares representing in the aggregate up to 12% of the outstanding common stock of Holdings.

During fiscal year 2010, pursuant to the SIP, Holdings completed an equity offering of 1,448,471 Shares at $10 per share, and issued 2,907,175 matching options to key employees to purchase Shares pursuant to a matching formula, at an exercise price of between $10 and $12.60 per share, with a contractual term of ten years. The matching options are subject to a vesting period of four years. Holdings later sold an additional 3,333 Shares at $12.00 per share to an additional participant, with no matching options. Holdings later repurchased 65,000 Shares at $12.60 per share primarily relating to two separated employees. In conjunction with these departures, 256,875 matching options were forfeited.

Pursuant to the SIP, participating employees were granted 2,982,002 Deferred Share Units (“DSUs” as defined in the SIP), and 7,879,381 matching options, both of which represent rights to Shares in the future subject to the satisfaction of certain service and performance conditions. The DSUs included 1,447,890 units related to the conversion of LTIP awards that had been earned but were not yet vested at adoption of the SIP. The conversion resulted in the reclassification of $14,479 from other liabilities to due from parent, as these awards are expected to be settled in Holdings’ shares rather than in cash. The DSUs have a grant-date fair value of $10 per share and the matching options have an exercise price of between $10 and $12.35 per share, with a contractual term of ten years. The DSUs and matching options are subject to vesting periods of one to two years and three to four years, respectively. As a result of employee departures, 283,895 DSUs and 800,845 matching options were forfeited.

The grant-date fair value of SIP matching option awards was estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and assumed the following:

 

      2010  

Expected term of option (in years)

     5.00   

Expected volatility factor

     34.51

Expected dividend yield

     0.00

Risk-free interest rate

     2.37

In determining a five-year expected term, Holdings used management’s best estimate of the time period to potential liquidity activity. Expected volatility is based on the median monthly volatility of peer companies measured over a five-year period corresponding to the expected term of the option. The expected dividend yield is 0% based on Holdings’ expectation that no dividends will be paid during the expected term of the option. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. five-year treasury constant maturity at the time of grant for the expected term of the option.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the stock option activity during fiscal 2010:

 

     Number of Options     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Outstanding at January 1, 2010

     —        $ —           

Granted

     10,786,556        10.02         

Exercised

     —          —           

Forfeited or expired

     (1,057,720     10.00         
                

Outstanding at December 31, 2010

     9,728,836      $ 10.02         9       $ 34,853   
                

Exercisable at December 31, 2010

     —          N/A         N/A         N/A   
                

The weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted during 2010 was $3.43.

The following table summarizes DSU activity during fiscal 2010:

 

     Number of
DSUs
    Weighted-
Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value
 

Nonvested DSUs at January 1, 2010

     —        $ —     

Granted

     2,982,002        10.00   

Vested

     —          —     

Forfeited

     (283,895     10.00   
          

Nonvested DSUs at December 31, 2010

     2,698,107      $ 10.00   
          

The Company recognizes the cost of employee services in exchange for awards of Holdings’ equity instruments based on the grant-date fair value of those awards. That cost, based on the estimated number of awards that are expected to vest, is recognized on a straight-line basis over the period during which the employee is required to provide the service in exchange for the award. No compensation cost is recognized for awards for which the employees do not render the requisite service. The grant-date fair value of SIP matching options is estimated using the Black-Scholes valuation model. The grant-date fair value of SIP DSUs is equal to the purchase price of the equity offering pursuant to which the SIP DSUs were granted, as determined by the Board of Directors based on a third-party valuation.

As of December 31, 2010, there was $23,120 of unrecognized compensation cost related to DSUs and nonvested option compensation arrangements that is expected to be recognized as a charge to earnings over a weighted-average period of five years.

In conjunction with the approval of the SIP, the Company changed the LTIP from being measured on operational performance to stock appreciation for grants beginning in 2010. The new program provides for cash awards based on stock appreciation rights (“SARs”) and includes the managers of the Company who participated in the LTIP but are not subject to the SIP. SARs have no effect on shares outstanding as appreciation awards are paid in cash and not in common stock. The Company accounts for SARs as liability awards in which the pro-rata portion of the awards’ fair value is recognized as expense over the vesting period, which approximates three years.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

Stock-based compensation cost charged to earnings for all equity compensation plans discussed above was $12,771 for the period ended December 31, 2010, and is recorded as part of selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. This amount is presented as part of due from parent in the consolidated statements of cash flows, as the amount is expected to be settled in cash. The total income tax benefit recognized in the consolidated statements of operations related to equity compensation plans was $1,565 for the period ended December 31, 2010.

During fiscal year 2010, Holdings approved the Holdings’ Director Stock Incentive Plan (“DIP”), which provides for the sale of Shares to certain non-employee directors of Holdings, as well as the grant to these individuals of DSUs in lieu of receiving cash compensation for their services as a member of Holdings’ Board of Directors. Pursuant to the DIP, Holdings completed an equity offering of 85,000 Shares at $10 per share, and 29,167 Shares at $12 per share, to certain directors. Holdings later repurchased 10,000 Shares at $12.35 per Share following the departure of a director.

Total compensation costs associated with the DIP were $387 for the period ended December 31, 2010, which are recorded as part of selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

The following table summarizes the Director DSU activity during fiscal 2010:

 

     Number of
DSUs
    Weighted-
Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value
 

Nonvested Director DSUs at January 1, 2010

     —        $ —     

Granted

     58,229        10.28   

Vested

     —          —     

Forfeited

     (12,500     10.00   
          

Nonvested Director DSUs at December 31, 2010

     45,729      $ 10.36   
          

(23) Lease Commitments

The Company leases certain plant, office and warehouse space as well as machinery, vehicles, data processing and other equipment under long-term, noncancelable operating leases. Certain of the leases have renewal options at reduced rates and provisions requiring the Company to pay maintenance, property taxes and insurance. Generally, all rental payments are fixed. At December 31, 2010, the future payments for all operating leases with remaining lease terms in excess of one year in each of the next five fiscal years and thereafter were as follows:

 

Year

      

2011

   $ 56,159   

2012

     37,504   

2013

     24,959   

2014

     14,611   

2015

     10,318   

Thereafter

     26,029   
        
   $ 169,580   
        

Total rent expense under all leases was $71,151, $70,566 and $75,386 for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively.

(24) Related-Party Transactions

The Company purchases certain raw materials and products from SCJ, which like the Company, is majority-owned by the descendants of Samuel Curtis Johnson. Total inventory purchased from SCJ was $30,122, $25,238 and $27,743 for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

SCJ also provides certain administrative, business support and general services, including shared facility services to the Company. In addition, the Company leases certain facilities from SCJ. Charges for these services and leases totaled $11,449, $14,032 and $13,013 for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively.

The Company licenses the use of certain trade names, housemarks and brand names from SCJ. Payments to SCJ under the license agreements governing the names and marks totaled $5,891, $6,316 and $7,441 for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively.

After the Company’s 1999 separation from SCJ, SCJ continued to operate institutional and industrial businesses in various countries in which the Company did not have operations. Under a territorial license agreement, the Company licenses the intellectual property rights to SCJ to allow it to manufacture and sell the Company’s products in those countries. Under this agreement, SCJ pays a royalty fee based on its and its sub licensees' net sales of products bearing the Company’s brand names. Amounts paid by SCJ to the Company under the territorial license agreement totaled $106, $82 and $271 during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively.

SCJ purchases certain raw materials and products from the Company. Total inventory purchased by SCJ from the Company was $950, $2,952 and $1,875 for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, December 31, 2009, and December 31, 2008, respectively.

In June 2006, in connection with the divestiture of the Polymer Business, the Company entered into a toll manufacturing agreement with SCJ. In addition, the Company and SCJ entered a toll manufacturing agreement covering its North American business. Under both agreements, SCJ supports and performs certain manufacturing functions at its Waxdale operation in the United States. The Polymer tolling agreement was terminated in 2010. In association with these tolling agreements, the Company paid SCJ $4,489, $6,523 and $6,135 during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively.

The Company has a banking relationship with the Johnson Financial Group, which is majority-owned by the descendants of Samuel Curtis Johnson. Service fees paid to the Johnson Financial Group totaled $54, $69 and $103, for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively.

In connection with the May 2002 acquisition of the DiverseyLever business, the Company entered into a Sales Agency Agreement with Unilever whereby the Company acts as Unilever’s sales agent in the sale of Unilever’s consumer brand cleaning products to institutional and industrial end-users. The original term of the sales agency agreement was extended until December 31, 2007. On October 11, 2007, the Company and Unilever executed the Umbrella Agreement pursuant to which the parties agreed to the terms of (i) the New Agency Agreement that is substantially similar to the Prior Agency Agreement and that applies to Ireland, the United Kingdom, Portugal and Brazil and (ii) the License Agreement under which Unilever agreed to grant us and our affiliates a license to produce and sell professional packs of Unilever’s consumer brand cleaning products in 31 other countries that were subject to the Prior Agency Agreement. Under the Umbrella Agreement, the Company and its affiliates also entered into agreements with Unilever to distribute consumer packs of Unilever’s consumer brand cleaning products in the same 31 countries as the License Agreement. The New Agency Agreement, the License Agreement and the consumer pack distribution arrangements took effect on January 1, 2008.

Amounts earned under the New Agency Agreement were $26,400, $27,170 and $35,020 during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively

Royalties paid under the License Agreement were $5,351, $5,010 and $5,120 during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively.

Under the dispensed products license agreement, Unilever has granted the Company a license to use certain intellectual property relating to the products the Company sells for use in certain personal care product dispensing systems. Either party may terminate the dispensed products license agreement or the licenses granted under the agreement by providing six months’ written notice prior to any anniversary of the dispensed products license agreement. The dispensed products license agreement has been extended to May 2, 2011. Payments to Unilever under the dispensed products license agreement totaled $726, $725 and $818, for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

Under the transitional services agreement, Unilever provided the Company with a wide range of support services that were intended to ensure the smooth transition of the DiverseyLever business from Unilever to the Company. Unilever provided most services for no more than 24 months, and, accordingly, services under the transitional services agreement have been terminated.

In association with the continuation of various support services and reimbursement of benefit-related costs not covered by the transitional service agreement, the Company paid Unilever $17, $0 and $108 for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, December 31, 2009, and December 31, 2008, respectively.

The Company purchases certain raw materials and products from Unilever, acts as a co-packer for Unilever and also sells certain finished goods to Unilever as a customer. Total purchases of inventory by the Company from Unilever, excluding inventories associated with the sales agency agreement, were $57,863, $64,140 and $65,011, respectively, for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008. Total sales of finished product by the Company to Unilever were $18,472, $18,516 and $26,208, for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively.

The Company recognized interest income of $0, $2,551 and $2,749 for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively, related to certain long-term acquisition related receivables from Unilever.

In 2010, in connection with the Consulting Agreement and the Transactions (See Note 26), the Company paid CD&R $5,783 in fees and expenses. In 2009, the Company paid a transaction fee of $25,000 and $300 in transaction-related expenses.

Related-party receivables and payables at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 consisted of the following:

 

     December 31, 2010      December 31, 2009  

Included in accounts receivable – related parties:

     

Receivable from CMH

   $ —         $ 701   

Receivable from SCJ

     65         190   

Receivable from Unilever

     6,368         21,052   

Due from parent

     9,129         92,247   

Due from parent - non current

     55,112         —     

Included in accounts payable – related parties:

     

Payable to CMH

     —           683   

Payable to SCJ

     5,567         6,635   

Payable to Unilever

     18,100         28,057   

Payable to other related parties

     127         525   

 

F-46


Table of Contents

(25) Other Comprehensive Income

Components of other comprehensive income are disclosed, net of tax, in the consolidated statements of stockholder’s equity. The following table reflects the gross other comprehensive income and related income tax (expense) benefit:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended  
     December 31, 2010     December 31, 2009  
     Gross     Tax     Net     Gross     Tax     Net  

Foreign currency translation adjustments:

            

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 348,599      $ (18,850   $ 329,749      $ 272,503      $ (13,758   $ 258,745   

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     12,146        1,554        13,700        76,096        (5,092     71,004   
                                                

Balance at end of year

     360,745        (17,296     343,449        348,599        (18,850     329,749   

Adjustments to pension liability:

            

Balance at beginning of year

     (127,372     20,246        (107,126     (170,216     25,085        (145,131

Adjustments to pension liability

     18,620        (5,551     13,069        42,844        (4,839     38,005   
                                                

Balance at end of year

     (108,752     14,695        (94,057     (127,372     20,246        (107,126

Unrealized gains/(losses) on derivatives:

            

Balance at beginning of year

     (229     488        259        (5,680     812        (4,868

Gains/(Losses) in fair value of derivatives

     (592     183        (409     (229     488        259   

Reclassification of prior unrealized gains/(losses) in net income

     229        55        284        5,680        (812     4,868   
                                                

Balance at end of year

     (592     726        134        (229     488        259   
                                                

Total accumulated other comprehensive income, net

     251,401        (1,875     249,526        220,998        1,884        222,882   
                                                

(26) Recapitalization and Refinancing Transactions

On October 7, 2009, the Company and Holdings entered into a series of agreements, which collectively are refered to as the “Transactions”, consisting of the following, and which closed on November 24, 2009:

 

(1) an Investment and Recapitalization Agreement (the “Investment Agreement”), by and among Holdings, CDR Jaguar Investor Company, LLC (“CD&R Investor”), a Delaware limited liability company, owned by a private investment fund managed by CD&R, CMH, and SNW, pursuant to which:

 

  (a) the common equity ownership interests of Holdings held by CMH were reclassified into 51.1 million new shares of class A common stock of Holdings; and

 

  (b) Holdings issued 47.7 million shares of its new class A common stock to CD&R Investor and CD&R F&F Jaguar Investor, LLC, an affiliate of CD&R Investor (together with CD&R Investor, the “CD&R Investor Parties”), and 990,000 shares of its new class A common stock to SNW for cash consideration of $477 million and $9.9 million, respectively.

 

(2) a Redemption Agreement (as amended, the “Redemption Agreement”), by and among the Company, Holdings, CMH, Unilever, N.V., a company organized under the laws of the Netherlands (“Unilever”), Marga B.V., a company organized under the laws of the Netherlands and an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Unilever (“Marga”), and Conopco, Inc., a New York corporation and an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Unilever (“Conopco”), pursuant to which Holdings purchased all of the common equity ownership interests of Holdings held by parties affiliated with Unilever in exchange for (a) $390.5 million in cash, (b) the settlement of certain amounts owing by Unilever to the Company and Holdings and owing to Unilever by Holdings and CMH, and (c) a warrant (the “Warrant”) to purchase 4,156,863 shares of Holdings’ new class A common stock, representing 4% of the outstanding common stock of Holdings at the closing of the Transactions assuming exercise of the Warrant.

At the closing of the Transactions, Holdings’ ownership, assuming the exercise of the Warrant, but excluding any impact of the New Stock Incentive Plan (see Note 22), is as follows: CMH, 49.1%; CD&R Investor Parties, 45.9%; SNW, 1.0%; and Unilever, 4.0%. SNW granted an irrevocable proxy to CMH to vote its common stock of Holdings, which, subject to certain limitations, increased CMH’s voting ownership in Holdings from approximately 49.1% to approximately 50.1% and decreased SNW’s voting ownership in Holdings from approximately 1.0% to 0.0%.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

In addition to the agreements described above, the Company also entered into the following agreements: (1) a consulting agreement between Holdings, the Company and CD&R, pursuant to which CD&R will provide certain management, consulting, advisory, monitoring and financial services to the Company and its subsidiaries (“Consulting Agreement”); and (2) amended commercial agreements between the Company and SCJ, relating to, among other things, a facility lease, brand licensing, supply arrangements and administrative services.

Holdings also entered into the following agreements: (1) a stockholders’ agreement, by and among Holdings, CMH, SNW, CD&R Investor Parties, relating to certain governance rights and (2) a registration rights agreement by and among Holdings, CD&R Investor Parties, CMH, SNW and Marga (“Holdings Registration Rights Agreement”).

Holdings issued the Warrant to Marga (subsequently assigned to another Unilever affiliate) for the purchase of 4,156,863 shares of Holdings’ class A common stock at an initial exercise price of $0.01 per share. The Warrant is exercisable upon the occurrence of a liquidity event, or upon the exercise of drag-along rights or tag-along rights as described in the Holdings Registration Rights Agreement. The fair value of this Warrant, measured on the date of the Transactions, was recorded by Holdings in its financial statements at $39.6 million.

In connection with the Transactions, the Company and Holdings refinanced their debt and entered into new debt agreements, as more fully described in Note 12, as follows:

 

   

the repurchase or redemption by the Company of its previously outstanding senior subordinated notes and by Holdings of its previously outstanding senior discount notes;

 

   

the repayment of all outstanding obligations under the Company’s previously outstanding senior secured credit facilities and the termination thereof;

 

   

the entry by the Company into a new $1.25 billion senior secured credit facility (“Senior Secured Credit Facilities”);

 

   

the issuance by the Company of $400 million aggregate principal amount of 8.25% senior notes due 2019 (“Diversey Senior Notes”); and

 

   

the issuance by Holdings of $250 million aggregate initial principal amount of 10.5% senior notes due 2020 (“Holdings Senior Notes”).

(27) Commitments and Contingencies

The Company is subject to various legal actions and proceedings in the normal course of business. Although litigation is subject to many uncertainties and the ultimate exposure with respect to these matters cannot be ascertained, the Company does not believe the final outcome of any current litigation will have a material effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

The Company has purchase commitments for materials, supplies, and property, plant and equipment incidental to the ordinary conduct of business. In the aggregate, such commitments are not in excess of current market prices. Additionally, the Company normally commits to some level of marketing related expenditures that extend beyond the fiscal year. These marketing expenses are necessary in order to maintain a normal course of business and the risk associated with them is limited. It is not expected that these commitments will have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In September 2010, the Company conditionally promised $6,000 to a chartible organization near its Sturtevant, Wisconsin headquarters. In November 2010, the Company and the charitible organization executed a pledge agreement providing for conditional payments totaling $6,000. The Company completed an assessment of the conditions underlying the pledge agreement and concluded that the possibility of not meeting any and all conditions is remote and therefore had entered into an unconditional pledge in November 2010. Accordingly, the Company expensed $6,000 during the fourth quarter of 2010 to selling, general and administrative expenses. The Company expects to make installment payments during 2011 and 2012.

The Company maintains environmental reserves for remediation, monitoring, assessment and other expenses at one of its domestic facilities. While the ultimate exposure at this site continues to be evaluated, the Company does not anticipate a material effect on its consolidated financial position or results of operations.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

In connection with the acquisition of the DiverseyLever business, the Company conducted environmental assessments and investigations at DiverseyLever facilities in various countries. These investigations disclosed the likelihood of soil and/or groundwater contamination, or potential environmental regulatory matters. The Company continues to evaluate the nature and extent of the identified contamination and is preparing and executing plans to address the contamination, including the potential to recover some of these costs from Unilever under the terms of the DiverseyLever purchase agreement. As of December 31, 2010, the Company maintained related reserves of $10,800 on a discounted basis (using country specific rates ranging from 7.6% to 21.7%) and $13,900 on an undiscounted basis. The Company intends to seek recovery from Unilever under indemnification clauses contained in the purchase agreement.

During fiscal 2008, the Company was a licensee of certain chemical production technology used globally. The license agreement provided for guaranteed minimum royalty payments during a term ending on December 31, 2014. Under the terms of agreement and based on current financial projections, the Company did not expect to meet the minimum guaranteed payments. In accordance with the requirements of ASC Topic 450, Contingencies, the Company estimated its possible range of loss as $2,879 to $4,397 and maintained a loss reserve of $2,879 at December 31, 2008. In December 2009, the Company and licensee amended the terms of the license agreement resulting in a $700 payment to the licensee and elimination of future guaranteed minimum royalty payments. The resulting $2,179 reduction in related reserves was recorded as a credit to selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations in fiscal 2009.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

(28) Segment Information

In accordance with the new operating segments described in Note 2, operating segment information is summarized as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2010  
     Europe      Americas      Greater
Asia  Pacific
     Eliminations/
Other 1
    Total
Company
 
             

Net sales

   $ 1,642,091       $ 925,700       $ 591,718       $ (31,832   $ 3,127,677   

Operating profit

     162,709         91,924         39,049         (35,729     257,953   

Depreciation and amortization

     48,289         24,663         16,332         27,544        116,828   

Interest expense

     46,826         17,671         2,102         52,759        119,358   

Interest income

     1,473         2,298         790         555        5,116   

Total assets

     1,824,243         697,263         574,865         212,953        3,309,324   

Goodwill, net

     772,194         212,047         213,404         48,458        1,246,103   

Capital expenditures, including capitalized computer software

     30,429         24,982         15,068         24,183        94,662   

Long-lived assets 2

     1,015,340         311,208         301,038         281,069        1,908,655   
     Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2009  
     Europe      Americas      Greater
Asia Pacific
     Eliminations/
Other 1
    Total
Company
 
             

Net sales

   $ 1,683,349       $ 908,909       $ 542,284       $ (23,661   $ 3,110,881   

Operating profit

     125,674         85,421         19,824         (33,308     197,611   

Depreciation and amortization

     47,166         22,050         15,234         27,647        112,097   

Interest expense

     55,203         16,186         2,243         23,304        96,936   

Interest income

     4,563         1,704         367         (2,079     4,555   

Total assets

     1,997,159         608,631         504,959         401,489        3,512,238   

Goodwill, net

     805,725         207,819         190,671         49,489        1,253,704   

Capital expenditures, including capitalized computer software

     31,157         20,782         11,749         30,606        94,294   

Long-lived assets 2

     1,081,699         305,924         267,236         303,569        1,958,428   
     Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2008  
     Europe      Americas      Greater
Asia Pacific
     Eliminations/
Other 1
    Total
Company
 
             

Net sales

   $ 1,835,964       $ 952,232       $ 563,121       $ (35,440   $ 3,315,877   

Operating profit (loss)

     93,179         55,896         8,891         (24,271     133,695   

Depreciation and amortization

     57,932         26,255         17,533         26,516        128,236   

Interest expense

     68,576         13,969         2,998         19,857        105,400   

Interest income

     8,698         3,385         670         (5,073     7,680   

Total assets

     1,894,388         565,567         511,189         226,048        3,197,192   

Goodwill, net

     779,653         193,607         186,360         49,066        1,208,686   

Capital expenditures, including capitalized computer software

     47,654         28,158         14,310         31,089        121,211   

Long-lived assets 2

     1,063,781         283,014         268,097         297,176        1,912,068   

 

1

Eliminations/Other includes the Company’s corporate operating and holding entities, discontinued operations and corporate level eliminations and consolidating entries.

2

Long-lived assets includes property, plant and equipment, capital software, intangible items and investments in affiliates.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

(29) Subsidiary Guarantors of Senior Notes

The Diversey Senior Notes are guaranteed by certain of the Company’s 100% owned subsidiaries (the “Guarantor Subsidiaries”). Such guarantees are full and unconditional, to the extent allowed by law, and joint and several. Separate financial statements of the Guarantor Subsidiaries are not presented because the guarantors are unconditionally, jointly, and severally liable under the guarantees, and the Company believes such separate statements or disclosures would not be useful to investors. The following supplemental financial information sets forth, on an unconsolidated basis, statements of operations, balance sheets and statements of cash flows information for the Company (“Parent Company”), for the Guarantor Subsidiaries and for the Company’s non-guarantor subsidiaries (the “Non-guarantor Subsidiaries”), each of which were determined on a combined basis with the exception of eliminating investments in combined subsidiaries and certain reclassifications, which are eliminated at the consolidated level. The supplemental financial information reflects the investments of the Company in the Guarantor Subsidiaries and Non-guarantor Subsidiaries using the equity method of accounting.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

Condensed consolidating statement of operations for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010:

 

     Parent
Company
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Consolidating
Adjustments
    Consolidated  

Net product and service sales

   $ 544,582      $ 2,804      $ 2,622,365      $ (68,474   $ 3,101,277   

Sales agency fee income

     —          —          26,400        —          26,400   
                                        
     544,582        2,804        2,648,765        (68,474     3,127,677   

Cost of sales

     334,653        2,372        1,531,249        (67,855     1,800,419   
                                        

Gross profit

     209,929        432        1,117,516        (619     1,327,258   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     177,240        105        828,582        —          1,005,927   

Research and development expenses

     31,512        —          34,143        —          65,655   

Restructuring expenses (credits)

     (1,120     —          (1,157     —          (2,277
                                        

Operating profit (loss)

     2,297        327        255,948        (619     257,953   

Other (income) expense:

          

Interest expense

     86,203        121        51,781        (18,747     119,358   

Interest income

     (7,212     (13,425     (3,226     18,747        (5,116

Other (income) expense, net

     (143,777     (6,288     1,741        151,056        2,732   
                                        

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

     67,083        19,919        205,652        (151,675     140,979   

Income tax provision

     (6,887     9,936        63,209        —          66,258   
                                        

Income (loss) from continuing operations

     73,970        9,983        142,443        (151,675     74,721   

Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

     (9,610     (751     —          —          (10,361
                                        

Net income (loss)

   $ 64,360      $ 9,232      $ 142,443      $ (151,675   $ 64,360   
                                        

Condensed consolidating statement of operations for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009:

 

     Parent
Company
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Consolidating
Adjustments
    Consolidated  

Net product and service sales

   $ 508,111      $ 49,209      $ 2,607,138      $ (80,747   $ 3,083,711   

Sales agency fee income

     —          —          27,170        —          27,170   
                                        
     508,111        49,209        2,634,308        (80,747     3,110,881   

Cost of sales

     318,751        25,417        1,565,253        (80,488     1,828,933   
                                        

Gross profit

     189,360        23,792        1,069,055        (259     1,281,948   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     170,355        10,919        806,821        —          988,095   

Research and development expenses

     32,631        —          30,697        —          63,328   

Restructuring expenses

     1,816        2        31,096        —          32,914   
                                        

Operating profit (loss)

     (15,442     12,871        200,441        (259     197,611   

Other (income) expense:

          

Interest expense

     102,043        325        60,215        (65,647     96,936   

Interest income

     (34,999     (30,030     (5,173     65,647        (4,555

Notes redemption and other costs

     22,456        —          2,946        —          25,402   

Other (income) expense, net

     (103,575     (53,927     (7,294     160,097        (4,699
                                        

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

     (1,367     96,503        149,747        (160,356     84,527   

Income tax provision

     (9,351     18,105        67,375        —          76,129   
                                        

Income (loss) from continuing operations

     7,984        78,398        82,372        (160,356     8,398   

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

     (115     (153     (261     —          (529
                                        

Net income (loss)

   $ 7,869      $ 78,245      $ 82,111      $ (160,356   $ 7,869   
                                        

Condensed consolidating statement of operations for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008:

 

     Parent
Company
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Consolidating
Adjustments
    Consolidated  

Net product and service sales

   $ 536,273      $ 67,016      $ 2,786,329      $ (108,761   $ 3,280,857   

Sales agency fee income

     —          —          35,020        —          35,020   
                                        
     536,273        67,016        2,821,349        (108,761     3,315,877   

Cost of sales

     359,893        34,837        1,703,312        (107,960     1,990,082   
                                        

Gross profit

     176,380        32,179        1,118,037        (801     1,325,795   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     169,489        12,796        885,447        —          1,067,732   

Research and development expenses

     36,153        —          30,924        —          67,077   

Restructuring expenses

     11,536        624        45,131        —          57,291   
                                        

Operating profit (loss)

     (40,798     18,759        156,535        (801     133,695   

Other (income) expense:

          

Interest expense

     113,950        56        71,441        (80,047     105,400   

Interest income

     (44,949     (35,778     (7,000     80,047        (7,680

Other (income) expense, net

     (82,371     395        3,383        84,264        5,671   
                                        

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

     (27,428     54,086        88,711        (85,065     30,304   

Income tax provision

     (4,278     14,110        47,699        —          57,531   
                                        

Income (loss) from continuing operations

     (23,150     39,976        41,012        (85,065     (27,227

Income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

     11,388        (6     4,083        —          15,465   
                                        

Net income (loss)

   $ (11,762   $ 39,970      $ 45,095      $ (85,065   $ (11,762
                                        

 

F-52


Table of Contents

Condensed consolidating balance sheet at December 31, 2010:

 

 
     Parent
Company
     Guarantor
Subsidiaries
     Non-guarantor
Subsidiaries
     Consolidating
Adjustments
    Consolidated  
Assets              

Current assets:

             

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 54,780       $ 257       $ 102,717       $ —        $ 157,754   

Restricted cash

     20,407         —           —           —          20,407   

Accounts receivable

     43,326         528         525,585         —          569,439   

Intercompany receivables

     —           458,087         —           (458,087     —     

Due from parent

     9,129         —           —           —          9,129   

Inventories

     51,047         241         212,096         (137     263,247   

Other current assets

     21,516         58         172,703         (6,725     187,552   
                                           

Total current assets

     200,205         459,171         1,013,101         (464,949     1,207,528   

Property, plant and equipment, net

     78,308         241         332,490         (532     410,507   

Capitalized software, net

     44,913         —           8,067         —          52,980   

Goodwill and other intangibles, net

     84,302         107,073         1,248,903         —          1,440,278   

Intercompany advances

     55,112         27,000         —           (27,000     55,112   

Other assets

     57,573         —           103,788         (18,442     142,919   

Investments in subsidiaries

     1,708,863         18,300         —           (1,727,163     —     
                                           

Total assets

   $ 2,229,276       $ 611,785       $ 2,706,349       $ (2,238,086   $ 3,309,324   
                                           

    Liabilities and stockholder’s equity

             

Current liabilities:

             

Short-term borrowings

   $ —         $ —         $ 24,205       $ —        $ 24,205   

Current portion of long-term debt

     4,500         —           4,998         —          9,498   

Accounts payable

     56,176         98         295,351         —          351,625   

Intercompany payables

     346,890         —           111,197         (458,087     —     

Accrued expenses

     119,891         6,016         294,408         39,181        459,496   
                                           

Total current liabilities

     527,457         6,114         730,159         (418,906     844,824   

Intercompany note payable

     —           —           72,230         (72,230     —     

Long-term borrowings

     775,240         —           416,906         —          1,192,146   

Other liabilities

     146,455         25,209         340,025         (19,459     492,230   
                                           

Total liabilities

     1,449,152         31,323         1,559,320         (510,595     2,529,200   

Stockholder’s equity

     780,124         580,462         1,147,029         (1,727,491     780,124   
                                           

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 2,229,276       $ 611,785       $ 2,706,349       $ (2,238,086   $ 3,309,324   
                                           

 

F-53


Table of Contents

Condensed consolidating balance sheet at December 31, 2009:

 

    
     Parent
Company
     Guarantor
Subsidiaries
     Non-guarantor
Subsidiaries
     Consolidating
Adjustments
    Consolidated  
Assets              

Current assets:

             

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 84,163       $ 229       $ 165,048       $ —        $ 249,440   

Restricted cash

     39,654         —           —           —          39,654   

Accounts receivable

     6,468         602         571,593         —          578,663   

Intercompany receivables

     —           458,234         —           (458,234     —     

Due from parent

     92,247         —           —           —          92,247   

Inventories

     44,347         180         211,580         (118     255,989   

Other current assets

     18,107         77         189,805         (7,448     200,541   

Current assets of discontinued operations

     60         —           —           —          60   
                                           

Total current assets

     285,046         459,322         1,138,026         (465,800     1,416,594   

Property, plant and equipment, net

     80,727         307         340,652         (6,041     415,645   

Capitalized software, net

     50,851         —           2,447         —          53,298   

Goodwill and other intangibles, net

     86,443         107,362         1,280,668         —          1,474,473   

Intercompany advances

     62,585         27,097         —           (89,682     —     

Other assets

     52,799         1         95,635         (126     148,309   

Investments in subsidiaries

     1,627,878         60,117         —           (1,687,995     —     

Noncurrent assets of discontinued operations

     3,919         —           —           —          3,919   
                                           

Total assets

   $ 2,250,248       $ 654,206       $ 2,857,428       $ (2,249,644   $ 3,512,238   
                                           

    Liabilities and stockholder’s equity

             

Current liabilities:

             

Short-term borrowings

   $ —         $ —         $ 27,661       $ —        $ 27,661   

Current portion of long-term debt

     4,500         —           5,311         —          9,811   

Accounts payable

     89,357         357         325,882         682        416,278   

Intercompany payables

     322,987         —           135,247         (458,234     —     

Accrued expenses

     124,943         4,695         296,080         44,319        470,037   

Current liabilities of discontinued operations

     6,174         —           —           —          6,174   
                                           

Total current liabilities

     547,961         5,052         790,181         (413,233     929,961   

Intercompany note payable

     —           —           122,243         (122,243     —     

Long-term borrowings

     837,792         —           515,839         —          1,353,631   

Other liabilities

     155,170         23,023         361,458         (20,330     519,321   

Noncurrent liabilities of discontinued operations

     4,522         —           —           —          4,522   
                                           

Total liabilities

     1,545,445         28,075         1,789,721         (555,806     2,807,435   

Stockholder’s equity

     704,803         626,131         1,067,707         (1,693,838     704,803   
                                           

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 2,250,248       $ 654,206       $ 2,857,428       $ (2,249,644   $ 3,512,238   
                                           

 

F-54


Table of Contents

Condensed consolidating statement of cash flows for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010:

 

    
     Parent
Company
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Consolidating
Adjustments
    Consolidated  

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ 99,581      $ 8,282      $ 199,237      $ (156,582   $ 150,518   

Cash flows from investing activities:

          

Capital expenditures, net

     (23,548     (46     (61,451     (6,111     (91,156

Acquisitions of businesses

     24,164        41,819        —          (69,897     (3,914

Dividends from unconsolidated affiliates

     1,046        —          —          —          1,046   

Net costs of divestiture of businesses

     590        (751     —          —          (161
                                        

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     2,252        41,022        (61,451     (76,008     (94,185

Cash flows from financing activities:

          

Proceeds from (repayments of) short-term borrowings, net

     —          —          (5,200     —          (5,200

Repayments of long-term borrowings

     (63,938     —          (69,902     —          (133,840

Intercompany financing

     39,848        5,528        (45,379     3        —     

Proceeds from (repayments of) additional paid in capital

     (93,897     (44,577     (28,149     166,623        —     

Payment of debt issuance costs

     (2,540     —          (1,714     —          (4,254

Dividends paid

     (15,683     (13,033     (53,009     65,964        (15,761
                                        

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     (136,210     (52,082     (203,353     232,590        (159,055

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     4,994        2,806        3,236        —          11,036   
                                        

Change in cash and cash equivalents

     (29,383     28        (62,331     —          (91,686

Beginning balance

     84,163        229        165,048        —          249,440   
                                        

Ending balance

   $ 54,780      $ 257      $ 102,717      $ —        $ 157,754   
                                        

Condensed consolidating statement of cash flows for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009:

 

     Parent
Company
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Consolidating
Adjustments
    Consolidated  
                                        

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ (2,807   $ 88,749      $ 191,060      $ (154,235   $ 122,767   

Cash flows from investing activities:

          

Capital expenditures, net

     (39,338     133        (46,524     (349     (86,078

Acquisitions of businesses

     69,626        (49,114     (30,126     7,877        (1,737

Proceeds from divestitures

     (738     (239     (371     —          (1,348
                                        

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     29,550        (49,220     (77,021     7,528        (89,163

Cash flows from financing activities:

          

Proceeds from (repayments of) short-term borrowings, net

     —          —          (1,804     —          (1,804

Proceeds from long-term borrowings

     842,180        —          521,150        —          1,363,330   

Repayments of long-term borrowings

     (1,044,323     —          (11,054     —          (1,055,377

Intercompany financing

     285,204        206,501        (491,705     —          —     

Proceeds from (repayments of) additional paid in capital

     95,497        (87,193     90,042        (98,346     —     

Payment of debt issuance costs

     (31,907     —          (39,683     —          (71,590

Dividends paid

     (131,832     (174,320     (71,099     245,053        (132,198
                                        

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     14,819        (55,012     (4,153     146,707        102,361   

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     10,340        15,294        (19,977     —          5,657   
                                        

Change in cash and cash equivalents

     51,902        (189     89,909        —          141,622   

Beginning balance

     32,260        418        75,140        —          107,818   
                                        

Ending balance

   $ 84,162      $ 229      $ 165,049      $ —        $ 249,440   
                                        

Condensed consolidating statement of cash flows for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008:

 

     Parent
Company
    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Consolidating
Adjustments
    Consolidated  
                                        

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ (31,690   $ 15,228      $ 140,538      $ (74,879   $ 49,197   

Cash flows from investing activities:

          

Capital expenditures, net

     (39,334     (240     (78,589     —          (118,163

Acquisitions of businesses

     (4,504     13,781        (44,114     27,253        (7,584

Proceeds from divestitures

     121,338        (192     6,418        —          127,564   
                                        

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     77,500        13,349        (116,285     27,253        1,817   

Cash flows from financing activities:

          

Proceeds from (repayments of) short-term borrowings, net

     —          —          10,985        —          10,985   

Repayments of long-term borrowings

     (8,750     —          (5,070     —          (13,820

Intercompany financing

     25,800        38,803        (64,603     —          —     

Proceeds from (repayments of) additional paid in capital

     (12,973     (19,381     55,283        (22,929     —     

Payment of debt issuance costs

     —          —          (123     —          (123

Dividends paid

     (43,353     (33,678     (36,876     70,555        (43,352
                                        

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     (39,276     (14,256     (40,404     47,626        (46,310

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     (19,289     (14,467     39,799        —          6,043   
                                        

Change in cash and cash equivalents

     (12,755     (146     23,648        —          10,747   

Beginning balance

     45,015        564        51,492        —          97,071   
                                        

Ending balance

   $ 32,260      $ 418      $ 75,140      $ —        $ 107,818   
                                        

 

F-55


Table of Contents

(30) Quarterly Financial Data (unaudited)

 

     1st Quarter     2nd Quarter      3rd Quarter      4th Quarter  
     April 2,
2010
     April 3,
2009
    July 2,
2010
     July 3,
2009
     October 1,
2010
     October 2,
2009
     December 31,
2010
     December 31,
2009
 

Net sales

   $ 747,660       $ 704,612      $ 794,317       $ 792,554       $ 783,572       $ 815,437       $ 802,128       $ 798,278   

Gross profit

     317,225         269,347        345,095         325,929         328,139         352,422         336,799         334,250   

Net income (loss)

     107         (16,628     20,757         18,752         43,100         40,393         396         (34,648

(31) Subsequent Event

On March 11, 2011, Japan suffered a significant natural disaster. While immediate losses are not expected to be material, the future impact to operating results and related risk of asset impairment are not currently determinable. The Company’s Japanese subsidiaries represent approximately 10% of the Company’s consolidated net sales and total assets.

 

F-56